TABLE OF CONTENTS

MODULE 1: Importance of Safety & Health 2

MODULE 2: Unsafe Act and Unsafe Condition 6
MODULE 3: Construction Site Premises 11
MODULE 4: Excavation Safety 32
MODULE 5: Tools and Equipment Safety 40
MODULE 6: Construction Machinery (Mobile Equipment Safety) 46
MODULE 7: Construction Machinery (Crane Safety) 59
MODULE 8: Fall Protection 119
MODULE 9: Temporary Structures 126
MODULE 10: Temporary Structure (Erection and Dismantling) 138
MOSULE 11: Demolition Safety 141
MODULE 12: Routine Site Safety Inspection 145
MODULE 13: Environmental Safety 154
MODULE 14: Occupational Health 202
MODULE 15: CoVID-19 Prevention Measure 263
MODULE 16: Personal Protective Equipment 270
MODULE 17: Job Hazard Analysis 285
MODULE 18: Accident Investigation 294
MODULE 19: Role of Safety Officer 311
MODULE 20: Tool Box Meeting 314
MODULE 21: Emergency Preparedness 317
MODULE 22: Employees’ Compensation Program 328
MODULE 23: OSH Legislation 335
MODULE 24: OSH Programming 367
ANNEX 374

Page 1 of
382
MODULE 1: IMPORTANCE OF SAFETY AND HEALTH

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE IMPORTANCE OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH;

2. EXPLAIN THE CURRENT PHILIPPINE OSH SITUATION;
3. DESCRIBE FACTORS THAT CONTRIBUTE TO THE OCCURENCES OF ACCIDENTS
IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY;

OSH SITUATIONER

What is Occupational Safety and Safety (OHS)? (Safeopedia, 2018)

Every Occupational health and safety (OHS) relate to health, safety, and welfare
issues in the workplace. OHS includes the laws, standards, and programs that are
aimed at making the workplace better for workers, along with co-workers, family
members, customers, and other stakeholders. Improving a company's occupational
health and safety standards ensures good business, a better brand image, and higher
employee morale.

Why Should Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) be a Priority and Important?

(Reddy, 2019)

It is mandatory for employers to implement Occupational health and Safety at work

and within the offices to make sure that their employees are safe and healthy. Know
the importance of occupational health and Safety at work. Every industry comes with
its own risks which according to the laws implemented, the employers need to address
and restrict. Worker unions have played an important role in getting the laws in place
and forcing the employers to implement it.

IMPORTANCE OF OSH

➢ It is mandated by Law (OSHS, DO 13, DO 198)

➢ It preserves the lives of workers and the company
➢ It is a form of motivation to workers from the management
➢ It creates harmonious relation and flows of communication from management to
workers.

Page 2 of
382
EMPLOYEES COMPENSATION PROGRAM (MAPA, 2019)
• The top three (3) sources of information of establishments that were aware of the ECP were
through the following:
1. SSS website (46.5%),
2. SSS lectures/seminar (40.9%)
3. Company/employees (28.3%).
The most common information learned about ECP were
1. medical benefits (81.5%)
2. disability benefits (66.5%)
3. death/funeral benefits (52.1%).

• Availment of EC services was highest in

1. electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply (33.8%)
2. construction (27.4%)
3. mining (26.4%).

EMPLOYMENT SITUATION IN JANUARY 2019 (MAPA, 2019)

• Employment rate or the proportion of employed persons to total labor force was at 94.7
percent equivalent to 42.5 million Filipinos employed.
• Employment rate was higher among men compared to women more than sixty percent
(60.8%) of the estimated 42.5 million employed persons were males while employed
females were reported at 39.2 percent.
• Those 25-34 years old age group made up the biggest share of the employed at 27.3
percent, followed by the 35-44 years old group at 23.4 percent, while 65 years old and
over shared the least at 4.5 percent.
• Employed persons were grouped into three broad sectors, namely: agriculture, industry,
and services.

SOURCES INFORMATION ON OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH-LOCAL (MAPA, 2019)

• Integrated Survey on Labor and Employment (ISLE) is one of the regular establishment-
based surveys of the Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA) which is conducted every two (2)
years. Integrated Survey on
• Labor and Employment (ISLE).

Page 3 of
382
 • Work Accidents/Illnesses Report (WAIR) Summary.
• Occupational Safety & Health Center Data Base
• National Household Data Survey.

OCCUPATIONAL INJURY AND ACCIDENT (MAPA, 2019)

➢ Common types of occupational injuries
• Superficial injuries and open wounds (most common types of occupational injuries)-
prevalent in real estate’s industry (86.4%).
• Dislocations, sprains, and strains at 12.6%.
• Fractures (8.8%)
• Burns, corrosions, scalds and frostbites (8.4%).
• Foreign body in the eye (6.2%).

➢ Most Injured Parts of the Body

• Wrist and Hand (39.2%) are the most injured part. High in manufacturing (48.1%) and
professional, scientific and technical activities (46.3%).
• Lower extremities (19.7%). Prevalent in establishments engaged in water supply,
sewerage, waste management and remediation activities (46.1%); financial and
insurance activities (44.9%); and information and communication (40.0%).
• Shoulders (16.7%). Occupational Injuries affecting arms and shoulders occurred mostly in
information and communication industry at 35.6%.
• The neck was the least damaged part (1.2%).

➢ Leading Cause Occupational Injuries

• Leading Cause of Occupational Injuries
• Stepping on, striking against or struck by objects (excluding falling objects) which
accounted for 31.8 percent total injuries. Frequently occurred in agriculture, forestry and
fishing (49.2%) and water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
activities (47.0%).
• Caught in or between objects at 22.7 percent. Observed in Manufacturing (30.8%).
• Exposure to or contact with electric current was the least cause of injury among workers
at 1.5%.

Page 4 of
382
➢ Agents of injuries. The top three agents of injuries were:
• Machines and equipment (26.9%). Occupational injuries due to machines and equipment
were more common in the following industries: arts, entertainment and recreation (39.6%);
manufacturing (35.6%) and construction (33.3%).
• Materials and objects (25.7%). More prevalent in mining and quarrying (50.8%), education
(38.4%); and water supply sewerage, waste management and remediation activities
(36.5%).
• Hand tools (19.5%).

OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS/DISEASES (MAPA, 2019)

Back pain is the most common type of occupational disease among workers. Back pain is highest
in industries involving manual labor such as in manufacturing (34.3% or 14,185 cases) and those
that require sitting for long periods of time like that in administrative and support service activities
(25.6% or 10,581 cases) majority of which involve call center activities.

Aside from back pains, also included in the top five occupational diseases were essential
hypertension (11.5% or 14,539); neck and shoulder pain (11.4% or 14,392); other work-related
musculoskeletal diseases (7.7% or 9,664); and occupational asthma (6.6% or 8,363).

Factors that contribute to the occurrences of accidents in the construction Industry

Findings showed that fall from heights accounted for the majority of major
accidents at 46% followed by caught-in-between, struck by objects at 24% and 23%
respectively. These were caused by falling from different level, falling objects, collapse
of scaffolds, lifting appliances and cave-in of excavation. As to unsafe acts noted
were improper procedures, non-wearing of PPE and taking unsafe position

Page 5 of
382
MODULE 2: UNSAFE ACT AND UNSAFE CONDITION

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE WORK SYSTEM AND ACCIDENT THEORY;

2. EXAMPLES OF TYPES OF ACCIDENT;
3. DIRECT CAUSES OF ACCIDENTS;
4. FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO UNSAFE ACTS;
5. SYSTEMS TO CONTROL UNSAFE ACTS AND UNSAFE CONDITIONS AND UNSAFE
CONDITIONS;

BACKGROUND: THE WORK SYSTEM

Page 6 of
382
ACCIDENT THEORY

According to W.H. Heinrich (1931), who developed the so-called domino theory
(Manager, 2011)

• 88% of all accidents are caused by unsafe acts of people,

• 10% by unsafe actions

• 2% by “acts of God”

What is an Accident? ([email protected], 2019)

An accident is the final event in an unplanned process that results in injury or

illness to an employee and possibly property damage. It is the final result or effect of
a number of surface and root causes.

An "event," occurs when one "actor" (one person/thing) performs an "action"

(does something).

A person or thing (equipment, tools, materials, etc.) will do something that

results in a change of state

An accident may be the result of many factors (simultaneous,

interconnected, cross-linked events) that have interacted in some dynamic way.

Page 7 of
382
WORKPLACE HAZARDS (CCOHS, 2019)

Safety Hazard Health Hazard

• materials or equipment could I • materials or situations do I come
be struck by into contact
• objects or equipment could I • overexert myself (lifting, pulling,
strike or hit my body upon, or pushing, carrying and repetitive
that part of my body might motions)
be
caught in, on, or between
• falls to lower levels and same • situations could I come across
levels (confine space, fire / explosion
and chemical spill or release)
• situations could I come across
(unknown/unauthorized
people in area, a potentially
violent situation, working
alone,
missing/damaged materials)

(Sophia Kalita, 2019)

Page 8 of
382
Some common construction accidents

• Crane or hoist accidents.

• Falls from heights
• Slip and falls
• Repetitive stress injuries
• Gas leaks, fires, and explosions
• Forklift accidents
• Trench accidents
• Elevator shaft accidents
• Electrocutions
• Machinery accidents
• Struck-by accidents
• Caught-between accidents
• Exposure to dangerous chemicals or toxins

Immediate Causes of accidents (Mckinney, 2016)

Unsafe Act - Performance of a task or other activity that is conducted in a manner

that may threaten the health and/or safety of workers. For example:

• Lack of or improper use of PPE.

• Failure to tagout/lockout.
• Operating equipment at unsafe speed.
• Failure to warn people in the area of work activity.
• Bypass or removal of safety devices.
• Using defective equipment.
• Use of tools for other than their intended purpose.
• Working in hazardous locations without adequate protection or warning.
• Improper repair of equipment.
• Horseplay.

Page 9 of
382
 Unsafe Condition - A condition in the work place that is likely to cause property
damage or injury. For example:

• Defective tools, equipment, or supplies.

• Inadequate supports or guards.
• Inadequate warning systems.
• Fire and explosion hazards.
• Poor housekeeping.
• Uneven walking surfaces.
• Excessive noise.
• Poor ventilation.

Prevention of Accidents

• Requires the promotion of safe behaviors and maintenance of a safe working

environment.

System to Control Unsafe Acts

1. Reward:
Financial bonus

Promotion

Extra responsibility

Incentive schemes

2. Active Encouragement of Involvement

in: Decisions on Consultation

Risk Assessments Safe

Systems of Work

3. Provision of:
Training

Good Working Environment

Welfare Facilities

Page 10 of
382
4. Explanation of Ultimate Consequences

5. Consistent/Controlled Discipline

Systems to Control Unsafe Conditions

1. Elimination

2. Substitution

3. Engineering Control

4. Administrative Control

5. Personal Protective Equipment

MODULE 3: CONSTRUCTION SITE PREMISES

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DESCRIBE THE SETTING UP IN CONSTRUCTION SITE;

2. EXPLAIN THE CONSTRUCTION SITE HAZARD;
3. IDENTIFY HIERARCHY OF HAZARD CONTROL MEASURES;
4. EXPLAIN THE SAFETY SIGNAGES;
5. EXPLAIN THE ELECTRICAL SAFETY AT PROJECT SITE;
6. EXPLAIN THE FIRE SAFETY AT PROJECT SITE;
7. EXPLAIN THE GOOD HOUSEKEEPING AT PROJECT SITE

D.O 198 Section 1 DECLARATION OF POLICY

The State affirms labor as a primary social and economic force and that a safe and health
workforce is an integral aspect of nation building.

The State shall protect every working against injury, sick ness or death through safe and
healthful working conditions thereby assuring the conservation of valuable manpower
resources and the prevention of loss or damage to lives and properties consistent with
national development goals, and with the State’s commitment to the total development
of every worker as a complete human being.
Page 11 of
382
RULE 1000 GENERAL PROVISIONS

Protection to every workingman against the dangers of injury, sickness or death through
safe and healthful working conditions, thereby assuring the conservation of valuable
manpower resources and the prevention of loss or damage to lives and properties.

ACCIDENT PREVENTION

Actual issue in the economic success of any construction project.

- Systems of prevention
- Sufficient evidence profitable
- Lesser cost and better productivity

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SITE REQUIREMENTS

- Accident prevention is a legal requirement (DO 13 / OSHS)

- Complete understanding between the owner and the contractor
- Practical experience in running construction jobs
- Accident prevention as part of advance planning
- Protection of workers and the public
- Applicable government standard regulations

CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS

➢ Physical Hazard - Open excavation, falling objects, fumes from welding operations,
dust/dirt
➢ Electrical Hazard - Temporary Wirings, Temporary Overhead Electrical Lines
➢ Mechanical Hazard – improper operation of grinder /heavy equipment, /rotating
equipment,
➢ Ergonomics – lifting heavy object, awkward posture
➢ Biological hazard – bacteria, fungi, animals, etc

CONSTRUCTION SITE REQUIREMENT

Construction premises shall have adequate fire, emergency or danger sign and safety instructions
of standard colors and sizes visible at all times

Page 12 of
382
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY SIGNAGE

Any, but not limited to, emergency or danger sign, warning sign or safety instruction, of
standard colors and sizes in accordance with the specifications for standard colors of
signs for safety instructions and warnings in building premises as described in Table II of the
OSH Standards and DO 198 Section 9: Safety Signage and Devices.

WARNING/SAFETY SIGN

A visual alerting device in the form of a label, placard or other marking which advises the
observer of the nature and degree of potential hazards which can cause injury or death

WARNING SIGNS

Safety Signs and Labels : ANZI Z535.4 Color

Codes : ANZI Z535.1

Safety Symbols : ANZI Z535.3

SHOULD ALERT PERSONS TO THE FOLLOWING:

Specific hazards

Degree or level of seriousness

Probable consequence of involvement with the hazards

How hazards can be avoided

LOCATION

Safety signs shall be placed such that they will:

Be readily visible to the intended viewer

Alert the viewer to the potential hazard in time to take appropriate action

Page 13 of
382
PROTECTION

Against foreseeable damage, fading or visual obstruction caused by abrasion, ultra-violet

light, or

substance such as lubricants, chemical and dirt.

DIMENSION

S ≥ L2/2000

Where:

S & L= expressed in the same unit of measurement

S = Area of Safety Sign

L = Distance of Observation

PANEL

Area of safety sign having distinctive background color different from adjacent areas of
the sign, which is clearly delineated by a line, border or margin

THREE (3) PANELS PER SIGN

⚫ SIGNAL WORD

⚫ MESSAGE

⚫ SYMBOL

Page 14 of
382
 PANEL SIGNS

➢ SIGNAL WORD PANEL

Area of safety sign that contains the signal word and the safety alert symbol

➢ MESSAGE PANEL

Area of the safety sign that contains the word messages which identify the hazard,
indicate how to avoid the hazard and advise of the probable consequence of not
avoiding the hazard

➢ SYMBOL/PICTORIAL PANEL

Area of the safety sign that contains the symbol/pictorial

SAFETY COLOR CODE

- Will supplement the proper guarding or warning of hazardous conditions

- Not a substitute for engineering or administrative controls, including training, to
eliminate identifiable hazards

STANDARD COLOR OF SIGNS

SAFETY RED: Fire Protection.

To call attention to fire protection equipment apparatus and facilities

Fire stations and equipment (fire extinguishers, pumps, buckets, hose, hydrant) Fire

extinguishing systems (valves, alarm, sprinkler piping)

Fire protection materials (doors, blankets)

To identify Dangers, stop signals (red lights placed on barricades at temporary

obstructions or on temporary construction; stop button for electrical switches used for
emergency stopping of machinery

SAFETY GREEN: Safety. Designating Safety

Location of first aid equipment; location of safety devices; safety bulletin boards
Page 15 of
382
SAFETY WHITE: Traffic. White, black, or a combination of these are the basic colors for the
designation of traffic and housekeeping marking. Solid white, solid black, single color
stripping or alternate stripes of black and white.

Housekeeping – location of refuse cans; white corners for rooms and passageways,
drinking fountains and food dispensing equipment location

Traffic – location and width of aisleways; dead ends of aisles and passageways; stairways
and directional.

SAFETY YELLOW: Caution. To designate caution and for marking physical hazards, such
as striking against, stumbling, falling, tripping and caught in between. Solid yellow, yellow
and black stripes, yellow and black checkers or yellow with suitable contrasting
background.

Construction equipment, such as bulldozers, tractors; handrails, guardrail or top and

bottom of trees of stairways where caution is needed; lower pulley blocks and cranes;
piping systems containing dangerous materials

SAFETY ORANGE: Alert. To designate dangerous parts of machines and energized

equipment which may cut, crush, shock or otherwise injure, and to emphasize such
hazards when enclosure doors are open or when gear, belt, or other guards around
moving equipment are open or removed, exposing unguarded hazards

To designate the sign “Do not open or remove” (the inside of movable guards; safety
starting buttons and boxes; exposed parts of gears, pulleys, rollers, cutting device; inside
of the box door or cover of open fuse, power and electrical switches boxes)

SAFETY BLUE: Precaution. To designate caution, limited to warning against starting use of,
or the movement of equipment which is under repair or being worked upon

“Men at Work”

“Under Repair”

SAFETY PURPLE: Radiation. To designate radiation hazards. Yellow is used in combination

with purple for markers, such as tags, labels, signs and floor markers

Page 16 of
382
WHERE SIGNAGES ARE NEEDED

• Usage of PPE prior to entry to the project site

• Potential risks of falling object

• Potential risks of falling

• Explosives and flammable substances are used or stored

• Tripping or slipping hazards

• Danger from toxic or irritant airborne contaminants/substances may exist

• Contact with or proximity to electrical/facility equipment

• Contact with dangerous moving parts of machineries and equipment

• Fire alarms and firefighting equipment

• Instructions on the usage of specific construction equipment

• Periodic updating of man-hours lost

WORKER’S WELFARE FACILITIES

• Source of drinking water

• Sanitary and washing facilities

• Living accommodation

• Separate sanitary, washing and sleeping facilities for men and women

ELECTRICITY (C, 2019)

What is Electricity?

is the set of physical phenomena associated with the presence and motion of matter that
has a property of electric charge.

Terms You Need to Know

What is a "volt"? A Volt is a measure of the electrical force that seems to push the current
along.

Page 17 of
382
What is an "ampere"? An ampere is the unit used to measure the amount of electrical current.

What is an "ohm"? Think of an ohm as "resistance".

Electrical Shock Causes

An electrical shock is received when electrical current passes through the body. Current
will pass through the body in a variety of situations. Whenever two wires are at different
voltages, current will pass between them if they are connected. Your body can connect
the wires if you touch both of them at the same time. This is what electrical workers call
"complete the circuit". Therefore, current will pass through your body.

THE DANGERS OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK

1. Severity
The severity of injury from exposure to electricity depends on two factors: the level of
electrical current (amperage) and the duration the current passing through the body.

• The level of current is determined by both the voltage and resistance of an

electrical pathway. The higher the voltage and lower the resistance, the greater
the current.
• The next factor determining severity is the duration of exposure to electricity. The
longer the employee is exposed, the greater the severity of injury.

Page 18 of
382
2. Low voltage - 600 Volts or Less

Longer exposure times increase the danger to the shock victim.

3. High Voltage - Over 600 Volts

Sometimes high voltages lead to additional injuries. High voltages can cause violent muscular
contractions. You may lose your balance and fall, which can cause injury or even death if you fall
into machinery that can crush you. High voltages can also cause severe burns due to arc flash.

4. Current

The amount of internal current a person can withstand and still be able to control the
muscles of the arm and hand can be less than 10 milliamperes (milliamps or mA).

RECOGNIZING HAZARDS
Introduction
The first step toward protecting yourself is recognizing the many hazards you face on the
job. To do this, you must know which situations can place you in danger. Knowing where
to look helps you to recognize hazards.

1. Inadequate wiring is dangerous

2. Exposed electrical parts are dangerous.
3. Overhead powerlines are dangerous.
4. Wires with bad insulation can shock you.
5. Electrical systems and tools that are not grounded or double-insulated are dangerous.
6. Overloaded circuits are dangerous.
7. Damaged power tools and equipment are electrical hazards.
8. Using the wrong PPE is dangerous.
9. Using the wrong tool is dangerous.
10. Some on-site chemicals are harmful.
11. Defective ladders and scaffolding are dangerous
12. Ladders that conduct electricity are dangerous.
13. Electrical hazards can be made worse if the worker, location, or equipment is wet.

Page 19 of
382
ELECTRICAL SAFETY (C, 2019)

Control electrical hazards through safe work practices.

• Plan your work and plan for safety.

The following is a list of some things to think about as you plan.
o Work with a buddy-Do not work alone.
o Know how to shut off and de-energize circuits
o Plan to lock out and tag out circuits and equipment
o Remove jewelry and metal objects
o Plan to avoid falls
o Do not do any tasks that you are not trained to do or that you do not feel
comfortable doing
• Avoid wet working conditions and other dangers.
• Avoid overhead power lines.
• Use proper wiring and connectors.
Use the following best practices when working with wiring and connectors:
o Avoid overloads
o Test GFCIs
o Check switches and insulation
o Use three-prong plugs
o Use extension cords properly
o Check power cords and extensions
o You should also test electrical cords regularly for ground continuity using a
continuity tester.
o Do not pull on cords
o Use correct connectors
• Use and maintain tools properly.
You must take care of your tools so they can help you and not hurt you.
o Inspect tools before using them
o Use the right tool correctly
o Protect your tools
o Use double-insulated tools
o Use multiple safe practices

Page 20 of
382
• Wear correct PPE.
• Use and maintain tools properly.
You must take care of your tools so they can help you and not hurt you.
o Inspect tools before using them
o Use the right tool correctly
o Protect your tools
o Use double-insulated tools
o Use multiple safe practices
• Wear correct PPE.

FIRE (Mind, 2009)

What is fire?

• Fire is the visible effect of the process of combustion – a special type of chemical
reaction.
• It occurs between oxygen in the air and some sort of fuel.
• The products from the chemical reaction are completely different from the starting
material.
• The fuel must be heated to its ignition temperature for combustion to occur. The
reaction will keep going as long as there is enough heat, fuel and oxygen. This is
known as the fire triangle.

Page 21 of
382
Forms of Fuel (Schmidt-Rohr, 2015)

Important Point to Remember About Liquid Fuels

(CCOHS, Flammable & Combustible Liquids - Hazards, 2019)

Flammable and combustible liquids are liquids that can burn. They are classified, or
grouped, as either flammable or combustible by their flashpoints. Generally speaking,
flammable liquids will ignite (catch on fire) and burn easily at normal working
temperatures. Combustible liquids have the ability to burn at temperatures that are usually
above working temperatures.

There are several specific technical criteria and test methods for identifying flammable
and combustible liquids. Under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
(WHMIS) 1988, flammable liquids have a flashpoint below 37.8°C (100°F). Combustible
liquids have a flashpoint at or above 37.8°C (100°F) and below 93.3°C (200°F).

Heat sources that causes fire:

• Wild land fires

• Matches
• embers from cigarettes
• cigars or pipes
• Campfires
• trash fires
• sparks from electricity
• sparks from brake shoes
• Process of welding / cutting
• lightning
• spontaneous combustion

Page 22 of
382
 • hot ashes / surfaces
• arson.

Some Facts About Oxygen (Mind, 2009)

Air contains about 21 percent oxygen, and most fires require at least 16 percent oxygen
content to burn. Oxygen supports the chemical processes that occur during fire. When
fuel burns, it reacts with oxygen from the surrounding air, releasing heat and generating
combustion products (gases, smoke, embers, etc.). This process is known as oxidation.

Classes of Fire (Perkins, 2020)

Page 23 of
382
Heat Transfer (OpenStax, 2020)

Conduction is heat transfer through stationary matter by physical contact. Heat

transferred between the electric burner of a stove and the bottom of a pan is transferred
by conduction.

Convection is the heat transfer by the macroscopic movement of a fluid. This type of
transfer takes place in a forced-air furnace and in weather systems.

Heat transfer by radiation occurs when microwaves, infrared radiation, visible light, or another
form of electromagnetic radiation is emitted or absorbed

Stages of combustion

Causes of Fire Deaths

• Inhalation of Toxic fumes:

–Carbon Monoxide (CO)

–Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

• –Hydrogen Cyanide (HCn) Backdraft or Deprivation of oxygesmoke explosion

Page 24 of
382
Top Causes of Fire in the Philippines

• Faulty/Overloaded Electrical System

• Open flames and candles
• Neglected Electrical Devices/Appliances
• Liquefied Petroleum Gases
• Smoking and matches
• Lightning
• Spontaneous combustion
• Friction
• Sparks

TRAGIC FIRE INCIDENTS IN THE PHILIPPINES OZONE DISCO

FIRE: 162 DEATHS plus INJURIES LUNG CENTER FIRE:25

DEATHS plus INJURIES

DAMAS de ISLAS de FILIPNAS FIRE: 23 DEATHS plus INJURIES

QC MANOR HOTEL FIRE:75 DEATHS plus INJURIES

NOVO JEANS AND SHIRTS CLOTHING STORE FIRE:17 DEATHS plus INJURIES

KENTEX MANUFACTURING FACTORY FIRE:72 DEATHS plus INJURIE

FIRE SAFETY

Importance of Fire Safety

Safety (People) – it is the primary goal to save the people

Safety (Property) – it is secondary goal is to protect property damage

Safety (Workplace) – To prevent both people and property safely in the work environment.

Page 25 of
382
Principles of Fire Prevention and Control

How to Use a Fire Extinguisher

Even though extinguishers come in a number of shapes and sizes, they all operate in a similar
manner. Here's an easy acronym for fire extinguisher use:

P A S S -- Pull, Aim, Squeeze, Sweep

1. Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally
pressed.
2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of the fire.
3. Squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher. Position yourself approximately 8
feet away from the fire. If you release the handle, the discharge will stop.
4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire. After the fire appears to be
out, watch it carefully since it may re-ignite!

Page 26 of
382
Make sure all employees who are expected to use fire extinguishers if a controllable fire occurs
are properly training with hands-on practice. There's no OSHA requirement to actually extinguish
a fire or discharge a fire extinguisher during training. However, each employee should handle the
fire extinguisher and demonstrate they can perform the PASS steps.

Fire Brigade Organization

Page 27 of
382
 Fire Safety Program

An effective Fire Safety Program must have the following:

1. Fire Detection and Alarm System

• Fire Alarms, Detectors, annunciators
2. First Aid Fire Protection System
• Portable Fire Extinguisher
3. Fixed Fire Protection System
• Sprinklers, Hydrants, Fire Hose/ Fire Hose Cabinets
4. Fire Exit Doors, Fire Exit Signs, directional arrows
5. Fire emergency evacuation route maps/evacuation plans
6. Inspection and maintenance system of fire detection, alarm, control and suppression
systems.
7. Hot work permit system
8. Fire Safety Training
• Fire Principle
• Use of Portable fire Extinguishers and other fire fighting equipment.
9. Conduct of drills
10. Working/active fire brigade team/ emergency response team
11. Working/updated Emergency Response Plans
• Response Procedures (What to do’s)
• Emergency contact numbers
• Contingency and communication plan
• Assembly area/assembly plan.
12. Compliance to standards (OSHS, Fire Code)

Page 28 of
382
CONSTRUCTION SITE HOUSEKEEPING RULE 1060

PREMISES OF ESTABLISHMENTS

Good Housekeeping shall be maintained at all times through cleanliness of building,

yards, machines, equipment, regular waste disposal, and orderly arrangement of
processes, operations, storage and filingof materials

Housekeeping ([email protected], Course 610 - Housekeeping Safety, 2019)

• Housekeeping is not just keeping your workplace clean and safe but it is an
effective workplace organization.
• Housekeeping means there is a place for everything and everything is in place. It
is everybody’s business to observe it in the workplace.
• Housekeeping is important because it lessens accidents and related injuries and
illnesses; it therefore improves productivity, and minimizes direct and indirect costs
of accidents/illnesses.

12 Signs of Poor Housekeeping (Tweed, 2019)

• Clutter
• Poor organisation
• Untidiness
• Dust
• Dirty floors
• Dirty counter tops
• Mould around the bath
• Spills and leaks
• Low stock/running out of things
• Housekeeping tools left around the house
• Damage
• Full bins

Housekeeping that may cause accident:

([email protected], Course 610 - Housekeeping Safety, 2019)

• Slips, Trips, and Falls

• Damaged or need repair ladder

Page 29 of
382
 • Exposed to contaminated sharps
• Ergonomic Injuries
• Exposed to blood or other potentially infectious material
• Exposed live wires possible to have electrocutions
• Improper storage that can cause fire

WORKPLACE GOOD HOUSEKEEPING ([email protected], Course 610 - Housekeeping

Safety, 2019)

Benefits of Good Housekeeping

▪ Reducing workplace injuries will also help lower costs

▪ Eliminate Fire Risk and Hazard
▪ Maintains safe and healthy work conditions and environment
▪ Good housekeeping practices help ensure neat, organized, and safe workspaces, which
can reduce stress and improve morale

▪ Improves productivity and quality of the company

▪ Improve employee’s morale

Planning a Good Housekeeping Program (5S)

▪ A good housekeeping program plans and manages the orderly storage and
movement of materials from point of entry to exit. It includes a material flow plan to
ensure minimal handling. The plan also makes sure that work areas are not used as
storage areas by having workers move materials to and from work areas as needed. Part
of the plan could include investing in extra bins and more frequent disposal.

Effective housekeeping results in: (Tweed, 2019)

• reduced handling to ease the flow of materials

• fewer tripping and slipping incidents in clutter-free and spill-free work areas
• decreased fire hazards
• lower worker exposures to hazardous products (e.g. dusts, vapours)
• better control of tools and materials, including inventory and supplies

Page 30 of
382
 • more efficient equipment cleanup and maintenance
• better hygienic conditions leading to improved health
• more effective use of space
• reduced property damage by improving preventive maintenance
• less janitorial work
• improved morale
• improved productivity (tools and materials will be easy to find)

Elements of an Effective Housekeeping Program ([email protected], Course 610

- Housekeeping Safety, 2019)

▪ Maintenance

▪ Dust and Dirt Removal

▪ Employee Facilities

▪ Surfaces

▪ Maintain Light Fixtures

▪ Aisles and Stairways

▪ Spill Control

▪ Tools and Equipment

▪ Waste Disposal

▪ Storage

Page 31 of
382
MODULE 4: EXCAVATION SAFETY

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE DEFINITION OF EXCAVATION AND TRENCH;

2. DESCRIBE THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION;
3. IDENTIFY HAZARDS OF EXCAVATION WORKS;
4. EXPLAIN THE TYPES OF SOILS AND THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES;
5. EXPLAIN THE PRINCIPAL CAUSES OF SOIL COLLAPSE;
6. EXPLAIN THE PREVENTION OF SOIL COLLAPSE;
7. EXPLAIN THE OSHS RULE 1413: EXCAVATION SAFETY

EXCAVATION

INTRODUCTION:

Working in and around excavations and trenches can result in serious injury and death if

hazards are not properly identified and controlled at all time

Employers are accountable for ensuring that materials and equipment are in good

working condition since damaged and defective materials and equipment could

cause excavation accidents.

EXCAVATION work- generally means work involving the removal of soil or rock from a

site to form an open face, hole or cavity using tools, machinery or explosives

THE DANGERS OF EXCAVATIONS

Excavating is considered the most hazardous operation in the field of construction. An

excavation is any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in the earth's surface formed by
earth removal.

Page 32 of
382
The dangers of excavations come from the possibility of cave-ins, in addition to the possibility
of the following:

• Lack of oxygen-asphyxiation

• Fire

• Accidental break of underground utility (such as gas, electricity) lines

• Collapse due to moving machinery near the edge of the excavations

• Inhalation of toxic materials

• Water accumulation

Note: all excavation having a depth of 4ft or deeper shall be automatically classified into

confined spaced

HAZARDS OF EXCAVATION WORKS

• Soil Collapse

• Falls

• Vehicular Traffic

• Underground Utilities

• Working Surface

• Confined Space Conditions

What are the soil classification categories?

Some of the compliance methods permitted under the Excavation standards require a

competent person to classify soil and rock deposits as:

■ Stable rock;
■ Type A soil;
■ Type B soil; or
■ Type C soil.

Page 33 of
382
Stable Rock – Natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and
remain intact while exposed.

Type A – Cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tons per square
foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Examples include: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, and clay
loam. Certain conditions preclude soil from being classified as Type A. For example, no
soil is Type A if it is fissured or has been previously disturbed.

Type A - 3/4:1 or 53°

Type B – Includes cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength greater than
0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa) and granular cohesionless soils (such as
angular gravel, similar to crushed rock, silt, silt loam, sandy loam, and, in some cases, silty
clay loam and sandy clay loam).

Type B - 1:1 or 45°

Type C – Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less,
granular soils (including gravel, sand, and loamy sand), submerged soil or soil from which
water is freely seeping, submerged rock that is not stable, or material in a sloped, layered
system where the layers dip into the excavation or with a slope of four horizontal to one
vertical (4H:1V) or steeper.

Page 34 of
382
Type C - 1½ :1 or 34°

Principal Causes of Soil Collapse

• Steep cutting angle

• Super imposed load

• Shock & Vibration

• Water Pressure

• Drying

TO REDUCE THE DANGERS FROM THESE HAZARDS, EMPLOYERS MUST:

• Keep materials or equipment that might fall or roll into an excavation at a minimum
distance of two feet from the edge of the excavation, and/or have retaining
devices in place to keep materials or equipment out of the excavation site.
• Provide warning systems for mobile equipment such as barricades, hand or
mechanical signals, or stop logs to alert the equipment operators when they are
approaching the edge of an excavation. In addition to these warning systems,
the grade should slope away from the excavation.
• Provide scaling to remove loose rock or soil, or install protective barricades and
equivalent protection to protect employees against falling rock, soil, or materials.
• Prohibit employees from working on faces of sloped or benched excavations at
levels above other employees, unless employees at lower levels are adequately
protected from the hazard of falling, rolling, or sliding material or equipment.
• Prohibit employees from being underneath loads that are being handled by lifting
or digging equipment.

Page 35 of
382
 • Require employees to stand away from vehicles that are being loaded or
unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling materials. Operators may
remain in the cabs of such vehicles if the cabs provide adequate protection from
falling loads during loading and unloading operations

PLANNING

Before any excavation work begins, site evaluation and planning must be completed.
During the planning stage, the following must be done:

• Soil conditions must be evaluated.

• Protective systems must be designed and put in place.

• Approved safety equipment must be on site and readily accessible.

• Potentially dangerous contact points with utilities such as gas or electric services

must be identified.

• Oxygen levels must be tested.

• Potentially hazardous fumes or gases must be tested for.

• Safe entry and exit points must be determined.

COMPETENT PERSON

A competent person is an individual who, through training and/or experience, is capable

of identifying existing and predictable hazards.

INSPECTIONS OF EXCAVATIONS

A competent person must make daily inspections of excavations, adjacent areas, and
protective systems for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins,
indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous
conditions to ensure safe operations.

Page 36 of
382
INSPECTIONS MUST TAKE PLACE:
• Before work starts and as needed throughout shifts.

• After rainstorms, high winds, or other occurrences that may increase hazards.

• When employees are exposed to potential hazards.

CHOOSING A PROTECTIVE SYSTEM

The following factors should be considered when designing an effective excavation

protective system:

• Soil classification

• Depth of cut

• Water content of soil

• Changes due to weather and climate

• Other operations in the vicinity

Excavations 20 feet and greater in depth must have a protective system that is planned
and designed by a professional engineer. The plan must be stamped by the registered
professional engineer and kept on the project site.

INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS

When installing support systems, the following requirements are vital for proper employee
protection:

• Securely connect members of support systems

• Safely install support systems

• Never overload members of support systems

• Install other structural members to carry loads imposed on the support system
when temporary removal of individual members is necessary.

WARNING SYSTEM FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT

If mobile equipment is operated adjacent to or near an excavation, or when such

equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does

Page 37 of
382
not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, some type of warning
system must be implemented.

Types of warning systems include:

• Barricades

• Hand or mechanical signals

• Stop logs.

1413: Excavation

1413.01: Shoring and Timbering

(1) The walls of every excavation over 1 m. (3 ft.) deep shall be supported by adequate
shoring and timbering to prevent collapse, provided that this shall not apply to an
excavation:

a. in which a worker is not required to enter for any purposes.

b. cut in solid rock.

c. the walls are sloped to forty-five-degree (45) angle from the vertical or cut to the
angle of repose.

d. in which a worker is engaged in timbering or other work for the purpose of compliance
with this Rule if precautions are taken to ensure his safety.

(2) Shoring or timbering in excavation over 6.6 m. (29 ft.) deep and those installed to
prevent the movement, collapse of an adjacent structure shall be designed by a structural
engineer and approved by the proper authority.

1413.02: Minimum Berm

(1) Excavated material shall be kept from the edge of the excavation to provide a clear
berm of a distance not less than one third of the depth of the excavation.

(2) Where the disposal area is limited, a berm of reduced width of not less than 1 m. (3
ft.) may be allowed, provided the materials being excavated are stable, the shoring is
designed to carry the additional load, and barriers are provided to prevent roll back of
the excavated materials.

Page 38 of
382
1413.03: Tools Materials and Machinery

(1) Tools or materials shall be kept a minimum of 1 m. (3 ft.) away from the edge of the
excavation to prevent their being knocked down into the excavation.

(2) No vehicle or other machinery shall be driven, operated or located near the edge
of an excavation at least a distance one-third (1/3) of its depth.

1413.04: Provision for Barricades

The top of the walls of an excavation more than 2.0 m. (6 ft.) deep shall be barricaded
to a height of at least 1 m. (3 ft.) to prevent the fall of workers.

1413.05: Means of Access and Escape

(1) Every excavation over 1 m. (3 ft.) deep shall be provided with means of access and
escape in case of flooding or collapse of the excavation work.

(2) Every excavation shall have at least one (1) ladder in every 16.6 m. (50 ft.) of length
or fraction thereof, of a length, which shall extend at least 0.83 m. (2’6”) above the top
of the excavation to provide a firm handhold when stepping on or off the ladder.

1413.06: Inspection and Examination of Excavation

Every part of an excavation over 2 m. (6 ft.) deep where workers work shall be inspected
by the person in charge at least once every day.

Page 39 of
382
MODULE 5: TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT SAFETY

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE HAND TOOL SAFETY;

2. EXPLAIN THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION;
3. EXPLAIN HAZARDS FROM USE OF ELECTRIC TOOLS;
4. EXPLAIN THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE USE OF PORTABLE ELECTRIC
TOOLS;

5. EXPLAIN THE HAZARDS IN USING PNEUMATIC TOOLS;

6. EXPLAIN THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OF PNEUMATIC POWERED TOOLS;
7. EXPLAIN THE USE OF LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT SYSTEM

Hand Tool Misuse

• The greatest hazards posed by hand tools result from misuse and improper
maintenance.

Some examples:

• Using a screwdriver as a chisel may cause the tip of the screwdriver to break and
fly, hitting the user or other employees.

• If a wooden handle on a tool such as a hammer or an axe is loose, splintered, or

cracked, the head of the tool may fly off and strike the user or another worker.

• A wrench must not be used if its jaws are sprung, because it might slip.
• Impact tools such as chisels, wedges, or drift pins are unsafe if they have
mushroomed heads. The heads might shatter on impact, sending sharp fragments
flying.

HAND TOOLS - Hand tools are non-powered. They include anything from axes to

wrenches.

Page 40 of
382
POWERTOOLS

• Offer more power, adaptability and dependability than ever before.

• With enhanced tool performance comes the responsibility to address power-tool
safety issues.
• Maintenance management professionals and technicians responsible for
specifying and using power tools have a responsibility to check out a tool's safety
features, then ensure that manufacturer safety precautions and common sense
are followed at all times.

TYPES OF POWER TOOLS

• Electric Circular Saw

• Electric Jig Saw

• Electric Grinder

• Electric Sander

• Electric Drill

• Electric Planer

• Cut off machine

• Buffing machine
• Electric jackhammer
Hazards of Power Tools

All hazards involved in the use of power tools can be prevented by following five basic
safety rules:

• Keep all tools in good condition with regular maintenance.

• Use the right tool for the job.
• Examine each tool for damage before use.
• Operate according to the manufacturer's instructions.

• Provide and use the proper protective equipment.

Page 41 of
382
WHAT ARE THE DANGERS OF PORTABLE POWER TOOLS?

• Electric shock

• Particles in the eyes

• Fires

• Falls

• Explosion of gases

HAZARDS IN USING POWER TOOLS

• Electrical burns and shocks.

• Fall off a ladder or other elevated work surface.

• Wounds brought by improper use of power tools.

PORTABLE PNEUMATIC TOOLS

Pneumatic tools are powered by compressed air and include chippers, drills, hammers
and sanders

MAIN DANGER!

Getting hit by one of the tool’s attachments or by some kind of fastener the worker is using
with the tool.

TYPES OF PNEUMATIC AIR-POWERED TOOLS

• Air powered grinders

• Pneumatic impact tools

• Jackhammers

• Air-powered nailers and staplers

Page 42 of
382
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE USE OF PNEUMATIC TOOLS
• Wear head and face protection

• Use screens to protect nearby workers

• Never point air guns toward anyone

• Use appropriate hearing protection.

• For jackhammers:

• Use heavy rubber grips

• Wear safety glasses and safety shoes

• Use face shield

POWDER-ACTUATED TOOLS

These are used for fastening fixtures and materials to the metal, pre-cast or pre-stressed
concrete, masonry brick and tightening rivets, and punching holes.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE USE OF POWDER-ACTUATED TOOLS

• Do not use a tool in an explosive or flammable atmosphere.

• Inspect the tool before using it.

• Do not load the tool unless it is to be used immediately.

• Do not leave a loaded tool unattended.

• Keep hands clear of the barrel end.

• Never point the tool at anyone.

HOW SHOULD YOU CARE AND SERVICE A POWDER-ACTUATED TOOL?

• Clean and maintain tools according to the manufacturers' instructions.

• Check tools before use to ensure that they are in good working order.

• Tag defective tools "Out of service" and remove from service until properly
repaired.

Page 43 of
382
• Store tools and cartridges in a locked container when they are not in use. Ensure
that the tool is unloaded before storing it

• Use the tool at right angles to the work surface.

• Check the chamber to see that the barrel is clean and free from any obstruction,
before using the tool.

• Do not use the tool where flammable or explosive vapors, dust or similar
substances are present.

• Do not place your hand over the front (muzzle) end of a loaded tool.

HYDRAULIC POWER TOOLS

• All jacks – When used correctly, hydraulic power is one of the safest methods of
applying force to your work. And to that end we offer some DO’s and DON’Ts, simple
common-sense points which apply to practically all hydraulic products.

• Lift slowly and check often

• Avoid standing in the line of force

• Anticipate possible problems and take steps to avoid them

• All jacks – including lever and ratchet jacks, screw jacks, and hydraulic jacks – must
have a stop indicator, and the stop limit must not be exceeded

LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURES

To control hazardous energy, you must prevent it from being transmitted from its source
to the equipment that it powers. You can accomplish that by doing the following:

1. Identify energy sources and energy-isolating devices.

2. De-energize equipment by isolating or blocking the energy sources.
3. Secure energy-isolating devices in a safe position.
4. Dissipate or restrain potential energy that can't be isolated.
5. Verify equipment isolation.

Page 44 of
382
RELEASE FROM LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
Before lockout or tagout devices are removed and energy is restored, there are some
procedures the authorized employee must follow:

1. The work area must first be inspected to ensure that nonessential items (e.g., tools,
spare parts) have been removed and that all of the machine or equipment
components are operationally intact.
2. The work area must then be checked to ensure all workers have been safety
positioned or have cleared the area. In addition, all affected workers must be
notified that the lockout or tagout devices have been removed before the
equipment is started.
3. Each lockout or tagout device must be removed from the energy-isolating device
by the employee who applied the device.
4. To make sure all lockout/tagout devices have been removed, inventory them
when you return them to the lockout station.

Page 45 of
382
 MODULE 6: CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY (MOBILE
EQUIPMENT SAFETY)

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF MOBILE EQUIPMENT AND THEIR USES;

2. EXPLAIN THE PERSONS AT RISK ASIDE FROM THE OPERATOR;
3. EXPLAIN HAZARDS PRESENT IN CONSTRUCTION HEAVY

EQUIPMENT OPERATION;

4. EXPLAIN THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF WORKERS, WORKING NEAR HEAVY EQUIPMENT

OPERATION, SPOTTER, AND EQUIPMENT OPERATOR;

5. EXPLAIN THE KEY ELEMENTS IN HEAVY EQUIPMENT SAFETY PROGRAM;

6. EXPLAIN THE PROPER EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE;
7. EXPLAIN THE OPERATOR AUTHORIZATION;
8. EXPLAIN THE D.O 13 SECTION 7.2 AND 10.1 – A: ON HEAVY EQUIPMENT

CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY (HEAVY EQUIPMENT)

What is Heavy Equipment?

- Any machine w/ engine or electric motor as prime mover;

- Used either for lifting, excavating, leveling, drilling, compacting, transporting &
breaking works in construction site;
- Such as but not limited to crane, bulldozer, backhoe, grader, road compactor,
prime mover & trailer, w/ min. operating weight & horsepower rating of 1,000 Kg.
& 10 HP. respectively

Page 46 of
382
Types of Heavy Equipment
Heavy equipment can be classified into the following categories based on the type of
operation:

1. Excavating equipment

An excavator is a power-driven machine mostly used in earthmoving operations. Heavy

equipment typically used for excavating include the following:

• Backhoes: Backhoes are used for surface or subsurface excavation of solids and
sludge. Backhoes are used to dig below the surface, such as trenches, building
footings and foundations. The backhoe is attached to the loader frame with a
ridged coupling.
• Excavators: Excavators are large backhoes. They can be truck mounted, truck
carrier mounted, or self-propelled wheel mounted. They are hydraulic powered
and consist of three structures: the revolving unit, the travel base and the
attachment.
• Front-End Loaders: The front end loader is a self-contained unit mounted on rubber
tires or tracks and is one of the most versatile and capable pieces of equipment
used in excavation work, as well as loading. The front-end loader can be
equipped to operate as a loader, dozer, scraper, clamshell, forklift, backhoe,
crane, auger, or sweeper.

2. Lifting equipment

Cranes are used for raising, shifting and lowering loads by means of a projecting swinging
arm or with the hoisting apparatus supported on an overhead truck. An appropriate
capacity of crane shall be chosen to work for a specified size of load. The use of a crane
for loads beyond its capacity poses several hazards to workers, as well as operators

3. Loading and hauling equipment

• Loaders: Loaders are used to excavate and move soft materials and load/unload
trucks.
• Dozer (Bulldozer): Dozers are used for pushing and pulling loads typically in

Page 47 of
382
 earthwork operations and demolition work.
• Scrapers: Scrapers are used for loading, hauling, dumping, and spreading loose
materials.

• Dump Trucks: Dump Trucks are the most common type of hauling equipment due
to their versatility.
• Wagons: Wagons are earth moving trailers pulled by tractors.

4. Compaction equipment

Rollers: Rollers are used for compacting road bed materials like earth, aggregates and
bituminous mixtures. There are various types of rollers. The selection of rollers for a
particular job depends upon the types of material to be compacted.

The following are the types of rollers commonly used in highway and street
construction/maintenance: 814-4-x-comp-mndot.gif Note: This is an animated gif image,
so it must be saved properly to work.

• static steel-wheeled rollers

• vibratory steel-wheeled rollers
• pneumatic (rubber-tired) rollers
5. Grading and finishing equipment

Graders are commonly referred to as road graders, or motor graders. They have a long
blade used to create a flat surface during the grading process. Graders are multi-purpose
equipment used for:

• Finishing
• Shaping
• bank sloping
• ditching
• mixing
• spreading
• side casting
• leveling and crowning
• site striping operations

Page 48 of
382
 • earth road maintenance
6. Paving and surface treatment equipment
Paving equipment (paving machine, paver finisher, asphalt finisher) is used to
lay asphalt on the surfaces of roads, parking lots, bridges, etc. Here is an expanded list
of paving equipment operations:

• aggregate spreaders
• asphalt distributors
• asphalt kettles
• asphalt pavers
• rotary power brooms
• blowers or water sprays
• pavement profilers

PERSONS AT RISK ASIDE FROM THE OPERATOR

• Project Manager, Foreman and Engineers

• Construction Workers
• Spotters / Rigger

HEAVY EQUIPMENT HAZARDS - The use of heavy equipment on a jobsite is vital and
necessary to the overall success of the construction project. However, unauthorized or
unwise use of heavy equipment can result in personal injury, loss of life, or severe loss to
materials needed to complete the project.

➢ Poor Repair or Service - Poor repair or service of equipment is a common hazard.

Poor repair may include repairing by an unauthorized person. Such repairs or
servicing of equipment may jeopardize the safety of operators and others due to
mechanical failure of heavy equipment.
➢ Obstructed View While Backing - Due to the size of heavy equipment, equipment
operators have obstructed view and blind spots while backing. Dirty or broken
windows may also block an operator’s view of people or objects posing potential
hazards.

Page 49 of
382
➢ Striking People and Collision with Other Equipment - Heavy equipment usually
operates in close proximity to other heavy equipment and on-foot workers. The
path of the equipment within the work space constantly changes. The interactions
between the heavy equipment and on-foot workers are not always coordinated.
➢ Caught Between Equipment and Objects - Many incidents have occurred in work
areas where on-foot workers are caught between heavy equipment and other
fixed objects or crushed between the equipment. This happens more often when
the turning radius for the equipment or trucks is not wide enough at the entry and
exit points of the work space within the work zone.
➢ Riders Falling Off Equipment or Buckets - Although not permitted, casual riding of
the equipment by workers (other than the operators) has been the cause of many
construction workplace accidents.
➢ Overturning of Equipment - Overturning of equipment can occur when the load
on the equipment is more than the capacity of the equipment. Overturning also
occurs when one side of the equipment is on unstable or loose ground or on a
depressed area.
➢ Driving at Excessive Speeds - Heavy equipment is not designed for excessive
speeds. However, if they are not loaded, the operators may have a tendency to
drive at higher than normal speeds causing hazards to on-foot workers and others
on site.
➢ Unexpected Electrical Shock - Heavy equipment can come in contact with
overhead and underground power lines that cause electrical shock or
electrocution.
➢ Failure of Lifting Mechanisms/Operational Failures - Such failures can occur in
lifting equipment either due to the mechanical failure or lack of proper knowledge
of the lifting mechanism.
➢ Injuries to Operators Due to Ingress/Egress Difficulties - Poor ergonomic design and
improper ingress and egress practices (e.g. jumping out of the cab instead of
coming down slowly) can cause injuries to equipment operators.

➢ Runaway Machines - Runaway occurs when the wheels are not blocked upon
Page 50 of
382
 parking or when operators are not able to control the equipment. Parking along
a steep surface without proper blocks on the downgrade side of wheels will most
likely cause such a hazard.

➢ Overhead Obstructions - Being struck by limbs of trees or other overhead

obstructions, and moving equipment can occur when the operators are unaware
of the limbs of trees or other fixed overhead objects. Another cause of such hazard
can be due to the poor judgment of operators on the horizontal and vertical
clearances.

CERTIFIED OPERATORS

a) Only duly certified operators shall be allowed to operate their designated

equipment

b) All operators and riggers must wear personal protective equipment as prescribed
in the above

c) Personnel who will be assigned to-operate heavy equipment must have the
required minimum Land Transportation Office (LTO) License Restriction Code (RC) and
TESDA Certification (NC).

d) Demonstrate the ability to operate the heavy equipment safely and/or have the
required training to operate the heavy equipment safely

e) Can perform basic HE troubleshooting and maintenance

f) Sufficient strength, endurance, agility, coordination & responsiveness to meet the

demands of the equipment operation.

g) Adequate Hearing

h) No physical defects or emotional disorders.

i) No evidence of seizures or loss of physical control.

j) No problem on vision.

Page 51 of
382
HEO RESPONSIBILITY

• Responsible for the pre-start checking of heavy equipment prior to operations

using HE pre-start checklist

• Responsible for the safe operation and upkeep of the assigned heavy equipment

• Ensure that all detected discrepancies during the pre-start check are reflected to
the HE pre-start checklist and report immediately to the Supervisor/proper authority.

SPOTTERS RESPONSIBILITY

• Make sure that only authorized persons are riding in the equipment

• Observe that they remain seated or standing only in places designated in the user
manual, and that they are using the safety equipment provided.

• Make sure that all personnel in the area are wearing the required safety equipment,
such as regulation hard hats and bright colored vests.

• Keep unauthorized persons clear of the work area.

• Help the equipment operator back up and use extra vigilance during any back-
up operation.

• Always be on the alert for situations where backward motion is hazardous, and
situations where the operator's vision is obstructed.

• Keep unauthorized persons clear of the work area.

• Check for hazard postings and remain vigilant in areas where there is danger of
contact with underground gas lines.

• Exercise extra vigilance in congested areas or where it is very noisy.

• Traffic Control

• Traffic Safety Vests

Page 52 of
382
FLAGGING

• Flaggers should wear high visibility clothing with a fluorescent background and
made of reflective material.

• This makes employees visible for at least 1,000 feet in any direction. Check the
label or packaging to ensure that the garments are performance class 2 or 3.

• Drivers should be warned with signs that there will be flaggers ahead. Flaggers
should use STOP/SLOW paddles, paddles with lights, or flags (only in emergencies).

ESSENTIALS FOR HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATION

• Good Communication. The heavy equipment operator and signal person or rigger
must communicate first on the use of standardized hand signals to avoid
miscommunication. They must check for understanding first before they execute the
activities.

• Good visibility. Heavy equipment operators shall always know the exact location
of all ground-based workers. High visibility vests will help locate them quickly.

• Audio Notification. The equipment must have a backup alarm that can be heard
by all nearby workers when backing up. Blowing of horn is required when approaching
blind curves or uphill.

HEAVY EQUIPMENT SAFE OPERATIONS

• Know the weight and configuration of the load to be carried.

• Have spotters watch the loading of materials. Turn the equipment slowly when
carrying a load.

• After operation, turn the machine off and put the parking brake in place.

• Exit the machine carefully and lock the external brake if included in the machine.

Page 53 of
382
A SAFETY CONSCIOUS SPOTTER IS AN INDISPENSABLE ASSET AT A
CONSTRUCTION SITE WHERE THERE IS HEAVY EQUIPMENT IN USE.

• Become familiar with the equipment and its operation.

• Be thoroughly knowledgeable about the worksite's safety policies.

• Make sure that seat belts and any other safety devices are in working order prior
to operation.

• Safety equipment includes such items as roll over bars, windshield wipers, parking
brakes and an audible back up signal.

• Remove debris, including dirt, weeds, branches, rocks or other materials from
around the machine.

• Make sure no one is near the machine when the operator turns it on.

• The operator should put on his/her seat belt and armrest if included before
releasing the parking brake.

• Give the engine approximately three minutes to warm up.

Measures to Secure SAFETY in Using Construction Machinery

A) Full Understanding of Machine Conditions and Maintenance

1) General Procedures

• Do not perform any work on a machine unless you are authorized and qualified to
do so.
• Read the manufacturer’s service and operator’s manuals.
• Attach a DO NOT OPERATE tag or similar warning tag before performing
maintenance.

2) Prepare the Work Area

• Choose a clean level work area.

• Make certain there is adequate light and ventilation.
• Clean the walking and working surfaces.

Page 54 of
382
3) Prepare Yourself

• Wear all the protective clothing the job requires.

• Safety glasses, goggles or a face shield are always needed for eye protection.
• Wear gloves and safety shoes when handling wooden blocks, wire rope or sharp-
edged metal.

4) Daily Checks Before the Start of Operations

• Brakes and clutches

• Safety devices
• Fuel and engine oil
• Water
• Air tanks
• Operator’s cab
• Gauges and other controls

Daily inspections are conducted mainly by operators.

B) Safe Operations

1) Conforming Safety BEFORE Work

• Operations by qualified personnel

2) Wearing safe clothing and protective equipment

• Hard hat
• Safety shoes
• Safety glasses, goggles or
• face shield
• Gloves
• Hearing protection
• Reflective clothing
• Respirator or filter mask

Page 55 of
382
3) Knowing the working area

• Location of slopes
• Open trenches
• Drop-offs or overhangs
• Soil conditions
• Rocks and stumps
• Exact location of any buried and/or overhead electrical, gas, telephone, water,
sewer, or other utilities.

4) Meeting with others involved to organize work arrangements

5) Precautions in getting in and out of machines

• Maintain a 3-point contact.

• Face the machine when either mounting or dismounting.
• Never jump on or off the machine.

6) Conforming Safety AFTER Work

Filling fuel tank

• Stop the engine

• Do not refuel near open fires
• No smoking
• Conduct tank-filling operations outdoors

7) Parking places

• Park on flat surfaces that offer a solid foundation.

• Do not park at a site where mudslides may occur.
• Lower the bucket to the ground.

Page 56 of
382
8) Precautions in leaving the operator’s cab
• Stop the machine.
• Lower the working device to the ground.
• Discharge any remaining pressure.
• Move operating levers to neutral.
• Stop the engine and remove the ignition key.
• Lock the door.

C) Safety Management at Work Sites

1) Organization for safety management

• Appointment of safety officer at construction sites.

• Skills training courses
• Safety and health education

DEPARTMENT ORDER 13

Section 7. Safety Personnel

7.2 The General Constructor must provide for additional Construction Safety and Health
Officer/s in accordance with the requirements for Safety Man/Officer of Rule 1033
(Training and Personnel Complement), depending on the total number of personnel
assigned to the construction project site, to oversee the effective compliance with the
Construction Safety and Health Program at the site, under the direct supervision of the
general construction safety and health officer.

Section 10. Safety on Construction Heavy Equipment

In relation to heavy equipment operation in all construction sites, the following are
required in the different phases of the project.

Page 57 of
382
10.1 Pre-Construction

The General Constructor must ensure that

a) All heavy equipment operators assigned at the project site must be tested and
certified in accordance with a standard trade test prescribed by Technical Education
and Skills Development Authority (TESDA) in coordination with its accredited
organization/s.

b) All heavy equipment must be tested and certified in accordance with the
standards prepared by DOLE or its recognized organization/s prior to commissioning of
said equipment.

Page 58 of
382
MODULE 7: CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY (CRANE SAFETY)

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE DEFINITION OF MATERIALS HANDLING;

2. EXPLAIN THE MATERIALS HANDLING ACCIDENTS;
3. EXPLAIN THE DEFINITION OF CRANE AND TWO BASIC TYPES OF CRANES;
4. EXPLAIN THE HAZARDS IN CRANE OPERATIONS AND EXAMPLE OF CRANE SAFETY;
5. EXPLAIN THE MOBILE / TOWER CRANE LOAD CAPACITY;
6. EXPLAIN THE HOOK REQUIREMENT AND WIRE ROPE REQUIREMENT;
7. EXPLAIN THE BASIC RULES FOR SAFE OPERATION OF CRANE AND
OPERATING ON SLOPE FOR MOBILE CRANE

8. EXPLAIN THE RIGGING EQUIPMENT, SLING INSPECTION, WIRE ROPE SIZING AND
PRECAUTIONS IN THE USE OF WIRE ROPE;

MATERIAL HANDLING

Material Handling is the movement, storage, control and protection of materials, goods
and products throughout the process of manufacturing, distribution, consumption and
disposal. The focus is on the methods, mechanical equipment, systems and related
controls used to achieve these functions.

MATERIAL HANDLING ACCIDENTS

• Lift, carry, or hold heavy, unbalanced materials especially far from the body.
• Use jerking or fast movements to lift or place materials.
• Hold materials overhead or away from the body for long periods.
• Repeatedly lift, hold and place heavy materials
• Hold materials away from the body.

Page 59 of
382
 CRANE

Machine for lifting and lowering a load and moving horizontally, with the hoisting
mechanism an essential part of the machine. Cranes are usually utilized to transfer
certain objects, such as raw materials, products, etc., from one place to another.

2 BASIC TYPES OF CRANE

Mobile cranes: These cranes use a lifting device incorporating a cable suspended
latticed boom or hydraulic telescopic boom designed to be moved between operating
locations by transport over the road. Mobile cranes include crawler mounted, wheel-
mounted, rough terrain, all-terrain, commercial truck-mounted, and boom truck cranes.
Articulating cranes: Also known as knuckle-boom cranes and loader cranes. These are
craning whose boom consists of a series of folding, pin-connected structural members,
typically manipulated to extend or retract by power from hydraulic cylinders.
Tower cranes: Lifting structures which utilize a vertical mast or tower to support a working
boom (jib) in an elevated position. Loads are suspended from the working boom. While
the working boom may be of the fixed type (horizontal or angled) or have luffing
capability, it can always rotate to swing loads, either by rotating on the top of the tower
(top slewing) or by the rotation of the tower (bottom slewing). The tower base may be
fixed in one location or ballasted and moveable between locations. Tower cranes
include those with a fixed jib (hammerhead boom), those with a luffing boom, and self-
erecting tower cranes

HAZARDS IN CRANE OPERATIONS

Falling Loads

When working with overhead cranes, falling loads are one of the most common, and most
dangerous, hazards. A falling load can result in several injuries, fatalities and significant
structural damage to buildings and property. Additionally, it will also lead to significant
time and money costs.

Page 60 of
382
Falling loads from an overhead crane could be the result of:

• Operator incompetency. You must ensure your employees are adequately trained
so they are able to carry out their roles competently and safely.
• Slipping. If you don’t secure loads properly it can result in slipping material.
• Mechanical failure. The risk of mechanical failure can be reduced if you ensure a
competent person carries out routine inspections, maintenance and repairs at
suitable intervals.
• Two blocking. Two blocking occurs when an uppermost hoist line component (i.e
the load block, hook block, overhaul ball) touches the upper block, boom tip or
similar component. When two blocking occurs, increased tension is placed on the
line which can result in falling loads or crane components.

Electrical Hazards

Around 50% of accidents involving overhead cranes are a result of a metal part of a crane
coming into contact with a power source (i.e a high-voltage power line). There’s a risk of
a crane’s hoist line or boom touching energized power lines when moving materials
nearby or underneath. While those directly touching the crane are the most likely to be
electrocuted, any workers in the vicinity are also at risk. Therefore, one accident can result
in multiple deaths and injuries. Around 200 fatalities per year are the result of contact with
power lines, so it’s crucial that pre-job planning is carried out prior to starting work.

Crane Overload

The majority of crane structural failures and upsets are the result of somebody
overloading a crane. If you exceed a crane’s operational capacity, you are likely to
subject it to structural stresses and cause irreversible damage.

You could overload a crane if you:

• Swing or suddenly drop loads.
• Hoist loads beyond the cranes capacity.
• Use defective components.
• Drag loads.
• Side-load a boom

Page 61 of
382
EXAMPLES OF CRANE SAFETY

When working with cranes, there will always be hazards. However, you can minimize the
risks by ensuring you take appropriate precautions to undertake all operations safely.

To carry out your crane operations safely, you should:

• Appropriately train all employees. As an employer, you have a legal responsibility

to provide appropriate health and safety training to all your employees so they’re
competent at their jobs. By training your employees you’ll increase workplace
safety, satisfaction and profits as you reduce injuries, fatalities, accidents and
sickness absence.
• Ensure employees know they must not stand under loads and ensure operators
never lift a load over an employee. You must never stand under a crane or have
a load lifted over you. It’s crucial your employees are aware of this and avoid
walking through any zones where cranes are overhead.
• Know, understand and comply with the OSH Standard Rule 1415, 1416 and DO
198.
• Carry out routine maintenance and repairs of all on-site equipment at appropriate
intervals. Part of your legal responsibility under OSHS involves carrying out routine,
periodic maintenance and repairs to ensure your machinery is in safe working
condition.
• Ensure a supervisor is present on site at all times when cranes are in operation.
• Make employees aware of, and strictly enforce, your load and lifting limits.
• Ensure clear warning signals are displayed on-site when needed. You must display
the relevant hazard signs in all danger zones on-site to warn your employees of the
potential hazards. You must also ensure all your employees know and understand
all the warning signs so they are aware of when they are entering a danger zone.
• Select appropriate PPE for all employees. You must ensure your employees wear
appropriate foot, head and eye protection, along with any other PPE you have
identified in your risk assessment.

Page 62 of
382
 • Properly safety-plan all jobs before starting work. You must also decide who’s in
charge of pre-job safety planning prior to any cranes arriving on-site.

MOBILE AND TOWER CRANE LOAD CAPACITY

Mobile Crane Load Chart

Mobile crane load chart: Simply put, the only way to know if the load you are lifting with
a mobile crane is within the limitations of the crane is to relate the lift to the manufacturer’s
load chart and notes.

Mobile crane specification

An experienced crane operator enters the cab of an unfamiliar crane expecting to find
certain information on the load chart. Just as you may expect to find certain information
when you enter an unfamiliar automobile. You locate the speedometer and fuel gauge,
then locate windshield wiper, outside mirror, and seat adjustment controls.

Page 63 of
382
Crane load chart

The crane load chart in the mobile crane industry is long past the days of a single page
load chart. Load charts have become increasingly complex. There is specific information
you must obtain prior to attempting to lift a load.

• How is the crane configured? Are the outriggers fully extended and set, partially
extended and set, or will the lift be made on rubber tires?
• How much counterweight is installed on the crane?
• What are the boom and jib/extension configurations? If the lift will be made with an
extension or jib you must locate the load chart that provides ratings for these
accessory devices.

Mobile crane lifting capacity

Over what operating areas will the load be handled? Working Area charts define specific
areas of the crane that relate to loading ratings.

Areas such as Over the Side, Over the Rear, Over the Front, and 360-degree Rotation
lead you to specific load charts. Make certain you know the area where the load will be
lifted from, the area the load will pass through, and the area the load will be placed.

Page 64 of
382
How to calculate crane load capacity?

Does the crane have sufficient load hoist reeving? Reeving charts indicate the type of
wire rope and the number of parts of wire rope required to lift loads. A reeving chart which
indicates 28,000 lbs. capacity for a two-part reeving will require more reeving prior to
making a lift that exceeds 28,000 lbs.

To determine how much load the crane can safely handle you must also know the length
of the boom (hydraulic cranes show boom lengths in a row at the top of the load chart),
and the load radius of the suspended load (hydraulic cranes show radius in a column on
the left side of the load chart).

Crane capacity chart

Equally important to the load ratings shown on the chart are the load chart notes. Load
chart notes provide critical information relating to the operation, set up, configuration,
and restrictions. Finally, you must account for all accessory weights. Items such as load
blocks, extensions, jibs, and rigging must be added to the weight of the load to determine
the total load imposed on the crane.

Mobile crane load chart calculations

Mobile crane lifting - Lifting on Rubber: Crane manufacturers that allow “on rubber” lifts
will provide a load rating chart specifically for this configuration.

Mobile crane outriggers - Over the Side: Not only are fully set outriggers recommended
for the full capacity of the load chart, lifting over the side is the least stable location for
most cranes. For this reason, try to position the crane to make the initial lift in the least
stable location (such as over the side), and then swing to a more stable location (such as
over the end). This may help prevent an accidental overload of the crane during the lift.
In other words, any miscalculation of the load weight can be noticed right away.

Page 65 of
382
Mobile crane boom extension - Over the Front: When the boom is positioned over the
front of a crane on outriggers, the tipping axis is the forward set of outriggers. Crane
manufacturer’s that allow “over the front” lifts will provide a load rating chart specifically
for this configuration.

Crane boom angle - Over the Rear: When the boom is positioned over the rear of a crane,
the tipping axis is the rear set of outriggers. While this is usually where the most capacity is
provided, you must still follow the load chart and know your load weight for your lift to
ensure the crane will remain stable and upright.

Crane boom length - Boom Length: Just because a crane has a long reach, doesn’t mean
you need to use all of it. Many times, tipping is a result of the boom being extended
beyond the necessary length.

Tower Crane Load Chart

All around the world, cranes have played a dominant role in helping with the task of lifting
and transporting heavy payloads. They are used in many different places such as
shipyards, construction sites, and industrial workplaces. Today, many different crane
types exist, each type is specifically designed for the environment in which it is being
used. One of the more common crane types is the tower crane.

Page 66 of
382
Tower crane lifting
The lifting capacity of Tower crane depends on various factors. The limitation for lifting
weight starts from the base of the tower crane. Each and every component of the tower
crane affects the load lifting capacity of the tower crane.

Tower crane load capacity

Basic precautions for a Tower Crane with respect to a load being lifted:

• Maximum load limit switch: This switch along with its accessories monitors the pull
(strain) on the cable and thus does not allow the maximum load limit to cross 18
tons, after which it trips the motor and gives audible and visual alarms.
• Load moment limit switch: This limit switch along with its accessories ensures the
load-moment (ton-meter) rating does not exceed beyond the given limit, after
which the hoist motor and traversing motors are tripped with audible and visual
alarms.
• These towers are held at the base by concrete structures/pads, with the help of
anchor bolts. These concrete slabs are made ready several weeks before the
arrival of the tower cranes. These concrete pads weigh about 2 tons.

Tower crane capacity

Each crane has a load chart that, in short, specifies the crane’s capabilities detailing its
features and how its lift capacity varies when considering distance and angle. Just like
the old saying ‘if you fail to plan, you plan to fail,’ failing to consult a crane load chart
before renting or employing a crane for a specific job could leave you with too much or
too little capacity for your job.

Before a crane is rented, transported, employed or purchased, the crane chart must be
consulted. Everyone, from the crane operator to the job supervisors, to even the sales
guys have to know how to read a crane chart. Here’s how.

Page 67 of
382
To illustrate how to read a crane chart, we’ve chosen the chart for the Terex RT345XL, a rough
terrain crane with a maximum lift capacity of 45 tons.

Tower crane lifting capacity

To illustrate how to read a crane chart, we’ve chosen the chart for the Terex RT345XL, a
rough terrain crane with a maximum lift capacity of 45 tons.

Tower crane weight

The chart shows the crane dimensions. It includes data for operation with the outriggers
extended, transport weight, and steering dimensions. Knowledge of this information is
especially critical if the crane will be working in a confined space, as the lifting capacity
varies depending on whether the outriggers are extended.

The transport weight (below) determines the trailer to be used, how to load the crane on
the trailer, the route to take, and what permits are required to get it to the job site. Along
the top axis, the first number is the gross vehicle weight. In the other two columns, the
arrows indicate the weight load for each axle depending on what additional accessories
are loaded.

Page 68 of
382
Crane lifting capacity

This is where the magic happens. In the legend at the top of the chart, you can see these
ratings apply when using 6.5 tons of counterweight, with the outriggers extended to 22 x
22.3 feet. Here, you’d graph out the specific lift the crane is needed for. The ‘ft.’ indicator
on the left axis represents the radius, the distance from the center pin to the center of the
load. It’s important to note that the maximum capacity is always measured by the shortest
lift, usually over the rear of the crane, and with the outriggers fully extended. While the
Terex RT345 has a maximum capacity of 45 tons, lifts at any distance or height drop the
maximum capacity dramatically.

Tower crane boom length

Lift range: Just as important as lift capacity is lift range. For that, a range diagram is usually
included in every chart which illustrates how much boom length is needed to pick up and
lift a load both at a distance and at height.

Tower crane lifting plan

Lift angle: This chart illustrates the maximum lift if a luffing or fixed jib is used. Lifts with jib
lengths of 32 and 49 feet (in addition to boom extension of 105 feet) are illustrated. With
higher angles of lift, the maximum load capacity decreases. With a luffing jib, the angle
can be automatically adjusted from the operator’s cab. With a fixed jib, of course, the
angle is fixed.

Slewing motor tower crane

Tower crane in motion: This illustrates the lift capacity for a pick and carry. Here, the chart
illustrates the total weight able to be picked up at a 360-degree angle while stationary
on wheels, the total weight being able to be supported both while slowly rolling with the
load at a zero-degree angle (creep), and the total weight able to be supported while
moving at 2.5 miles per hour. The column to the left again indicates the radius of the lift,
the one to the far right, the maximum boom length each weight can be carried at.

Page 69 of
382
HOOK REQUIREMENTS

Lifting Hook Types, Uses, and Design

Page 70 of
382
Eye Hooks

On an eye hook, a chain or fittings are welded for a permanent connection to the sling.
With an eye hook, you get far more flexibility in terms of movement and ergonomics to
position the hook and attach it to the load. However, an eye hook is a permanent
solution—if the throat of the hook becomes stretched, cracked, or bent during use, the
whole sling would have to be failed out upon inspection and removed from service.

Clevis Hooks

A clevis fastener is a fastener system consisting of a clevis and clevis pin. The clevis is a U-
shaped piece that has holes at the end of prongs to accept the clevis pin. The clevis pin
is similar to a bolt, but is only partially threaded or unthreaded with a cross-hole for a split
pin. A clevis hook is a hook, with or without a snap lock, with a clevis and bolt or pin at
the base. The clevis is used to fasten the hook to a bracket or chain.

Some rigging shops and end users who are not certified to weld alloy chain slings, utilize
clevis hooks to make a mechanical connection to a chain sling. The advantage of a
mechanical connection is that if a clevis hook becomes damaged due to stretch,
bending, or cracking, it can easily be removed and replaced without scrapping the
entire chain sling. If this occurs on a chain sling, this is considered a repair to the sling and
must be proof-tested prior to the sling being put back into service. Also, a clevis hook can
pivot side to side for positioning when connecting to a load, but doesn’t have the same
flexibility or freedom of movement that an eye hook does.

Swivel Hooks

There are two types of swivel hooks and the user should be aware of the type of swivel
hook that they’re using prior to lifting a load into the air:

Positioning Swivel Hook – This type of hook swivels to allow the rigger to properly align the
hook during connection to the load. This type of hook is NOT designed to rotate while
under load and is only to be used when you need to position the hook onto the pick point.

Page 71 of
382
True Swivel Hook with Bearing – This type of swivel hook has a bearing inside that allows the
hook to rotate freely under load. The top fitting swivels and pivots to allow the load to
rotate to prevent twisting of the rigging.

The ASME B30.10 standards cover the inspection of hooks for all hoists, cranes and rigging
devices.

B30.10 requires that hooks be visually inspected during the normal course of use by the
operator as well as periodically by a designated or qualified individual. The frequency
and documentation requirement of the periodic inspection shall be dependent on the
type of equipment in which the hook is used, but at least annually. During the inspection,
some of the conditions that should be looked for include:

• Deformation
• Wear or Corrosion
• Nicks and Gouges
• Presence of Latches
• The condition of Bolts and Pins
• Manufacturer’s required markings
• Field Modifications affecting the integrity of the hook

Any deficiencies constituting a safety hazard found visually by the operator or during a
periodic inspection shall result in the hook being placed out of service. The hook may not
be returned to service until approved by a qualified person.

Non-Destructive Testing

Non-Destructive Testing of hook and hook shank is not required by B30.10; however, a
detailed inspection of hooks with heavy or severe service may show the need for
nondestructive testing. ASME B30.10-2.10.4 (b)(5)(c). The conditions warranting the
routine non-destructive testing of hooks and hook shanks is covered later in this article.

Page 72 of
382
SHACKLES:

A shackle, also known as a gyve, is a U-shaped piece of metal secured with a clevis pin
or bolt across the opening, or a hinged metal loop secured with a quick-release locking
pin mechanism. The term also applies to handcuffs and other similarly conceived restraint
devices that function in a similar manner.

Identification of Shackles:

Types of Shackles:

Page 73 of
382
Application / Rigging Method:

Good Practice: Pack the pin with washer to centralize the shackle

Bad Practice: Never allow shackle to be pulled at an Angle, legs will open up. Always:

• Store and handle shackles correctly.

• Inspect shackles before use and before placing into storage
• Select the correct pattern of shackles and pin for the application
• Allow for the full resultant imposed load.
• To tighten by hands only.
• Ensure the load acts through the center line of the shackle using spacers if
necessary, to meet this requirement.

Never:

• Use shackles with bent pins or deformed bodies

• Force, hammer or wedge shackles into position.
• Eccentrically load shackles
• Replace the pin with a bolt
• Fit pins in contact with moving parts which may loosen or unscrew them.
• Shock load shackles
• Uses shackles across direction it will reduced 50% SWL

Page 74 of
382
PLATE CLAMPS

Plate clamps are designed to lift the thickness of plate identified by the manufacturer's
identification plate located on the clamp. They must never be used to lift plates less than
or greater than the thickness identified on the plate clamp identification tag. Plate clamps
must only lift one plate at a time.

Page 75 of
382
Inspection for Plate Clamps

Page 76 of
382
EYEBOLTS

Eye Bolts are used to attach a securing eye to a structure, so that slings or other hardware
can be attached for lifting. Eye Bolts are load rated and made from forged steel that has
been quenched and tempered

Inspection:

Remove eyebolt from service if any of the following conditions has been found:

• Wear in eye and link, if any, higher than 8% diameter

• Nicks, cracks and gouges in shank and eye.
• Nicks, cracks and gouges in shank to collar junction
• Distortion in any axis.
• Thread damage or exercise wear
• Excessive corrosion
• Any type of repair
• Cleanliness of thread, underside of collar.
• Illegible markings.

Page 77 of
382
Application / Rigging Method:
Always:
• Store and handle eyebolts correctly
• Inspect eyebolts before use and before placing into storage.
• Select the correct pattern eyebolt for the application
• Ensure that eyebolt and tapped hole threads are compatible and strong enough
for the load.
• Correctly align the plane of the eye using shims where necessary.
• Ensure that the collar is fully seated when hand tight.

Never:
• Use tommy bars, grips or wrenches to tighten eyebolts.
• Use dynamo eyebolts for angular loading
• Use a single bolt to lift a load that is free to rotate.
• Reeve slings eyebolt through eyes, links or shackles fitted to pairs of eyebolts
• Force hooks or other fittings into the eye; they must fit freely
• Shock load eyebolts.

Turnbuckles:

Turnbuckles are commonly used to adjust the tension between two cables or ropes by
rotating the frame, which causes both eye bolts to be screwed in or out simultaneously.
Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye, Hook and Hook, Hook and Eye,
Jaw and Jaw, Jaw and Eye.

Inspection for Turnbuckles: (Check for)

• Cracks and Bends

• Damage and Bend rods
• Check thread damage and thread engaged to full length of threaded body.
• Deformation
• Corrosion

Page 78 of
382
Lifting Beam:

Lifting beams convert lifting loads into bending forces on the beam. A lifting beam has a
simple design consisting of a beam with a single attachment point centered on the top
side of the beam for connecting to a crane, hoist, or other lifting machine

Page 79 of
382
Lifting Appliances: Hand-Operated Chain Block

Types:

Identification:

Page 80 of
382
Inspection:
✓ Keep the chain block clean and regularly lubricate the load chain and both hook
shanks.
✓ Carry out a visual inspection every time the chain block is used and listen for any
unusual sounds during operation.
✓ Depending upon the frequency of use and local conditions the load chain will
eventually show signs of wear, at which point it should be replaced.
✓ Overloading on incorrect hooking may distort the hook and increase the hook
opening. If this occurs replace the hook immediately.
✓ The components shall be free from deformation, cracks, flaws or other defects and
there shall be no loosening of connections.
✓ When the hand chain is released at any point during raising and lowering, the brake
shall hold the weight.
✓ The block shall be free from deformation, cracks, flaws or other defects, there shall
be no loosening of connections and the block shall operate satisfactorily.
✓ On removal of the restraining pin, the brake shall immediately engage and prevent
the load from descending.

Application:

Always:
✓ Store and handle chain blocks correctly.
✓ Inspect chain blocks and accessories before use and before placing into storage.
✓ For top hook suspension, use hooks that are fitted with safety catches, or mouse the
hook, ensuring the support fits freely into the seat of the hook.
✓ For trolley suspension ensure the trolley is correct set for the beam width.
✓ Check that the bottom hook will reach its lowest point without running the chain fully
out.
✓ Adapt safe slinging practices and follow the instructions for the safe use of the
equipment used.

Page 81 of
382
 Never:
✓ Expose chain blocks to chemicals, particularly acids, without consulting the
supplier.
✓ Replace the load chain with a longer one without consulting the supplier.
✓ Use undue effort to force the block to operate.
✓ Throw, drop or drag a chain block.
✓ Allow oil or grease to come into contract with the brake.
✓ Expose a chain block directly to the elements, water spray, stream etc., without
consulting the supplier.

Lifting Appliances: Chain Lever Hoist

Identification:

Page 82 of
382
INSPECTION
❖ HAND CHAIN
Check for:
✓ Cracks, distortion, wear or corrosion
✓ Cracks, distortion, wear of hand chain wheel
✓ Incorrect seating in hand chain wheel
✓ Rusty chain
❖ LOAD CHAIN
Check for:
✓ Cracks, distortion, wear of blocks, wear, slackness of sheave wheel
✓ Incorrect seating in sprocket wheel
✓ Damage to slack end or load end anchor
✓ Rusty chain
✓ Twisted chain in multiple fall
❖ HOOKS, TERMINAL FITTINGS
Check for:
✓ Cracks, distortion or wear of blocks. Wear, slackness of sheave wheel

Application:
ALWAYS:
✓ Store and handle lever hoist correctly.
✓ Inspect lever hoists and accessories before use and before placing into storage.
✓ Ensure any support fits freely into the seat of the hook and does not exert a side
thrust on the point.
✓ Check the operation of the brake.
✓ Check that bottom hook will reach its lowest point without running the chain
against the stop.
✓ Adopt safe slinging practices and follow the instructions for the safe use of the
equipment used.

Page 83 of
382
 NEVER:
✓ Exposed lever hoist to chemicals, particularly acids, without consulting the
supplier.
✓ Replace the load chain with a longer one without consulting the supplier.
✓ Extend the lever or use undue effort to force the lever hoist o operate.
✓ Throw, drop or drag a lever hoist.
✓ Allow oil or grease to come into contract with the brake.
✓ Expose a lever hoist directly to the elements, water spray, steam etc without
consulting supplier.

WIRE ROPE REQUIREMENTS

Wire rope is a complex mechanical device that has many moving parts all working in
tandem to help support and move an object or load. In the lifting and rigging industries,
wire rope is attached to a crane or hoist and fitted with swivels, shackles or hooks to
attach to a load and move it in a controlled matter. It can also be used to lift and lower
elevators, or as a means of support for suspension bridges or towers.

Wire rope is a preferred lifting device for many reasons. Its unique design consists of
multiple steel wires that form individual strands laid in a helical pattern around a core. This
structure provides strength, flexibility, and the ability to handle bending stresses. Different
configurations of the material, wire, and strand structure will provide different benefits for
the specific lifting application, including:

• Strength
• Flexibility
• Abrasion resistance
• Crushing resistance
• Fatigue resistance
• Corrosion resistance
• Rotation resistance

Page 84 of
382
 Components of Wire Rope

There are four basic components that make up the design of a finished wire rope:

1. Wires made from metal that form a singular strand - Wires are the smallest component
of wire rope and they make up the individual strands in the rope. Wires can be made
from a variety of metal materials including steel, iron, stainless steel, monel, and
bronze. The wires can be manufactured in a variety of grades that relate to the
strength, resistance to wear, fatigue resistance, corrosion resistance, and curve of the
wire rope. The wires themselves can be coated but are most commonly available in a
“bright” or uncoated finish.
2. Multi-wire strands laid around a core in a helical pattern - Strands of wire rope consist
of two or more wires arranged and twisted in a specific arrangement. The individual
strands are then laid in a helical pattern around the core of the rope. Strands made of
larger diameter wires are more resistant to abrasion, while strands made of smaller
diameter wires are more flexible.
3. A fiber or steel core - The core of a wire rope runs through the center of the rope and
supports the strands and helps to maintain their relative position under loading and
bending stresses. Cores can be made from a number of different materials including
natural or synthetic fibers and steel.

Page 85 of
382
4. Lubrication - Lubrication is applied during the manufacturing process and penetrates
all the way to the core. Wire rope lubrication has two primary benefits:
o Reduces friction as the individual wires and strands move over each other
o Provides corrosion protection and lubrication in the core, inside wires, and
outside surface

Wire Rope Construction

The following terms help to define the construction and properties of wire rope:

• Length - The total number of feet (cut to size) when wrapped around the spool and
delivered.
• Size - This is the specified nominal diameter of the wire rope and can be specified in
inches or millimeters.
Strand Patterns
The number of layers of wires, the number of wires per layer, and the size of the wires
per layer all affect the strand pattern type. Wire rope can be constructed using one
of the following patterns, or can be constructed using two or more of the patterns
below.
o Single Layer – The most common example is a 7 wire strand with a single-wire
center and six wires of the same diameter around it.
o Filler Wire – Two layers of uniform-size wire around a center with the inner layer
having half the number of wires as the outer layer. Small filler wires, equal to
the number in the inner layer, are laid in valleys of the inner wire.
o Seale – Two layers of wires around a center with the same number of wires in
each layer. All wires in each layer are the same diameter. The large outer wires
rest in the valleys between the smaller inner wires.
o Warrington – Two layers of wires around a center with one diameter of wire in
the inner layer, and two diameters of wire alternating large and small in the
outer later. The larger outer-layer wires rest in the valleys, and the smaller ones
on the crowns of the inner layer.
o Combination - A combination starnd is constructed using any combination of
two or more of the patterns listed above.

Page 86 of
382
• Preformed or Non-Preformed - On a preformed wire rope, the strands and wires are
formed during the manufacturing process to the helical shape that they will take in a
finished wire rope. Preformed rope can be advantageous in certain applications
where it needs to spool more uniformly on a drum, needs greater flexibility, or requires
more fatigue-resistance when bending.
• Direction and Type of Lay

Page 87 of
382
 Direction and type of lay refer to the way the wires are laid to form a strand (either
right or left) and how the strands are laid around the core (regular lay, lang lay, or
alternate lay).

Regular Lay – The wires line up with the axis of the rope. The direction of the wire lay in
the strand is opposite to the direction of the strand lay. Regular lay ropes are more
resistant to crushing forces, are more naturally rotation-resistant, and also spool better
in a drum than lang lay ropes.

Lang Lay – The wires form an angle with the axis of the rope. The wire lay and strand
lay around the core in the same direction. Lang Lay ropes have a greater fatigue-
resistance and are more resistant to abrasion.

Alternate Lay – The wire rope consists of alternating regular lay and lang lay strands—
used mainly for special applications.

• Finish of Wires - Zinc coated (galvanized), zinc/aluminum alloy coated (mischmetal),

stainless steel, or unfinished steel (“bright”).
• Grade of Rope - The strength of wire rope is broken down into different grades,
including:
o Improved Plow Steel (IPS)
o Extra Improved Plow Steel (EIPS) is 15% stronger than IPS
o Extra Extra Improved Plow Steel (EEIPS) is 10% stronger than EIPS
The plow steel strength curve forms the basis for calculating the strength of most steel rope
wires.
• Type of Core - Wire rope cores are designated as:
o Fiber Core (FC)
o Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC)
o Wire Strand Core (WSC)
A fiber core can be made of natural or synthetic polypropylene fibers. Fiber cores offer
greater elasticity than a steel core but are more susceptible to crushing and not
recommended for high heat environments.

Page 88 of
382
 A steel core can be an independent wire rope or an individual strand. Steel cores are
best suited for applications where a fiber core may not provide adequate support, or
in an operating environment where temperatures could exceed 180° F.
Based on what we’ve learned above, this wire rope description would provide the user
with the following information:
1″ 6 x 25 FW EIP RRL IWRC
Diameter = 1″
Number of Strands = 6
Number of Wires Per Strand = 25 Strand
Pattern = Filler wire
Grade = Extra Improved Plow Steel
Direction and Lay = Right Regular Lay Core
Type = Independent Wire Rope Core

BASIC RULES FOR SAFE OPERATION OF CRANE

PERSONAL SAFETY

• Wear the following Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):

a. Hard Hat

b. Safety Shoes

c. Hearing Protection

d. Spectacles

e. Working Clothes

f. Gloves (as needed)

g. Wear safety belts/harness (as needed)

• Crawling under the raised dump and the likes of heavy equipment is strictly
prohibited

• Do not stay inside the cab of haulage while payload is being loaded or unloaded
by cranes or loaders

Page 89 of
382
EQUIPMENT SAFETY

➢ Mobile cranes are required to have a horn and backup alarm for safety operation

➢ Never operate in areas where concentration of hazardous substance is present in the

environment

➢ Keep Mobile cranes in engaged gear when moving downgrade

➢ Display safety warning signs when operating heavy equipment (e.g. work operated
platform)

➢ Always keep the windows and windshield clean

➢ Equipment housekeeping is required. Strictly No Smoking inside crane operator’s cabin.

Clean the steps from oils, grease, mud, and the likes.

➢ Crane in the garage must have adequate ventilation

➢ Fill the fuel tank while engine is off and cool.

➢ Never fill inside building and wipe out spills immediately.
➢ Work the hydraulic control to release the pressure
➢ Report any unsafe condition of every equipment to avoid untoward incidents.

AREA SAFETY

◼ Check the work area for hidden holes, obstacles, drop-offs, especially human bystanders

◼ Check the overheads for utility lines, roofs, and other overhead obstacles

◼ Check the area for protruding steel rods, sharp edges, woods, and the likes

◼ Request assistance of professionals to locate underground cable, pipelines, and sewer

installations for safe equipment operations

Page 90 of
382
HEAVY EQUIPMENT PARKING SAFETY

◼ Check parking surrounding before parking heavy equipment

Park on level ground

◼ Mobile cranes should have a designated parking space. Parking alongside public
roads, public highways, and places reachable by bystanders is strictly prohibited;
unless the said equipment suffers breakdown in mentioned places

◼ Turn off equipment’s engine before leaving it unattended. When the equipment is
unattended, load-engaging means should be lowered, controls neutralized, power
shut-off, and brakes set and remove the key from unattended heavy equipment.

◼ Relieve pressure from all hydraulic controls

◼ Make sure that heavy equipment’s parking brakes are engaged before alighting
◼ rule
◼ Wait for all motions to stop, then safely dismount the vehicle using 3-point contact
◼ When equipment is in parked position, chokes shall be applied all heavy equipment
shall be inspected prior to every use using Heavy Equipment Pre-start/Routine
Checklists.

RIGGERS RESPONSIBILITY
◼ Make sure that only authorized persons are riding in the equipment

◼ Responsible for the proper selection of lifting equipment as per load configuration

Responsible in directing the load safely.

◼ Position himself in full view of the crane operator.

◼ Fully qualified and experienced with performing the operations

◼ Constant communication with the crane operator at all times with either hand signals
or by radio

◼ Responsible for keeping all unauthorized personnel outside the crane’s operating radius.

Page 91 of 382
◼ To able to communicate with radio where the crane operator is out of range

◼ To understand the companies, rules and regulation, color coding and certification of
lifting equipment

◼ Make sure that all personnel in the area are wearing the required safety equipment, such
as regulation hard hats and bright colored vests.

◼ Keep unauthorized persons clear of the work area.

Traffic Control

Page 92 of 382
HAND SIGNALS - Establish and use a system of hand signals that is familiar to both the
rigger and the operator.

Page 93 of 382
OPERATING ON SLOPE FOR MOBILE CRANE

Mobile Cranes are primarily designed to be used on firm, flat, level ground to within 0.57°
(1% gradient), according to AS 1418.5, any deviation from this require s that the Rated
Capacity shall be reduced accordingly. As per AS 2550.5 – negotiation of slopes by
mobile cranes travelling with suspended loads should be avoided.

The following precautions shall be taken when operating on out of level side slopes, over
0.57 ° (1% gradient) and up to 5 ° (8.75% gradient) – REMEMBER surface depressions and
potholes will create the same effect as a side slope. We have no pub lished data for
operating on side slopes over 5 ° (8.75% gradient) – this would have to be assessed as a
designed lift in accordance with AS 2550.1.

• Ensure the tires are correctly INFLATED as per load chart.

• Ensure the ground condition is FIRM enough to support the axle loads.

• REDUCE the rated capacity of the crane by the percentage value for the applicable
crane model as shown in figure 1,2 or 3 for operating on side slopes up to 5 ° (8.75%
gradient) - REMEMBER the crane’s load indicator will NOT automatically derate the rated
capacity.

• Use the crane’s side slope inclinometer as a guide only, it is most accurate when the
crane’s articulation is straight ahead without suspending a load. All articulated chassis
cranes will show some degree of side tilt, when articulated with a load – this should not
be confused with the ground’s side slope.

• Use the MINIMUM boom length and boom angle practical to keep the boom tip as
close to the ground as possible.

• Keep the load as CLOSE to the ground as possible.

• Use the MINIMUM articulation angle practical - REMEMBER the crane will si de tilt and
hence the hook will move towards the direction of articulation whilst steering.

• Keep the load on the UPHILL side of the crane where possible, especially when
articulated – REMEMBER the working radius will increase if the load is suspended in the
downhill position.

Page 94 of 382
• Load swing greatly r educes stability – REMEMBER to tagline loads to prevent
pendulum motion of the load. Travel and crane motions should be applied gently to
minimize this effect.

Figure 1: Percentage Deration Chart for 4WD 10/12, MAC 14, AT-14

Note:

1. Percentage deration chart is based on 66.6% stability as per AS 1418. 5 with the crane
on a firm side slope of 5° (8.75% Gradient).

2. The percentage deration is dependent upon the location of the lifting point on the
boom.

3. The percentage deration should be applied to the SWL as read off the crane’s load
chart for the applicable boom length, boom angle, radius and articulation angle.

Example (For AT-14 Crane, 10-tonne Rear Axle, Load Chart C1233B): Lifting

condition:

Boom Length: 13 m

Boom Angle: 30 °

Radius: 9.1 m

Articulation Angle: Greater than 10 °

Page 95 of 382
SWL (Level ground): 2000 kg (From crane load chart C1233B, for above lifting conditions)

Percentage Deration: 40 % (From Figure 1: Percentage Deration Chart)

SWL (5° Slide Slope) = SWL (as per load chart) – Percentage Deration x SWL (as per load
chart) / 100 %

= 2000 kg – 40% x 2000 kg / 100%

= 1200 kg

RIGGING EQUIPMENT / SLING INSPECTION

Rigging equipment referrers to the devices and elements used to lift and manoeuvre
objects safely, as part of a planned system implemented by a team of riggers. This
encompasses a variety of components which are used to secure and distribute the load
in question, in order to facilitate the moving process and ensure that it is completed
successfully. Industries which often require the services of rigging equipment include
construction, engineering and event staging.

Like all lifting operations, hoisting and rigging should be performed with public and
employee safety as a primary focus. In order to comply with OSHS along with industry
standards, organizations should carefully consider two following elements:

• Operation Planning: Before the lifting applications begin, teams should carefully
consider the demands of the lift and conduct a thorough risk assessment.
• Equipment: The first point will dictate how the rigging equipment is selected and used.
Riggers must ensure that the overall rigging setup and individual elements are
appropriate for the size and weight of the load in question, in order to avoid
overloading the equipment, which can lead to damage and serious safety hazards.
The rigging equipment itself should also be sourced from reputable suppliers, in order
to ensure that the products are of a suitable standard and quality. In order to maintain
this quality, the items should then be regularly tested to ensure that it continues to
meet safety standards.

Rope Knots - Two broad categories: natural fiber and synthetic.

Natural fiber; Made from plants, easily made by hand, but affected by moisture and
humidity, and rots easily. Best available is manila. Weakest is cotton

Page 96 of 382
Synthetics: Have mostly replaced natural fibers, much stronger, doesn't rot from moisture.

▪ Nylon: first and strongest of common petroleum plastics used for fiber.
Very strong but very stretchy. Deteriorates under UV. Slippery, needs
special attention w/ knots. Good hand.
▪ Polyester: a.k.a. Dacron. Nearly as strong as nylon, somewhat heavier.
Very little stretch, not quite as slippery as nylon and holds knots better.
Good hand. Best replacement for manila in most theatre situations.
▪ Polypropylene, polyolefin: lighter, cheaper, but weaker than nylon or
Dacron. Tends to be stiffer and slipperier. Not as good a hand. Floats.
▪ Polyethylene: light, cheap, weaker and stiffer than other synthetics, but
fairly immune to UV. Poor hand, floats. Common as hollow braided
water-skiing

Types of Rope Knots

• Square Knot - The square knot is a classic for connecting lines and tying knots.

• Clove Hitch - The Clove Hitch is an easy knot to tie, and it secures a line to a
tree or post quickly, but it does slip when used alone, without any other knots
as a backup

• The Bowline - The bowline creates a loop at the end of a rope that cannot shrink
or expand

Page 97 of 382
• The Figure Eight - The figure eight knot creates a stopper wherever you need
one on a rope, though the steps are also steps you take to create several other
knots.

• The Sheet Bend - The sheet bend is my favorite one of all, even though
technically it’s a “bend”—a type of knot that connects one rope to another.

Page 98 of 382
• Two Half Hitches - You can use two half hitches to secure a line to trees or poles,
or to secure the line to itself like you would tying a trucker’s hitch.

• Timber Hitch - The timber hitch secures a rope to an object for hauling or to act
as a support.

• Rolling Hitch - The Rolling Hitch adds a leg to an existing line. This hitch is the
basic knot behind a Taut Line Hitch, but it can be added to any existing line.

Page 99 of 382
 • Taut Line Hitch - The taut line hitch takes the place of a slide to tighten or loosen
a loop in a line (like a tent guy line). This knot grips well as long as there is tension
on the “taut” side of the loop.

Types of Hitches

• The Basket Hitch employs a closed loop made of rope, or webbing as shown
in the animation. It is used to hoist a load or provide an anchor point. When the
Basket Hitch is used to hoist a load, there is a risk of the load sliding out of the
loop. Arborists use it to create an anchor point or a false crotch.
Angle Percentage of Single Leg
Capacity
0 200%
30 170%
45 140%
60 100%

Page 100 of 382

• A choker hitch is used to tighten or snug a sling down securely to provide
greater load control. When using a choker hitch, one eye of the hitch is wrapped
around the load and then passed through itself and then attached to the
crane or hoist hook.

Angle of Choke Sling Rated Load Percentage of

single leg sling capacity
120 - 180 80%

90 - 119 65%

60 - 89 55%

30 - 59 44%

• Bridle Hitches are used for hoisting an object that has lifting lugs or
attachments. Position the hook over the center of gravity of the load. Adjust
sling leg lengths with turnbuckles to level raised load.

Page 101 of 382

WIRE ROPE SLING

Wire rope slings, sometimes referred to as wire cable slings are more robust and durable
than nylon slings and also have higher temperature limits. Wire rope slings with an
independent wire rope core (IWRC) can withstand contact and exposure temperatures
up to 400 degrees (F).

Page 102 of 382

Rejection in Wire Rope Sling:

Inspection of Wire Rope Sling:

1. Eyes – including Distortion, Excessive wear, damage to thimble.

2. Securing
a. Any broken wire near to the ferrules / splice
b. Broken / damage ferrules or pulling out
c. Crushing, abrasion of splice, pulling out
3. Links:
a. More than 5% stretch of original length of intermediate links.
b. More than 8% wear of joining links.
c. Bent, elongated, or twisted links, rings
d. Lack of free articulation between links

Page 103 of 382

CHAIN SLING

Chain Slings are one of the most durable and robust types of rigging available. It is not
uncommon to inspect chain slings that have been in service up to 40 years. The metal
used in Grade 80, 100 and 120 crane rigging slings is designed to stretch and elongate.

PARTS OF CHAIN SLING

Page 104 of 382

Types of Chain:

• Short link – Chain for Lifting

• Ling Link – Chain for lashing
• Calibrated – Chain for Chain Block
• Stud – Marine use (Anchor Handling)

Types of Chain Sling

Page 105 of 382

Types of Sling Assemblies:

Chain Sling Rejection:

Page 106 of 382

Straight Lift – The SWL will be 100% a single leg.

Choke Hitch – The SWL must be reduced by 20% in this application

Single Leg in Basket Hitch – The SWL will be rated by that of a single leg sling reduced by
the included angle.

Double Wrap Sling in Basket Hitch - The SWL will be that of a two-leg sling reduced by the
included angle.

Single Adjustable Basket Sling - The SWL will be that of a two-leg sling reduced by the
included angle.

Two Single Leg in straight lift – The SWL will therefore depend upon the included angle.

Two single leg in Choke Hitch – SWL calculated as per two single legs in straight lift then
reduced by 20% because it is chocked for loose items, double wrap is recommended.

Two single leg in basket hitch – Rate as a two-leg sling. The SWL should be no more than
that applicable to an equivalent two-leg sling.

Page 107 of 382

Double Leg slings

Straight Lift – For two-legged sling, the angle between the legs of the sling will determine
its safe working load (SWL). Note: The SWL for a two-legged sling assumes that both legs
are equally loaded, and that each leg is straight.

Choke Hitch – When using slings in choke hitch multiply the marked SWL by 0.8 to obtain
the reduced maximum load the sling may lift and reduce the safe working load by 20%.

Basket Hitch – Rate as per load chart table depending on included angle. Be aware of
minimum pin diameter for basket hitch.

SYNTHETHIC FLAT WEBBING SLING

Webbing slings are flexible, lightweight and have a wide bearing surface, which helps
protect the load you are lifting. Webbing slings are the most popular type of slings, and
their stretchy characteristics help minimize shock loading problems. Can be
manufactured using various materials: Polyester, Nylon, Polypropylene and Kevlar.

Color Code for Webbing Slings

Page 108 of 382

SLING Material

Page 109 of 382

TYPES OF WEBBING SLINGS

Page 110 of 382

Webbing Sling Rejection:

Page 111 of 382

Application / Rigging Method:
Always:

• Store and Handle slings correctly

• Inspect slings and accessories before use and before placing into storage.
• Follow safe slinging practices, as given overleaf.
• Position the rope loop for choke lift at 120 (natural angle)
Never:

• Attempt to shorten, knot or slings

• Expose slings to direct heat or frames
• Use slings at temperature above 80 C below 0 C without consulting the supplier.
• Expose slings to chemicals without consulting the supplier
• Shock load slings
• Use slings which are cut or which have loose or damage stitching

SYNTHETIC ROUND SLING

Synthetic round slings offer a number of advantages for rigging purposes. The most
commonly used synthetic round slings are made of nylon- or polyester-type yarns. They
have the following properties in common: Strength, Convenience, Load protection, and
Economy.

Fittings:

Ensure that mechanical fittings used as part of a synthetic round sling meet the following:

• Materials are compatible with the mechanical and environmental requirements

of the sling,
• Fittings have a rated load at least the same as the round sling,
• Fittings have sufficient strength to sustain twice the rated load of the sling without
visible permanent deformation, and
• Surfaces are clean, and sharp edges are removed.

Page 112 of 382

Identification:

New slings are marked by the manufacture to show:

• The rated load for the types of hitches, and the angle upon which they are based,
• The core material, and
• The cover material if different from core material.

In addition, slings may be marked to show:

• The name or trademark of the manufacturer,

• The manufacturer's code or stock number, and

• The name or trademark of the manufacturer.

Page 113 of 382

Inspections:

Designate a qualified person to inspect slings and all fastenings and attachments each
day before use for damage or defects.

This qualified person also performs additional periodic inspections where service
conditions warrant, as determined on the basis of:

• Frequency of sling use,

• Severity of service conditions,
• Nature of lifts being made, and
• Experience gained during the service life of slings used in similar circumstances.

Make periodic inspections of synthetic round slings at intervals no greater than 12 months.
A good guide to follow includes:

• Yearly for normal service use,

• Monthly to quarterly for severe service, and
• As recommended by a qualified person for special and infrequent service use.

Page 114 of 382

WIRE ROPE SIZING

The classifications of wire rope provide the total number of strands, as well as a nominal
or exact number of wires in each strand. These are general classifications and may or
may not reflect the actual construction of the strands. However, all wire ropes of the same
size and wire grade in each classification will have the SAME strength and weight ratings
and usually the same pricing.

The table below shows some of the most common wire rope configurations arranged in
specific classifications.

Page 115 of 382

Besides the general classifications of wire rope, there are other types of wire rope that
are special construction and designed for special lifting applications.

• Rotation Resistant Wire Rope - Some types of wire rope, especially lang lay wire rope,
are more susceptible to rotation when under load. Rotation resistant wire rope is
designed to resist twisting, spinning, or rotating and can be used in a single line or
multi-part system. Special care must be taken when handling, unreeling, and installing
rotation resistant wire rope. Improper handling or spooling can introduce twist into the
rope which can cause uncontrolled rotation.

• Compacted Strand Wire Rope - Compacted strand wire rope is manufactured using
strands that have been compacted, reducing the outer diameter of the entire strand,
by means of passing through a die or rollers. This process occurs prior to closing of the
rope. This process flattens the surface of the outer wires in the strand, but also
increases the density of the strand. This results in a smoother outer surface and
increases the strength compared to comparable round wire rope (comparing same
diameter and classification), while also helping to extend the surface life due to
increased wear resistance.

Page 116 of 382

• Compacted / Swaged Wire Rope - A swaged wire rope differs from a compacted
strand wire rope, in that a swaged wire rope’s diameter is compacted, or reduced,
by a rotary swager machine after the wire rope has been closed. A swaged wire rope
can be manufactured using round or compacted strands. The advantages of a
swaged wire rope are that they are more resistant to wear, have better crushing
resistance, and high strength compared to a round strand wire rope of equal
diameter and classification. However, a swaged wire rope may have less bending
fatigue resistance.

• Plastic Coated Wire Rope - A plastic coating can be applied to the exterior surface
of a wire rope to provide protection against abrasion, wear, and other environmental
factors that may cause corrosion. However, because you can’t see the individual
strands and wires underneath the plastic coating, they can be difficult to inspect.

Page 117 of 382

• Plastic Impregnated (PI) Wire Rope - Plastic filled wire ropes are impregnated with a
matrix of plastic where the internal spaces between the strands and wires are filled.
Plastic filling helps to improve bending fatigue by reducing the wear internally and
externally. Plastic filled wire ropes are used for demanding lifting applications.

• Plastic Coated or Plastic Filled IWRC Wire Rope - This type of wire rope uses an
Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC) that is either filled with plastic or coated in plastic
to reduce internal wear and increase bending fatigue life.

Page 118 of 382

MODULE 8: FALL PROTECTION

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

2. EXPLAIN THE DEFINITION FALL HAZARDS;

3. EXPLAIN THE ELEVATED LOCATIONS IN FALL HAZARD AWARENESS;

4. EXPLAIN THE APPROPRIATE METHODS OF PROTECTION;

5. EXPLAIN THE DUTY TO HAVE FALL PROTECTION;

6. EXPLAIN THE COMPONENTS OF PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM;

7. EXPLAIN THE PROPER WEAR AND USE OF PERNSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM AND

ITS COMPONENTS;

FALL HAZARDS
Fall hazards are present at most worksites, and many workers are exposed to these
hazards on a daily basis. A fall hazard is anything at your worksite that could cause you
to lose your balance or lose bodily support and result in a fall. Any walking or working
surface can be a potential fall hazard.

Elevated locations which require increased fall hazard awareness

Falls from any of these locations may occur while accessing, climbing, traveling, or
working.

Falls from elevation

• Scaffolds
• Ladders
• Roof
• Excavations
• Bridges
• Form works
• Floor openings

Page 119 of 382

Appropriate methods of protection such as eliminating the fall hazard

1. Elimination. Removing the need to work at an elevated height above the working
surface such as using an extension pole to replace light bulbs. Most effective control.
2. Passive fall protection. Using physical barriers such as guardrails to prevent a fall.
Guardrail Systems in Hoisting Areas:

o During hoisting operations, a chain, gate or removable guardrail section shall

be in place
o Prior to removal of the guardrail, the employee shall be protected by use of a
personal fall arrest system

Page 120 of 382

 Warning Lines:
o Shall be used along the leading-edge side of a roof work area
o Shall be erected not less than six feet from the roof edge for parallel use, ten
feet for perpendicular use
o Shall consist of ropes, wires, or chains
3. Fall restraint systems. Using positioning and fall restraint systems that restrict movement
to prevent a fall.

4. Fall arrest systems Use of full-body harness systems or safety nets, that work together to
break a fall.
5. Administrative controls. The use of policies, procedures, practices, training, and
warnings to restrict worker actions and increase awareness of fall hazards. Least
effective control.
Duty to have fall protection

Rule 1414.12 Fall Protection

For Supported Scaffold:

Fall protection equipment shall be provided on any scaffold 2m (6 feet) or more above
ground. Personnel performing work from a supported scaffold shall be protected by
guardrail from falling from all open sides and ends of the scaffold.

Fall Arrest System: Personal fall-arrest systems used on scaffolds are to be attached by lanyard
to a vertical lifeline, horizontal lifeline, or any rigid structural member.

Page 121 of 382

Guardrail System: Guardrail systems shall be installed along all open sides and ends of
platforms, and must be in place before the scaffold is released for use by personnel other
than erection / dismantling crews.

For Suspended Scaffold:

Fall protection equipment shall be provided on any scaffold 2m (6 feet) or more above
ground.

Fall Arrest System: Personal fall-arrest systems used on scaffolds are to be attached by lanyard
to a vertical lifeline, horizontal lifeline, or any rigid structural member.

Components of personal fall arrest system

Limits free fall to six feet which reduces force by decreasing fall distance. Consists of a(n)

1. Lanyard - A device made of rope, wire or nylon strap used to tether the individual to
an anchorage point and stop the individual in the event of a fall.

2.Anchorage Point - A secure point of attachment, like structural members, for

lanyards, lifelines, or deceleration devices capable of withstanding the anticipated

forces applied during a fall shall be located above the worker to avoid unnecessary

swing in the event of a fall

NON-ANCHOR POINTS

• Guardrails
• Railings
• Ladders
• Scaffoldings
• Ductworks/Pipe Vents
• Conduit/Plumbing
• C-Clamps
• Roof stacks, vents, fans

Page 122 of 382

3. Full Body Harness - Body harnesses are designed to minimize stress forces on an

employee's body in the event of a fall, while providing sufficient freedom of movement

to allow work to be performed. It consists of straps passed over the shoulders, across

the chest, and around the legs. In a fall, a full body harness protects you more than a

safety belt, because it distributes the force of impact over a greater area of your body.

4. Webbing Tie Off

5. Lifeline:

VERTICAL LIFELINE - An independent length of synthetic fiber or steel wire rope

attached to a point of anchorage. It is used to guide a fall arrest device. It allows

a worker to move vertically on an aerial lift device.

Page 123 of 382

 HORIZONTAL LIFELINE - Consists of a fixed rail or synthetic fiber rope or wire rope rigged

between two substantial anchor points Allows a worker to move horizontally

6. SHOCK ABSORBER - A shock absorber slows and cushions the fall, reducing the force
of stopping the fall.

Proper wear and use of personal fall arrest system and its components

WHAT TO CHECK BEFORE DONNING

• Before donning harnesses, workers should check all parts of the fall arrest system to
make sure it shows no signs of damage or wear and tear.
• If an anchorage device is at all damaged, the whole fall arrest system could be
compromised, so if something looks out of place, employees should consult a
supervisor.
• If a harness has ever been involved in a fall, it should be removed from service
because its materials are no longer as functional as they once were. This should be
done immediately after an accident, but employees should still know how to recognize
signs that a harness has caught a worker during a fall. Many harnesses have built-in
indicators like a red fabric that becomes exposed after a fall so workers can tell the
equipment is no longer viable.
• To check the harness for other types of wear and tear, workers should hold the harness
by the D-ring and shake it to untangle all the straps. Next, they should inspect both sides
of the webbing to make sure the thickness of the material is uniform. Any fraying, loose
or missing stitches, discoloration or hard spots (which can be a sign of heat stress from
using the harness in hot environments) could indicate the harness is too worn to be
used safely.
• Workers should check the lanyard or the lifeline for signs of damage like fraying, too.
The braking mechanism on self-retracting devices should also be tested by sharply
pulling on the line. Then, if everything is in working order, workers can move on to
donning and adjusting the harness.

Page 124 of 382

HOW TO PUT ON AND ADJUST A HARNESS

• The body harness can be put on the same way one would put on a jacket by putting
it over one arm and then the other. Before fastening any clips or buckles, the
worker should adjust the harness from the bottom up. This involves making sure the
leg straps aren’t twisted, positioning webbing appropriately and checking to
make sure the D-ring falls between the shoulder blades about three to six inches
below the neck (any higher or lower could lead to injury during a fall). Then the
wearer can go ahead and secure the buckles/clips over the legs and across the
chest.
• The harness should fit snuggly, but not too snuggly. A good rule of thumb is that a
worker should be able to fit two fingers between the straps and the body. If the
webbing is any tighter, it could restrict movement too much.
• Another good reminder: make sure pockets are empty. Keeping keys or anything
else in pockets could lead to injuries during a fall.
• Once the harness is in place, workers should connect themselves to the anchorage
device using an appropriate connector. They should test metal fasteners to make
sure they are secure before beginning work. For snap hooks, make sure the moving
piece of the hook easily snaps into place. For carabiners, make sure the locking
mechanism works properly. With all metal fasteners, workers should also look for
cracks and other signs the metal may be comprised. Never put these connectors
directly on webbing or rope, and don’t connect two snap hooks to each other.

Page 125 of 382

MODULE 9: TEMPORARY STRUCTURES

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE DEFINITION OF SCAFFOLDS, CLASSIFICATION OF SCAFFOLDS, PARTS OF

SCAFFOLDS AND HAZARD IN THE USE OF SCAFFOLDS;

2. EXPLAIN THE AMMENDED RULE 1414: SCAFFOLDING, SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF

SCAFFOLDINGS, DESIGN AND STABILITY OF SCAFFOLDING, INSPECTION AND TAGGING,

TUBE AND COUPLER SCAFFOLD, WALL TIES AND ANCHORAGE;

3. EXPLAIN THE SAFETY CONSIDERATION COMMON TO SCAFFOLDS;

4. EXPLAIN THE LADDER SAFETY AND FIVE RULES OF LADDER SAFETY;
5. EXPLAIN THE GUARDRAIL SYSTEM / FALL PROTECTION, FALLING OBJECT PROTECTION
AND CLEARANCE FROM POWER LINES;

6. EXPLAIN THE SCAFFOLD INSPECTION, OTHER TYPES OF SCAFFOLDS AND TRAINING

AND COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS.;

TEMPORARY STRUCTURE (SCAFFOLDING)

A scaffold is defined as an elevated, temporary work platform. “Scaffold” refers to a

temporary or movable platform supported on the ground or suspended, used for access
and/or working at considerable heights above ground.

SCAFFOLD TERMINOLOGY

MIDRAIL- a tube secured to standards midway between guardrail and platform

GUARDRAIL- a tube erected at the edge of platform and other places to prevent persons
falling from the platform or place.

SWAY BRACE- a tube secured diagonally across the face of a scaffold to ensure stability.

DECKING- close-boarded scaffold platform.

Page 126 of 382

COUPLER- a fitting used to connect scaffolding tubes together.

TIE- a tube used to connect a scaffold to a rigid anchorage.

JOINT PIN- also known as a spigot. Used for connecting two tubes end to end.

SCAFFOLD TERMINOLOGY

SCAFFOLD TERMINOLOGY

Page 127 of 382

 Fall Hazard Defined - A fall hazard is anything in the workplace that could cause an
unintended loss of balance or bodily support and result in a fall. Fall hazards cause
accidents such as the following:

a. A worker walking near the edge of a loading dock falls to the lower level.
b. A worker falls while climbing a defective ladder.
c. A weak ladder collapses under the weight of a heavy worker carrying tools.
d. A worker carrying a heavy box falls down a stairway.

How to Evaluate Fall Hazards - The purpose of evaluating fall hazards is to determine how
serious they are so you can eliminate or control the most serious hazards before they
cause injuries. Let's take a look at some important factors to consider when conducting
a hazard evaluation:

➢ Identify Potential Falling Issues - One of the best procedures for identifying
potential and actual fall hazards is to conduct a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) or
Hazard Identification or Recognition.
➢ Involve Others - To conduct an effective evaluation, you should involve others: the
more eyes you have on a problem, the better. Involve those who may be exposed
to fall hazards and their supervisors; they'll help you identify the hazards and
determine how to eliminate or control them.

Employees working on scaffolds are exposed to these hazards:

➢ Falls from elevation – caused by slipping, unsafe access, and the lack of fall
protection
➢ Struck by falling tools / debris
➢ Electrocution – from overhead power lines
➢ Scaffold collapse - caused by instability or overloading
➢ Bad planking giving way

Fall Hazards - Falls may occur

➢ While climbing on or off the scaffold

➢ Working on unguarded scaffold platforms
➢ When scaffold platforms or planks fail
Page 128 of 382
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

• Every scaffold shall be in good construction of sound materials and strength for

the purpose for which it is intended

• Timber used for scaffolds shall be in good condition, the bark completely stripped

off, and not painted or treated in any manner that defects cannot easily be seen.

• All materials and parts of scaffold not in use or intended for re-use shall be kept

under good condition and separate from other materials unsuitable for scaffolds.

DEFINITION OF TERMS (RULE 1414.01)

• Scaffold-refers to a temporary or movable flat form supported on the ground

or suspended, use for access and/or working at considerable heights above

the ground

• Competent Person-refers to one who capable of identifying existing a hazard in

the surroundings of working conditions, and who has the authority to take prompt

corrective action to eliminate them; person must be holder of Scaffold

Erector NC ll and COSH Training

• Qualified Person- refers to one who, by possession of a recognized technical

degree, certificate or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge,

training and experience, has successfully demonstrated his/her ability to solve or

resolve problems related to the subject matter, the work or the project

1414.02: General Provisions.

2.1 General Requirements

2.1.1 Every scaffold shall be of good construction of sound materials and strength for

the purpose for which it is intended;

2.1.2 Timber used for scaffolds shall be in good condition, the bark completely stripped
off, and not painted or treated in any manner that defects cannot be easily seen;

and

2.1.3 All materials and parts of scaffold not in use or intended for reuse shall be kept

Page 129 of 382

 under good condition and

separate from other materials unsuitable for scaffolds.

2.2 Specific Requirements

2.2.1 Timber/bamboo scaffolds shall be limited to a height of 6 meters from the

ground or base. For over 6 meters height, steel scaffolds shall be used.

2.2.2 Structural steel when used as load bearing members of scaffolding shall be

destressed at welded or bent joints and design construction approved by the

appropriate authority.

2.2.3 All manufactured scaffolds and its accessories shall follow the manufacturers’

designs and specification. Technical properties and data of such

manufactured scaffolds shall be certified true by a qualified testing laboratory.

For manufactured scaffolds more than 6meters in height shall be designed by

structural engineer and approved by appropriate authority.

2.2.4 All site fabricated/conventional supported scaffolds exceeding 6 meters in

height or a working load of 150 kg/m2 shall be designed and inspected by the

structural engineer and approved by the appropriate authority.

2.2.5 All suspended scaffolds shall be designed and inspected by a structural

engineer if site fabricated.

2.2.6 No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled or altered except under

the supervision of a competent person.

2.2.7 A fall protection equipment shall be used when working in a height of 2 meters and
above. For work height of 10 meters, workers are required to use fall arrest

equipment.

2.2.8 All personnel involved in scaffolding activities shall have appropriate

training and certification. Manufacturers’ training certification shall be limited to

the erection of manufacturers’ equipment only.

Page 130 of 382

2.2.9 Each platform on all working levels of scaffolds shall be fully planked or decked

between the front uprights and the guardrail supports as follow.

2.2.10 Each platform unit (e.g., scaffold plank, fabricated plank, fabricated deck, or
fabricated platform) shall be installed so that the space between adjacent units

and the space between the platform and the uprights is no more than 1 inch (2.5

cm) wide.

2.2.11 Each scaffold platform and walkway shall be at least 18 inches (46 cm) wide.
2.2.12 Each end of a platform, unless cleated or otherwise restrained by hooks or
equivalent means, shall extend over the centerline of its support at least 6 inches

(15 cm).

2.2.13 Each end of a platform 10 feet or less in length shall not extend over its support
more than 12 inches (30 cm) unless the platform is designed and installed so that

the cantilevered portion of the platform is able to support employees and/or

materials without tipping, or has guardrails which block employee access to the

cantilevered end.

2.2.14 Each platform greater than 10 feet in length shall not extend over its support more
than 18 inches (46 cm), unless it is designed and installed so that the cantilevered

portion of the platform is able to support employees without tipping, or has

guardrails which employee access to the cantilevered end.

2.2.15 On scaffolds where scaffold planks are abutted to create a long platform, each
abutted end shall rest on a separate support surface. This provision does not

preclude the use of common support members, such as “T” sections, to support

abutting planks, or hook on platforms designed to rest on common supports.

2.2.16 On scaffolds where platforms are overlapped to create a long platform, the
overlap shall occur only over supports, and shall not be less than 12 inches (30

cm) unless the platforms are nailed together or otherwise restrained to prevent

movement.

Page 131 of 382

2.2.17 At all points of a scaffold where the platform changes direction, such as

turning a corner, any platform that rests on a bearer at an angle other than a right

angle shall be laid first, and platforms which rest at right angles over the same

bearer shall be laid second, on top of the first platform.

DESIGN AND STABILITY

• A design instruction, including all data relevant to the design of the scaffold, shall

be prepared by the user to serve as the starting point for subsequent work

decisions, design work, calculations and drawings

• The design shall be in accordance with the recognized engineering principles

taking into consideration the variability of materials workmanship, methods of

construction, site conditions, construction tolerances and the space for scaffolds

• Scaffolds shall be design with regard to ease and safety of erection and

dismantling

• Supported scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting without

failure at least (4) times the maximum intended load, while suspended scaffolds

shall have six (6) times factor of safety

• All scaffolds design by a structural engineer shall be approved by appropriate

authority.

SCAFFOLD INSPECTION AND TAGGING

• All Scaffolding shall be inspected prior to use. Inspection and tagging shall be

performed by a qualified or competent person as the case maybe. All manufactured

scaffolds shall follow the manufacturers recommendations.

• Direct connections shall be evaluated by a qualified or competent person who shall

confirm, based on the evaluation, that the supporting surfaces are capable of resisting

the loads to be imposed.

Page 132 of 382

• Inspections should be carried out daily and every shift. All site

fabricated/conventional supported scaffolds exceeding 6 meters in height or a

working load of 150 kg/m2 shall be evaluated, tested and approved by a qualified

person.

• All scaffold identification tags shall be of a solid green, yellow or red color with

black lettering. All scaffold tags shall be hanged in every scaffold access points.

o GREEN tags shall be hanged at each scaffolds access that have been

inspected and are safe for use.

o YELLOW tags shall be placed whenever special requirements for safe use

are required. Situation requiring yellow tags may include whenever scaffold has

been modified to meet work requirements, and as a result could present a hazard

to the user. Situation requiring Yellow tags shall be closely supervised.

o RED “DANGER – UNSAFE TO USE” tags shall be used during erection and

dismantling when the scaffold is left unattended. Red tag shall be used when all

green or yellow tags has been removed.

• All the records of the inspection shall be available on site and made available to
proper authority upon request.

SCAFFOLD INSPECTION AND TAGGING

SAFE TO USE DANGER UND

NOT MODIF

Page 133 of 382

SAMPLE TAG

BASIC SCAFFOLD REQUIREMENT

• Materials

• Foundations

• Ties

• Working Platform

• Guardrails / Toe boards

• Access

• Workmanship

MATERIALS:

• Materials to be used in erecting scaffolding should be in good condition.

• Steel items should be free from rust.

• Mandatory inspection by experienced and competent person to all materials

before use

SCAFFOLD TUBES

Tubes should be manufactured & tested. 3 main types of tubes:

1. Black Steel Tubes

2. Galvanized Steel Tubes

3. Aluminum Alloy Tubes

a. Both black steel and Galvanized steel tubes possess the same properties except

galvanized tubes are more resistant to corrosion.

b. Aluminum tube has the same outside diameter as steel but is slightly thicker and

much lighter.

Page 134 of 382

MANAGEMENT OF MATERIALS:

• Any broken or damage fittings should be discarded.

• Rusty threads (if not defective) should be wires brushed and lightly oiled.

• Should be delivered to site when required only!

• Should be removed and stored when the job is finished!

• Ensure correct amounts and types of materials arrive on site.

FOUNDATIONS:

• The foot of any standards or upright should be adequately founded on a suitable

base plate in order to prevent slipping or sinking.

• Soil compaction.

SOLE PLATES;

• Firm Ground- 500mm long x 225mmx35mm

• Soft Ground – 765mm long x 225mmz35mm

• Under 2 Stds.-1.55m long x 225mmx35mm

TIES AND ANCHORAGE

• It is essential that every scaffold should be securely tied to the building structure

throughout its entire length to prevent movement of the scaffold.

RULES OF THUMB.

1. Space ties every other lift and every 6M along the face of the scaffold.
2. Ties should be fixed with load bearing couplers, as close to the node point as

possible.

3. Avoid the use of reveal ties where possible.

4. Take full advantage of any structural features of the buildings e.g. pillars, columns,

lintels, rebates, etc. to provide additional strength and stability to the tie.

5. Make sure that the building is strong enough to support the tie and the load

imposed on it by the scaffold.

6. Do not remove tie for any reason until the overall stability of the scaffold has been

confirmed.

Page 135 of 382

Ladder Safety

Four simple steps:

• Use the right ladder for the job

• Inspect the ladder
• Set-up the ladder properly
• Follow rules for climbing and using ladders

Always

• Maintain three points of contact with the ladder at all times

• Maintain the center line of your body between the ladder’s vertical support rails
while working
• Check bottom of shoes and ladder rungs for grease and dirt
• Make sure ladder has non-skid pads
• Ensure spreaders are fully extended and locked
• Test pullies, springs, rung locks and ropes on extension ladders
• Store ladders on their side or secure with a chain or cable when stored in an
upright position.

GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS

Guardrail system shall be able to withstand a force of at least 90kg. (200 lbs.) It consists:

1. Top rails - top edge height of top rails shall not be less than 0.95 m. (38 “) and not

more than 1.15m. (45”) above the walking/working surface of a platform.

2. Mid rails – installed approximately halfway between the walking/working surface

and top rail.

3. Toe boards – shall have no more than 6 mm. (1/4”) gap above the working surface

and should withstand a force of at least 23 kg (50 lbs.).

4. Uprights – shall not be spaced more than 2.7 m. (9 ft.) apart.

Page 136 of 382

PROTECTION FROM FALLING OBJECTS

All materials, equipment, and tools, which are not in use while on the scaffold shall be secured

against accidental displacement.

CLEARANCE FROM POWER LINES

Minimum clearances be maintained between scaffolds and exposed, energized power

lines:

• 2 feet for insulated power lines of less than 300 volts

• 10 feet for insulated power lines of 300 volts or more and for all uninsulated power
lines

TYPES OF SCAFFOLDS

• Supported Scaffolds

• Ladder Scaffolds or Ladder Jack Scaffolds

• Tube and coupler

• Timber Scaffolds

• Bamboo Scaffolds

• Trestle Scaffolds

• Form Bracket and Carpenters Bracket Scaffolds

• Roof Bracket Scaffolds

• Window Jack Scaffolds

• Crawling Boards (Chicken Ladders)

• Suspended Scaffolds

TRAINING AND COMPETENCY REQUIREMENT COMPETENT PERSON:

All scaffolds competent person must undergo the standard scaffold training and

assessment prescribed by DOLE and TESDA. Competent person shall have the following

certification:

a. COSH Training Certificate from DOLE or its accredited safety training organization

b. Must be a holder of TESDA prescribed scaffold erection certificate

c. At least 2 years’ experience in scaffold erection

Page 137 of 382

 SCAFFOLD ERECTOR:

All scaffolds erector must undergo the standard scaffold training and assessment

prescribed by DOLE and TESDA. Scaffold erectors shall have the following certification:

a. One Day Workers Safety Orientation from DOLE or its accredited safety training

organization

b. Must be a holder of TESDA prescribed Scaffold Erection NC ll

MODULE 10: TEMPORARY STRUCTURES (ERECTION AND

DISMANTLING)

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DEMONSTRATE THE ACTUAL SCAFFOLD ERECTION AND DISMANTLING;

2. DEMONSTRATE THE ACTUAL USE OF FULL BODY HARNESS AND
COMPONENTS OF PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEMS;

3. FAMILIARIZE WITH THE COMPONENTS OF FRAMED AND MOBILE

SCAFFOLDS;

4. SEQUENCES OF ERECTING THE SCAFFOLDS AND DISMANTLING OF

SCAFFOLDS;

5. ACTUAL APPLICATION OF APPROPRIATE TAG WHEN INSPECTING THE ERECTED

SCAFFOLD;

Page 138 of 382

1414.06: Scaffold Erection.

1. No scaffold work shall be undertaken without the direct supervision of a

competent/qualified person as the case may be.

2. All posts shall be maintained plumb regardless of connection.

3. All posts spacing and materials shall conform to the designer’s specification.
4. All runners shall be perpendicular to the posts in all situations. Spacing of the runners
shall conform to the designed scaffold.

5. Diagonal brace shall extend from one connection to another. It shall be connected
to The post within 150 millimeters from the point of connection.

6. Diagonal braces shall not exceed an angle of 60 degrees from horizontal

7. Diagonal braces shall be installed immediately as the scaffold rises to maintain
plumbness of the system.

8. All posts shall be joined or connected by means of joint pin, spigot or any appropriate
means of connections. No lap coneection shall be allowed.

9. Always maintain the base width to height ratio of 1:4 during erection for stability. If the
height exceeds what is allowed.

10. No scaffold activity shall be undertaken if the wind velocity exceeds 48 kph. For
Erected scaffold, additional precaution shall be considered during typhoon.

11.No other work shall be allowed to commence below the scaffold during
erection phase.

12. Working platform shall be provided per level during erection. This working
platform shall not be removed unless the succeeding level is installed.

13. Scaffolds of more than 6 meters in height shall be designed by a structural

engineer and shall be erected, installed a dismantled by TESDA certified erectors.

14. Scaffold shall be erected, added, altered or dismantled only under the supervision
of the competent/qualified person in the construction.

Page 139 of 382

1414.09: Scaffold Dismantling.

1. During dismantling, no component, which endangers the stability of the remaining

structure, should be removed.

2. If dismantling has reached the stage at which a critical member has to be removed,
(e.g. a tie or a brace) the stability of the structure should be assured by fixing a

similar or otherwise adequate member in place before the member to be taken out

is removed.

3. If changes are made in the scaffold structure during its working life, it is not safe to
assume that dismantling can be carried out in the reverse order to the erection,

hence, ties and braces shall be inspected prior to dismantling.

4. Materials should be lowered to the ground and not stored on the scaffold.
Components should not be thrown on the ground; they should be lowered hand-to-

hand in an orderly manner or brought down by crane, pulley or other suitable means.

9.1 Progressive Dismantling:

1. Scaffolds, which are to be progressively dismantled during the demolition of a
building, should not be left projecting above the residual height of the walls more than

is necessary. Stabilizing ties should be maintained, especially with sheeted scaffolds.

2. Scaffolds, which are to remain in use while partly dismantled, should be fitted with
end guardrails and toe boards at the end of the portion in use.

3. If access is possible on to a partly dismantled scaffold, warning notices should be

fixed.

Page 140 of 382

MODULE 11: DEMOLITION SAFETY

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DISCUSS THE DEFINITION OF DEMOLITION WORKS.

2. ENUMERATE THE PLANNING IN SAFE DEMOLITION WORKS, KEY AREAS FOR PLANNING.
3. EXPLAIN THE DEMOLITION TECHNIQUE, METHOD OF DEMOLITION SUCH AS MANUAL,
MECHANICAL AND EXPLOSIVES DEMOLITION.

4. EXPLAIN THE HAZARD ASSOCIATED WITH DEMOLITION AND HIERARCHY OF CONTROL

MEASURES.

Demolition is the dismantling, razing, destroying or wrecking of any building or structure

or any part thereof. Demolition work involves many of the hazards associated with
construction. However, demolition involves additional hazards due to unknown factors
which makes demolition work particularly dangerous. These may include:

• Changes from the structure's design introduced during construction;

• Approved or unapproved modifications that altered the original design;
• Materials hidden within structural members, such as lead, asbestos, silica, and
other chemicals or heavy metals requiring special material handling;
• Unknown strengths or weaknesses of construction materials, such as post-
tensioned concrete;
• Hazards created by the demolition methods used.

RULE 1417 - 1418: DEMOLITION

1. Structures over 6m high must be under the supervision of a competent person

2. The area is strictly for demolition workers only (Demolition area - w/in a distance
equal to 1.5 x H of structure)
3. If the above distance is not possible, the structure shall be fenced around
4. Danger signs should be posted around the structure
5. Ensure all electrical services are cut-off
6. Demolition should proceed storey by storey, in a descending order; work on the
upper floors should be completely over before removing the supporting members on
the lower floor.

Page 141 of 382

 7. No part of the structure shall be overloaded w/ debris or materials.

8. Stairs (incl. railings), passageways & ladders should be demolished last

SAFE DEMOLITION REQUIRES ADEQUATE PLANNING

Why Plan?

• Identify the Hazards

• Meet Legislative Requirements
• Ensure Appropriate Equipment
• Ensure Safe Disposal of Materials
• Determine Appropriate Methods of Demolition
• Determine Cost of Demolition

Demolition Key Areas for Planning

• Type of Construction
• Type of Structure (Use)
• State of Structure
• Structural Hazards
• Hazardous Substances
• Location of Services
• General Conditions of Adjoining Structures
• Access and Egress
• Suitability of Site for Equipment

DEMOLITION TECHNIQUE

• Sequential – gradual reduction of height in reverse order to its construction

• Induced – key structural members are weakened or removed, causing the
whole part of the structure to collapse

Page 142 of 382

METHODS OF DEMOLITION

• Manual – use of hand-held tools

• Mechanical – use of heavy equipment, wires and chain, power shear, etc.
• Explosives – use of explosives

HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH DEMOLITION

• Falls - Falling from roof or other elevated area, Lift shafts, Collapse of
flooring, Collapse of ground and Tripping over debris
• Being Hit/Trapped/Crushed by Objects - Falling debris (from service ducts and
lift shafts), Accidental/uncontrolled collapse of a structure, use of equipment
(crane lifting loads), Failure of structural members (load bearing steelwork)
• Manual Handling - Using equipment, Operating equipment, Manual
demolition, lifting material, clearing up, Loading trucks/bins
• Hazardous Substance and Dangerous Lead - lead based paint, tanks
containing lead-based petrol Asbestos sprayed coatings, insulation
materials, fire resistant walls / partitions, cement sheets, flooring materials,
PCBs, stones, bricks and concrete aggegates

• Dangerous Goods - Flammable liquids/vapors and sludge from industrial

process and confined space
• Noise and Vibration – Equipment, Falling debris and Explosives
• Electric Shock - Live wires from structures
• Fires and Explosions - Flammable materials, Welding or cutting, Leaks of
explosives gases from accidental damage of pipes and Arson especially
when the site is unattended
• Equipment – Electrocution, Plant failure, dropping material, Equipment
striking persons, Noise and vibration, flying particles, Dust and other airborne
hazards, falling objects onto operators, Structural collapse of floors, Welding
and cutting hazards and Falls

Page 143 of 382

HIERARCHY OF CONTROL

• Elimination
o Disconnect services to the demolition site
o Ensure there are no sparks or ignition sources where there is risk of fire
or explosion
o Ensure separation between the public and demolition activities
• Substitution
o Use power shears, in place of grinding or oxy-acetylene cutting,
where there is a risk of fire
• Engineering Control
o Install anchor points for fall arrest systems
o Spray water to suppress dust
o Use chutes for dropping debris
o Use cranes for lowering loads
o Install vehicle buffers where equipment is exposed to an open edge
o Provide flash arresters on gauges and hoses of welding equipment
• Administrative Control
o Limit the amount of time a person is exposed to a particular hazard
o Implement and document safe working procedures for all hazardous tasks
o Train and instruct all personnel
o Identify hazardous substances prior to work
• Personal Protective Equipment
o Safety Helmets
o Harnesses and Lanyards
o Boots
o Gloves
o Respirators
o Hearing Protectors

Page 144 of 382

MODULE 12: ROUTINE SITE SAFETY INSPECTION

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DISCUSS THE DEFINITION OF SAFETY AND HEALTH INSPECTION, ELEMENTS OF EFFECTIVE

SAFETY AND HEALTH INSPECTION PROGRAMS.

2. EXPLAIN THE PURPOSES OF SAFETY AND HEALTH INSPECTION, TYPES OF INSPECTION,

QUALIFICATION OF A GOOD INSPECTOR.

3. EXPLAIN THE ITEMS NEED TO BE INSPECTED, FACTORS IN THE FREQUENCY OF

INSPECTION, PREPARING OF CONDUCTING SITE SAFETY INSPECTION.

4. EXPLAIN THE PPE TO BE USED AND INSPECTION REPORT.

5. EXPLAIN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF CORRECTIVE ACTION AND MONITORING OF
IMPLEMENTED CORRECTIVE ACTION.

Safety Inspection is defined as that monitoring function conducted to late locate existing
and potential hazards having the capacity to caused accident in the workplace.
Inspection should not be limited to search for unsafe physical condition. But should also
try to detect unsafe practices.

PURPOSE OF SAFETY INSPECTION PRIMARY PURPOSE

• Detect and correct hazards

• Assess Effectiveness of OSH Program

• Display visible management commitment to OSH

• Identify Training Needs

• Fulfill Legal Obligations

SECONDARY PURPOSE - to improve operations, increase efficiency, effectiveness and

profitability.

TYPES OF SAFETY INSPECTION

• Continuous Inspection

• Periodic/Interval Inspection

• Regular Inspections
Page 145 of 382
• General Inspections

• Emergency Inspection

CONTINUOUS INSPECTION - An inspection conducted as part of the workers job

responsibilities in noting and correcting potential danger. It involves noting an apparently
or potentially hazardous conditions or unsafe procedure and either correcting it
immediately or making a report to initiate corrective action Sometimes called informal
inspection because it does not conform to a set schedule, plan or checklist.

INTERVAL INSPECTION - A systematic process with specific Intervals and widely regarded
as “real” safety and health inspection Sometimes called planned inspections. Deliberate,
thorough, and with systematic procedure that permits examination of specific items or
conditions.

Two types of interval inspection are: REGULAR AND GENERAL

TYPES OF INTERVAL INSPECTION

REGULAR INSPECTIONS – inspections at regular interval which is conducted on a specific

area, a specific operation or a specific type of equipment.

GENERAL INSPECTION – is a planned walk-through of an entire area and includes places

not usually inspected.

EMERGENCY INSPECTION - An inspection focused on the components of machinery,

equipment, materials, structures or areas likely to result in an immediate unwanted
incident. An unscheduled inspection may be needed to correct unsafe conditions.

GENERAL SAFETY AND HEALTH INSPECTION

DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 13 SERIES OF 1998 SECTION 1 K)

Refers to inspection of the work environment, including the location and operation of
machinery other than those covered by technical safety inspections, adequacy of work
space, ventilation, lighting, conditions of work environment, handling, storage or work
procedures, protection facilities and other safety and health hazard in the workplace.

Page 146 of 382

SAFETY INSPECTION PROGRAM

An effective program begins with analysis and planning. Before instituting an inspection
program, a number of questions should be answered:

• What is the purpose of inspection?

• What aspects of each item need to be examined?

• How often/frequent must items be inspected?

• Who will conduct the inspection?

Elements of An Effective Safety Inspection Program

The inspectors must:

• Have sound knowledge of the facility/workplace;

• Be knowledgeable of the relevant standards, codes and regulations;

• Be familiar with the organization’s accident experience and potentials;

• Possess the ability to make intelligent decisions for corrective action;

• Exercise diplomacy in handling personnel and situations.

• The inspection process must be systematic.

• There must be a method of reporting, evaluating and using the gathered data.

WHAT & WHERE TO INSPECT?

• Physical Condition

• Equipment, apparatus, appliances you are working with

• Your work area

• Areas surrounding your work area

• High risk areas

• Processes

Page 147 of 382

 • Behavior (acts)

• Other items and areas

COVERAGE OF INSPECTION

• Tools (power and non-power) & Equipment

• Machines (utilities, production, etc)

• Materials and Supplies

• Material handling

• Power source equipment

• Electrical connections/devices

• Fire protection equipment

• Fire hazards

• Motor Vehicle

• Office

• Personal service and first aid facilities

• Buildings and structures

• Walkways and roadways

• Working surfaces, platforms, scaffolds

• Fall hazards

• Personal protective equipment

• People (Human Behavior, Acts)

Page 148 of 382

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION

• What is the loss severity potential of the problem or what is the potential for injury
to employees?

• How quickly can the item or part become unsafe?

• What is the history of failures and what are the results of these failures?

• A good rule: “THE HIGHER THE RISK, THE HIGHER THE FREQUENCY OF THE INSPECTION’

WHO WILL CONDUCT INSPECTION?

• Safety Professionals/Officers

• Company or Facility Management

• Supervisor

• Mechanical Engineer or Maintenance Supervisor

• Workers/Laborers/Technician

• Maintenance Personnel

• Safety and Health Committee members

• Third Parties and/or Customers

• Other inspection teams/personnel

SAFETY INSPECTION OSHS RULE 1047 (5)

One of the duties of a Safety Man (Safety Officer):

“Conducts health and safety inspection as member of the committee”

Inspection Tools

Page 149 of 382

SAFETY INSPECTION OSHS RULE 1047 (5)

One of the duties of a Safety Man (Safety Officer):

“Conducts health and safety inspection as member of the committee”

Inspection Tools

COMMON INSPECTION TOOLS

o Inspection forms/sheet/checklists

o Clipboards

o Pens/pencils

o Lock-out/tag-out equipment

o Measuring tape/ruler

o Flashlight

o Cameras, video cams and/or tape recorder

o Personal Protective Equipment

OTHER EQUIPMENT MAY ALSO BE USED

o Electric testing equipment

o Sampling devices (air, noise, light, temperature)

o Sampling containers

o Calipers, micrometers, feeler gauges

o Stop watch

o Other equipment depending on the need of the inspection.

Page 150 of 382

 PLANNING & PREPARATION

Includes review of the following

o Accident reports

o Equipment inspection and maintenance records

o Procedures

o Previous inspection reports

o Other documents

Coordination

o with affected persons (if not a surprise inspection)

o with inspection team (including pre-inspection meeting)

Preparation of materials needed. INSPECTION PROPER

REMEMBER: INSPECTIONS MUST NOT INTERRUPT NORMAL OPERATIONS

• Identification of hazards

• Data gathering

• Interview of workers

• May or may not use checklists or inspection sheets.

SAFETY INSPECTION SEEING VS. OBSERVING

Seeing – Limited to the sense of sight. It is a physiological process essentially.

Observing – Is more of a psychological process. It means to consider carefully, to

regard with attention so as to learn something. It means seeing with sufficient care
to be able to give an account of conditions and behavior. It is not limited to the
sense of sight. Observing includes noticing and noting, and understanding the
significance of what is seen.

Page 151 of 382

INSPECTION REPORT FORMATS CAN BE:

• Bullet-type report

• Narrative/paragraph form

• Risk Assessment format

• Other formats

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

• In making recommendations, be guided by these rules:

o Correct the cause whenever possible.

o Immediately correct everything possible.

o Report conditions beyond one’s authority and suggest solutions.

o Take intermediate action as needed.

o Prioritize high risk items. A good tool is Risk Assessment.

MONITORING

• At regular intervals, report progress in complying with the safety recommendations.

Periodically check what progress toward corrective actions is being made.

• Monitor for residual hazards and those hazards that were produced by the actions
that were made to correct the initial problem.

ROLES IN IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING

• Management’s Role

o Supports Inspection Program

o Ensure that recommended corrective actions is in then agenda.

o Decision-making esp. when money is involved

Page 152 of 382

• Safety Officer’s Role

o Conduct inspections

o Follow-up and monitoring of inspection items

• Supervisor’s and Worker’s Role

o Conducts inspection

o Execution of corrective actions

• Safety and Health Committee

o Review reports of safety and health inspections and discuss the findings and
recommendations during committee meetings

Page 153 of 382

MODULE 13: ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE PRINCIPLES OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE; AND

2. IDENTIFY HEALTH HAZARDS IN THEIR WORKPLACE.
3. COMPLY WITH INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE RELATED OSHS PROVISIONS AND OTHER
ISSUANCES, LAWS AND GUIDELINES; AND

4. EXPLAIN THE THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES (TLV) AND ITS IMPORTANCE IN

EVALUATING WORKERS’ EXPOSURE.

5. DISCUSS THE GENERAL PRINCIPLE OF CONTROLLING HEALTH HAZARDS IN THE

WORKPLACE; AND

6. IDENTIFY THE DIFFERENT METHODS OF CONTROL AND THEIR IMPORTANCE IN THE

CONTROL OF HEALTH HAZARDS

PART 1. IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS WHAT

IS INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE?

(Steve Geigle M. C., Course 750 - Introduction to Industrial Hygiene, 2019)

is the science of anticipating, recognizing, evaluating, and controlling workplace

conditions that may cause workers' injury or illness.

Health Hazard - Health hazards are chemical, physical or biological factors in our
environment that can have negative impacts on our short- or long-term health

Page 154 of 382

CHEMICAL HAZARDS

Introduction

Harmful chemical compounds in the form of solids, liquids, gases, mists, dusts, fumes, and
vapors exert toxic effects by inhalation (breathing), absorption (through direct contact
with the skin), or ingestion (eating or drinking). Airborne chemical hazards exist as
concentrations of mists, vapors, gases, fumes, or solids. Some are toxic through inhalation
and some of them irritate the skin on contact; some can be toxic by absorption through
the skin or through ingestion, and some are corrosive to living tissue

Vapor: A vapor is the gas form of a substance that is primarily a liquid at normal pressure
and temperature. Most organic solvents evaporate and produce vapors. Vapors can be
inhaled into the lungs, and in some cases may irritate the eyes, skin or respiratory tract.
Some are flammable, explosive and/or toxic. The term vapor pressure or evaporation rate
is used to indicate the tendency for different liquids to evaporate.

Occupational Exposure

Page 155 of 382

Mist: A mist consists of liquid particles of various sizes, which are produced by agitation or
spraying of liquids. Mists can be hazardous when they are inhaled or sprayed on the skin.
The spraying of pesticides and the machining of metals using metal working fluids are two
situations where mists are commonly produced.

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Mixing of Solvent (Exposure in Toluene)

➢ Steel Pickling (Exposure of Hydrochloric Acid)

Page 156 of 382

Fumes: A fume consists of very small, fine solid particles in the air which form when solid
chemicals (often metals) are heated to very high temperatures, evaporate to vapor, and
finally become solid again. The welding or brazing of metal, for example, produces metal
fumes. Fumes are hazardous because they are easily inhaled. Many metal fumes can
cause an illness called metal fume fever, consisting of fever, chills and aches like the "flu."
Inhalation of other metal fumes, such as lead, can cause poisoning without causing metal
fume fever.

➢ Lead Pipe Worker (Exposure to Lead)

➢ Welding (Beryllium and Lead)

Page 157 of 382

 Gas: A gas consists of individual chemical molecules dispersed in air, like oxygen, at
normal temperature and pressure. Some gases are flammable, explosive, and/or toxic.
The presence of a gas may be difficult to detect if it has no color or odor, and does not
cause immediate irritation. Such gases, like carbon monoxide, may still be very
hazardous.

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Heavy Equipment Operator (Exposure to carbon monoxide)

Dust: A dust consists of small solid particles in the air. Dusts may be created when solids are
pulverized or ground, or when powder (settled dust) becomes airborne. Dusts may be
hazardous because they can be inhaled into the respiratory tract. Larger particles of
dust are usually trapped in the nose and windpipe (trachea) where they can be
expelled, but smaller particles (respirable dust) can reach and may damage the lungs.
Some, like lead dust, may then enter the bloodstream through the lungs. Some organic
dusts, such as grain dust, may explode when they reach high concentrations in the air.

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Silica Dust

Page 158 of 382

➢ Metal Dust

➢ Asbestos Dust

PHYSICAL HAZARDS

Physical hazards that employees in the workplace face include excessive levels of
ionizing and nonionizing electromagnetic radiation, noise, vibration, illumination, and
temperature.

Noise. It is an unwanted sound and excessive sound that can be caused by the vibration
of the air. Arm’s Length Rule - “If two (2) people with no hearing impairment have to raise
their voices or shout to be heard in a distance of less than arm’s length from each other,
the sound level is potentially hazardous.”

Page 159 of 382

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Spray Painting (100 – 105 dBa)

➢ Blasting (138 Dba)

➢ Grinding (94 – 96 Dba)

Page 160 of 382

 Vibration. caused by machinery is common. Vibration transferred from a machine to the
human body may cause discomfort, a reduction of performance, and even injury.

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Low Frequency or Whole Body - – weaving looms, harvester- thresher, tractors, etc

➢ High Frequency or Segmental - hand driven power tools such as chain saw, portable
grinder and polishers.

Page 161 of 382

Illumination. is the measure of stream of light falling on a surface. It can be Natural
Lighting or Artificial Lighting. There are two types of Workplace Lighting: General Lighting
and Local Lighting.

Occupational Exposure:

Extremes Temperature. (low or high) affect the amount of work that man can do and the
manner in which they do. Factors that can affect the Heat and Cold Exposure are Thermal
factors (temperature and humidity), Physical load (light, moderate, heavy and very
heavy) and Work Rest Regimen.

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Exposure in High Temperature

Page 162 of 382

Extreme Pressure. Change in the altitude or atmospheric pressure. It is below or greater
than normal atmospheric pressure (14.7 psi or 101.325 kpa)

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Sewage Construction

➢ Mining

Page 163 of 382

Radiation. It is a wide range of energies form the electromagnetic spectrum, which is
illustrated to the right.

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Non-ionizing radiation ranges from extremely low frequency radiation, shown on the
far left through the audible, microwave, and visible portions of the spectrum into the
ultraviolet range.

➢ Ionizing Radiation. Radiation that falls within the ionizing radiation range has enough
energy to remove tightly bound electrons from atoms, thus creating ions. We take
advantage of its properties to generate electric power, to kill cancer cells, and in many
manufacturing processes.

Page 164 of 382

BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS

Biological hazards include bacteria, viruses, fungi, and other living organisms that can
cause acute and chronic infections by entering the body either directly or through breaks
in the skin. Occupations that deal with plants or animals or their products or with food and
food processing may expose workers to biological hazards.

Occupational Exposure:

➢ Unsanitary conditions of canteen, rest rooms, lockers etc.

➢ Contact with animals especially pests, rats, etc.

➢ Removal of industrial waste and sewage

Page 165 of 382

Microbiological – Example of this are bacteria, molds, fungi, Protozoa and virus.

Macro biological - Examples of this are insects, parasites, plants and animals

ERGONOMIC HAZARDS

The science of ergonomics studies and evaluates a full range of tasks including, but not
limited to, lifting, holding, pushing, walking, and reaching.

Ergonomic Hazard Exposure:

➢ Improperly designed tools or work areas

➢ Improper Lifting or Reaching

Page 166 of 382

➢ Repeated Motion in Awkward Position

PSYCHOSOCIAL HAZARDS

Psychosocial hazard" is the name most commonly used for those hazards that can have
an impact on the psychological health or mental or emotional wellbeing of a person.
Under the WHS Act, health is defined as both physical and psychological health.

Occupational Exposure

➢ Exposure to harassment, violence or traumatic events

Page 167 of 382

Primary Health Hazards Identification Encountered in Skilled Construction Trades

Occupations Hazards
Hard tile setters Vapors from bonding agents
Carpenters Awkward Postures
Drywall installers Wood dust
Electrical power installers Plaster dust
and repairers
Painters Heavy metals in solder fumes, asbestos dust
Plumbers Solvent vapors, toxic metals in pigments
paint additives
Pipefitters Carpet layers Lead and welding fumes
Soft tile installers Lead and welding fumes, asbestos dust
Rail- and Track-laying Awkward postures, vapors from glue Vapors
equipment operators Roofers from bonding agents
Welders Silica dust, heat
Welding
emissions
Insulation workers Heat, vapors from roofing tar
Paving, surfacing and Dust from asbestos and synthetic fibers
tamping equipment
operators
Solderers Exposure to Lead
Awkward
postures
Drillers, earth, rock Emissions from asphalt gasoline, diesel and
Air hammer operators engine exhaust, heat
Pile driving operators Silica dust, heat
Excavating and loading Welding emissions, lead and cadmium fumes
machine operators
Grader, dozer and scraper Silica dust, whole-body vibration, noise
operators
Highway and street Noise, whole-body vibration, silica dust
construction workers
Truck and tractor Noise, whole-body vibration
equipment operators
Demolition workers Silica dust, whole-body vibration, heat, noise

Hazardous waste workers Silica dust, whole-body vibration, heat,

noise Asphalt emissions, heat, diesel engine
exhaust Whole-body vibration, diesel
engine exhaust Asbestos, lead, dust, noise
Heat, gases

Page 168 of 382

You can identify the Hazard of the following:

1. Thru Ocular Inspection at the Workplace

2. Process check and review
3. Must understand your raw materials, wip product and finish product.
4. Collection of all complaint by the employees and other stakeholders.
5. Using Safety Data Sheet and Global Harmonized System Labels

Department Order 136 -14

Guidelines for the implementation of Globally Harmonized System (GHS) in Chemical

Safety Program in the Workplace

Section 1: Coverage - This Guidelines shall apply to all workplaces engaged in the
manufacture, use, storage of industrial chemicals, in the private sector including their
supply chain.

Section 2: Objective – The Guidelines aims to protect workers and properties from the
hazards of chemicals and to prevent or reduce the incidence of chemically induced
accidents, illnesses and injuries and death resulting in the use of chemical at work.

Section 3: Definition of Terms

Section 4: Roles and Responsibilities of Employers, Employees and Safety and Health
Committee

Section 5: Adherence to Provisions of the Latest Edition of the GHS – The establishment
shall always adopt the latest provisions of GHS.

A. Industrial Chemical shall be classified according to the following GHS Hazard

Classifications
1. GHS Physical Hazards
2. GHS Health Hazards
3. Environmental Hazards
B. All industrial chemical shall be labeled with the following GHS label elements:
1. Product Identifier
2. Supplier Identifier
3. Chemical Identity
Page 169 of 382
 4. Pictograms
5. Signal Words
6. Hazard Statement
7. Precautionary Statement

C. Safety Data Sheet.

A safety data sheet, or SDS, is a standardized document that contains occupational

safety and health data. The International Hazard Communication Standard (HCS)
mandates that chemical manufacturers must communicate a chemical’s hazard
information to chemical handlers by providing a Safety Data Sheet. SDS's typically
contain chemical properties, health and environmental hazards, protective measures,
as well as safety precautions for storing, handling, and transporting chemicals.

Basic Part of a GHS-Compliant Label

Page 170 of 382

GHS Labels are designed to communicate dangerous and hazardous material using a
universal standard of text and pictogram formats as indicated by the OSHA's updated
Hazard Communication regulations.

The standard GHS label is made up of 6 different elements that help a chemical handler
to easily identify a chemical and understand the specific hazards it poses.

1. The Product Identifier should identify the hazardous chemical by an appropriate term
(e.g. chemical name, code number, batch number).

2. Signal Words let the reader know that the chemical is hazardous. Depending on the
severity of the chemical hazard, either “Danger” (connoting more severe hazard) or
“Warning” (connoting less severe hazard) will be used. There’s only one word per label
and, since hazards exist within a variety of classes, a “Danger”-level warning in one class
will always trump a “Warning”-level hazard in another.

3. Hazard Statements specify the nature and degree of the chemical hazard. If
necessary, labels should contain multiple hazard statements (hazard statements may be
combined for clarity). Within each hazard classification category, a standardized
statement should exist for each specific hazard (i.e. the hazard statement for a specific
hazard should not vary from company to company or from chemical to chemical).

4. Precautionary Statements outline the suggested measures for lowering the risk of
harm from a chemical. Four different types of precautionary statements should be
provided: a prevention statement that gives advice for minimizing exposure, a response
statement that describes actions to carried out in case of emergency or exposure, a
statement about how the chemical should be stored, and a statement that describes
proper disposal procedures. As with Hazard Statements, there is some leeway for
Precautionary Statements; they can be combined or shortened for clarity.

5. Supplier Identification states that Name, Address and Telephone Number of the
chemical manufacturer, supplier, importer, or otherwise responsible individual or group.

Page 171 of 382

6. Pictograms surrounded by a red border illustrate the hazards of a chemical without
using words making them universally readable

Contents of Safety Data Sheet

1. Identification of the Chemicals

2. Hazards identification

3. Composition/Information on ingredients

4. First-aid measures

5. Firefighting measures

6. Accidental release measures

7. Handling and storage

8. Exposure control and personal protection

9. Physical and chemical properties

10. Stability and reactivity

11. Toxicological information

12. Ecological information

13. Disposal considerations

14. Transport information

15. Regulatory information

16. Other information

D. Confidential Business Information (CBI) – CBI claims should be limited to the names
of chemicals and the concentration in mixtures. The rules of CBI shall take priority
for product identification. No disclosure of any information shall be done except
for:
1. Instances when the provisions for CBI protection compromise the health
and safety of the workers; or
2. During emergency situations

Page 172 of 382

Section 6: Chemical Safety Program Elements – The Chemical Safety Program to be
initiated by the establishment shall include the following elements:

A. Facilities
B. Control Measures
1. Engineering Control
2. Administrative Control
C. Workers Right to know
D. Storage Requirements and Inventory
E. Waste Management
F. Information and Training
G. Personal Protective Equipment
H. Work Environment Measurement (WEM)
I. Occupational Health and Medical Surveillance
J. Emergency Preparedness and Response

What is a Confined Space?

An enclosed or partially enclosed space that Is not designed or intended for human
occupancy except for the purpose of performing work Has restricted means of access
and egress May become hazardous to any person entering to it.
Generally speaking, a confined space is a fully or partially enclosed space that:
• is not primarily designed or intended for continuous human occupancy
• has limited or restricted entrance or exit, or a configuration that can complicate first
aid, rescue, evacuation, or other emergency response activities
• Can represent a risk for the for the health and safety of anyone who enters, due to
one or more of the following factors:
o its design, construction, location or atmosphere
o the materials or substances in it
o work activities being carried out in it, or the
o mechanical, process and safety hazards present

Page 173 of 382

EXAMPLES OF CONFINED SPACES

• Manholes

• Tanks

• Vessels

Page 174 of 382

• Bins

• Tunnels

• Sludge Digestion Systems

Page 175 of 382

 • Utility Vaults

• Mechanical Rooms

HAZARDS IN CONFINED SPACE

1. Oxygen deficiency
The normal atmosphere is composed approximately of 20.9% oxygen, 78.1% nitrogen,
and 1% argon with small amounts of various other gases.

Page 176 of 382

 • Oxygen deprivation is one form of asphyxiation. While it is desirable to maintain
the atmospheric oxygen level at 21% by volume, the body can tolerate
deviation from this ideal.
• When the oxygen level falls to 17%, the first sign of hypoxia is a deterioration of
night vision which is not noticeable until a normal oxygen concentration is
restored. The physiologic effects are increased breathing volume and
accelerated heartbeat.
• Between 14-16%, the physiologic effects are increased breathing volume,
accelerated heartbeat, very poor muscular coordination, rapid fatigue, and
intermittent respiration.
• Between 6-10%, the effects are nausea, vomiting, inability to perform, and
unconsciousness.
• Less than 6%, spasmodic breathing, convulsive movements, and death in
minutes.
2. Flammable atmosphere
Gases or vapors can only be explosive or flammable between their LEL/LFL and UEL/UFL.
This is called the explosive/flammable range. Substances with a wide
explosive/flammable range are considered to be more hazardous since they are
readily ignitable over a wider range. However, any concentration of combustible gas
or vapor should be of serious concern in a confined space. Workers should be
especially careful when ventilating a space containing a gas or vapor above its
UEL/UFL.
3. Toxic atmosphere
Substances regarded as toxic in a confined space can cover the entire spectrum of
gases, vapors, and finely-divided airborne dust in industry. Toxic gases may be present
in a confined space because:
• toxic substances are used as part of the production process, (for example, in
producing polyvinyl chloride, hydrogen chloride is used as will as vinyl chloride
monomer, which is carcinogenic).

Page 177 of 382

 • the biological and chemical "breakdown" of the product being stored in a tank,
or
• maintenance activities (welding) being performed in the confined space.
4. Mechanical hazards
If activation of electrical or mechanical equipment would cause injury, each piece of
equipment should be manually isolated to prevent inadvertent activation before
workers enter or while they work in a confined space.
The interplay of hazards associated with a confined space, such as the potential of
flammable vapors or gases being present, and the build-up of static charge due to
mechanical cleaning, such as abrasive blasting.
5. Physical Hazard
A thermal hazard is a dangerous condition caused by excessive heat or cold or a hot
surface. A confined space entry permit must address any hazards from heat or cold
within confined spaces.

Four factors influence the interchange of heat between people and their environment.
They are:
• air temperature,
• air velocity,
• moisture contained in the air, and
• radiant heat.

CONTROL MEASURES IN CONFINED SPACE

1. Testing and monitoring of atmosphere
2. Isolation
3. LOTO
4. Disconnection
5. Blanking and Bleeding

Page 178 of 382

HAZARDS IN CONFINED SPACE AND THEIR CONTROL MEASURE
Atmospheric testing should be done before entry to confined spaces for the following:
O2 Deficiency: Level range: 19.5 - 23.5%

PART 2. EVALUATION OF HEALTH HAZARDS / WORK ENVIRONMENT MEASUREMENT

WORK ENVIRONMENT MEASUREMENT (WEM) (DOLE, OSH Standard, 2020)

Shall mean sampling and analysis carried out in respect of the atmospheric working
environment and other fundamental elements of working environment for the purpose
of determining actual conditions.

RULE 1077, OSHS -

Rule 1070 of Occupational Safety and Health Standards (DOLE, OSH Standard, 2020)

➢ Occupational Health and Environmental Control

• The employer shall exert efforts to maintain and control the working environment
in comfortable and healthy conditions for the purpose of promoting and
maintaining the health of his workers.
• The employer shall carry out the WEM in indoor or other workplaces where
hazardous work is performed and shall keep a record of such measurement which
shall be made available to the enforcing authority.
• The WEM shall be performed periodically as maybe necessary but not longer than
annually.
• The WEM shall be performed by the safety and medical personnel who have taken
adequate training and experience in WEM (internal monitoring)
• In the event of inability to perform the WEM, the employer shall commission the
Bureau / OSHC / Regional Office concerned and other institutions accredited or
recognized by the Bureau, to perform the measurement.

Page 179 of 382

Purpose of WEM
➢ To control the scale of detrimental environmental agents;

➢ To occasionally checked the environment through measurement;

➢ To forecast ferocity of new facilities, raw materials, production processes

and working methods

➢ To observe worker’s exposure to dangerous substances;

➢ To assess the efficiency of environmental control measures implemented to

continual improve the workplace; and;

➢ To maintain satisfactory environment conditions.

➢ Types of Monitoring (SOLOMON, 2019)

➢ Work Environment / Area Monitoring - is the measurement of contaminant in the

workroom. This helps pinpoint work areas with high or low exposure levels of

contaminants.

Dust Area Monitoring Noise Area Monitoring

Page 180 of 382

Exposure / Personal Sampling - Preferred method of evaluating worker exposure to

airborne chemicals. Worker wears sampling device that collects airborne

contaminants wherever he goes, whatever he does.

Lead Personal Monitoring

Evaluation of Results of WEM

➢ The WEM result are evaluated to determine whether or not they the health
hazard is existing or not.

➢ The Outcomes of evaluation are linked with the accepted standards of

maximum allowable concentrations or levels.
What is legally enforceable (standard) in the Phils?
❖ Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS) of the Department
of Labor and Employment (DOLE) only standard that the company will
check the
Result of WEM.
When is the guideline or other references?
❖ American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH):
Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) & Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs),
Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA), American Society
of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) and
Others if when there is no available data, information or threshold limit
value in our Occupational Safety and Health Standard (OSHS).

Page 181 of 382

Exposure Standards & Guidelines

Standards - Legally acceptable exposure limits (Rule1070, OSHS establishes the TLVs)

Guidelines - Recommended maximum exposure which are voluntary and not legally

enforceable.

Evaluation

Threshold Limit Value (TLV)

Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) refer to airborne concentrations of chemical substances

and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be
repeatedly exposed, day after day, over a working lifetime, without adverse effects.
They are OSHA-recommended occupational exposure limits issued by the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). ACGIH has established the
Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) for over 600 chemical substances and physical agents, as
well as over 30 Biological Exposure Indices for selected chemicals. Many authorities
have referred to ACGIH TLVs when setting occupational exposure limits in their own
jurisdictions.
OSHS Rule 1072: Threshold Limit Values for Airborne Contaminants 1072.01: Threshold
limit values refer to time weighted concentrations for an 8-hour workday and a total
of forty-eight (48) hours work of exposure per week.
ACGIH defines three categories of threshold limit values:
Threshold Limit Value – Time-Weighted Average (TLV-TWA): The concentration of a
hazardous substance in the air averaged over an 8-hour workday and a 40-hour
workweek to which it is believed that workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after
day, for a working lifetime without adverse effects.
Threshold Limit Value – Short-term exposure (TLV-STEL): A 15-minute time weighted
average exposure that should not be exceeded at any time during a workday, even
if the overall 8-hour TLV-TWA is below the TLV-TWA. Workers should not be exposed
more than four times per day to concentrations between TLV-TWA and TLV-STEL.

Page 182 of 382

There should be at least a 60 minute interval between exposures. The short-term
exposure threshold has been adopted to account for the acute effects of substances
that have primarily chronic affects.
Threshold Limit Value – Ceiling (TLV-C): This is the concentration that should not be
exceeded during any part of the working exposure. Peak exposures should be always
controlled. For substances that do not have TLV-TWA or TLV-C established, the
maximum admissible peak concentrations must not exceed:
• Three-times the value of the TLV-TWA for no more than 15 minutes, no more than
four times per workday. Exposures must be at least 1 hour apart during the
workday.
• Five times the TLV-TWA under any circumstances.

The units of measures for the threshold limit values are ppm and mg/m3. The TLVs for
aerosols are expressed usually in mg/m3. The TLVs for gases and vapours are expressed
in ppm or mg/m3.

Evaluation

The measurement data will be compared with existing standards / guidelines:

➢ Threshold Limit Values (TLVs)

➢ Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs)

➢ Occupational Exposure Limits (OELs)

➢ Recommended Exposure Limits (RELs)

➢ Maximum Allowable Concentrations (MACs)

➢ Mining operation

Exposure Limit

Page 183 of 382

 TLV or PEL (ppm)* Relative Degree of Hazard
Less than 1 Extreme
1 to 10 Extreme to High
10 to 100 High to Moderate
100 to 1000 Moderate
Greater than 1000 Very Low

Action Level

The level of a harmful or toxic substance / activity which requires medical surveillance,

increased industrial hygiene monitoring, or biological monitoring. (NIOSH and OSHA)

➢ Action Levels for TLV for chemical is 50% of its TLV

Action Level for Noise

➢ The Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA's) Noise

standard (29 CFR1910.95) requires employers to have a hearing

conservation program in place if workers are exposed to a time-weighted

average (TWA) noise level of 85 decibels (dBA) or higher over an 8-hour

work shift.

TLV of Airborne Contaminants, (DOLE, OSH Standard, 2020)

ACIDS VAPORS
HCl 5 ppm Acetone 1,000 ppm
H2SO4 0.25 ppm Benzene 25 ppm
HNO3 2 ppm Toluene 100 ppm
Formic Acid 5 ppm Methanol 200 ppm
Acetic Acid 10 ppm Ethanol 1,000 ppm
Methyl Chloride 100 ppm

Page 184 of 382

 Standards / Guidelines

Exposure Limits for Select Chemical Agents

(as 8-hour time-weighted-average except for C notation)
Chemical TLV (AGCIH) TLV (AGCIH) TLV (DOLE) PEL (OSHA)
USA, 2015 USA, 2003 Phil., 1990 USA, 1997
1. Ammonia 25 ppm 25 ppm 50 ppm 50 ppm
2. Asbestos, all form 0.1 f/cc 0.1 f/cc 0.1 f/cc* 0.1 f/cc
3. Benzene 0.5 ppm 0.5 ppm C 25 ppm 1.0 ppm
4. Carbon Monoxide 25 ppm 25 ppm 50 ppm 50 ppm
5. Cotton Dust, raw 0.1 mg/m3 0.2 mg/m3 1.0 mg/m3 0.2 mg/m3
6. Ethyl Ether 400 ppm 400 ppm 400 ppm 400 ppm
7. Formaldehyde C 0.3 ppm C 0.3 ppm C 5 ppm 0.75 ppm
8. Hydrogen Sulfide 1 ppm 10 ppm 10 ppm C 20 ppm
9. Lead, inorganic 0.05 mg/m3 0.05 mg/m3 0.15 mg/m3 0.05 mg/m3
10. Mercury, all forms 0.025 mg/m3 0.025 mg/m3 0.05 mg/m3 1.0 mg/10 m3
11. Toluene 20 ppm 50 ppm 100 ppm 200 ppm

C – Ceiling Limit
* Department Order 154 S 2016 Safety and Health Standards on the use and
management of Asbestos in the Workplace

As you can see in the Table, Toluene in Exposure Limits (as 8-hour time-weighted-
average) states that different value for TLV (AGCIH) - USA, 2015, TLV (AGCIH) - USA,
2003, TLV (DOLE) - Phil., 1990 and PEL (OSHA) - USA, 1997. Meaning with the same
chemicals but different value of their TLV based on standards and guidelines.

Page 185 of 382

Exposure Limits of TOLUENE

As you can see in the Table, Toluene in SECTION 8: Exposure controls / personal
protection with different guidelines are not the same value from one guideline
to other guidelines based on its Threshold Limit Value – Time-Weighted Average
(TLV-TWA), Short-term exposure (TLV-STEL) and Ceiling (TLV-C).

Rule 1074, OSHS (DOLE, OSH Standard, 2020)

Page 186 of 382

 Rule 1075, OSHS (DOLE, OSH Standard, 2020)

➢ A minimum of 50 lux –passageway, corridor, warehouse

➢ A minimum of 300 lux –medium inspection; office

deskwork with intermittent reading and writing for filing

and mail sorting.

➢ A minimum of 500 lux –fine inspection, fine woodworking, accounting, drafting

➢ A minimum of 1000 lux –extra fine assembling; jewelry and

watch mfg; proofreading in printing plants

Guidelines (ACGIH)

Reference: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). Heat Stress

and Strain: TLV® Physical Agents 7th Edition Documentation (2017). TLVs and BEIs with 7th Edition
Documentation, CD-ROM. Cincinnati, OH, 2017.

Page 187 of 382

Work Load
Acclimatized Example of Workloads
Light sitting or standing to control machines; performing light hand or
arm work (e.g. using a table saw); occasional walking; driving
Moderate walking about with moderate lifting and pushing or pulling;
walking at moderate pace; e.g. scrubbing in a standing position
Heavy pick and shovel work, digging, carrying, pushing/pulling heavy
loads; walking at fast pace; e.g. carpenter sawing by hand
Very Heavy very intense activity at fast to maximum pace; e.g. shovelling
wet sand

PART 3. CONTROL OF HEALTH HAZARDS

WORKPLACE CONTROL PRINCIPLES

Key Elements of Industrial Hygiene:

✓ Identification

✓ Evaluation

✓ Control - a process of conception, education, design and implementation of

beneficial interventions and changes carried out that reduces, minimizes, eliminates,
decreases or downgrade hazardous conditions.

Reason for control of hazardous substances

✓ Protecting workers health from exposure to substances

✓ Protecting workers comfort

✓ Complying with the standards implemented

Page 188 of 382

Generalize diagram of Controlling hazards

Three (3) zones where control measures can be applied:

• At the source of contamination

• Along the transmission path
• At the worker

Hierarchy of Controls

1. Engineering control

• Elimination - Eliminating a hazard by removing a process or substance completely

• Substitution - Involves changing chemical substances and/or process with less
hazardous or harmful one.

Factors to consider:

➢ Hazard Assessment
➢ Effectiveness

➢ Compatibility

➢ Existing Control Measures

➢ Waste Disposal

• Isolation / Containment – Containment of the source of the hazard by placing the

hazardous substance in a sealed vessel or system to create a barrier between the

hazard and the worker.

Page 189 of 382

 • Modification / Redesign / Automation - To change the physical operating conditions
without changing the chemical or process

• Ventilation - The process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means

to and from any space

Two types of ventilation:

• General or Dilution Ventilation

• Local Exhaust Ventilation

Types of Industrial Ventilation

1. Natural Ventilation

Page 190 of 382

 2. Mechanical Ventilation

Air Distribution System:

It refers to the distribution of air to and from conditioned spaces within a building. An
air distribution system includes all sub-components, such as fans, filters, dampers,
ductwork, etc. Air distribution systems come in a variety of material types, for example,
fiberglass and galvanized metal. In fact, many different kinds of ducts may be found in
a single air distribution system.

Page 191 of 382

Combination of Natural and Mechanical Exhaust Ventilation

When to Use General or Dilution Ventilation

❖ Contaminants are relatively non-toxic

❖ Quantity of contaminant is not high

❖ Workers are far from contaminant source

❖ Outside source of air is not contaminated

3. Local Exhaust Ventilation - An engineering control that removes airborne contaminants

from the point of dispersion before they can reach the breathing zone of workers

Page 192 of 382

 Enclosing Hood
Enclosing hoods, or "fume" hoods, are hoods surrounding the process or point
where the contaminants are generated. Examples of completely enclosed hoods
(all sides enclosed) are glove boxes and grinder hoods. Examples of partially
enclosed (two or three sides enclosed) hoods are laboratory hoods or paint spray
booths. The enclosing hood is preferred whenever possible.
Receiving Hood
These hoods are designed to "receive" or catch the emissions from a source that
has some initial velocity or movement. For example, a type of receiving hood
called a canopy hood receives hot rising air and gases. An example is a canopy
hood located over a melting furnace.
Capturing Hood
These hoods are located next to an emission source without surrounding
(enclosing) it. Examples are a rectangular hood along the edge of a tank or a
hood on a welding or grinding bench table or a downdraft hood for hand grinding
bench.
Comparison of Hoods
Capturing and Receiving Hoods Enclosing Hoods
Recommended Disadvantages Recommended Use Disadvantages
Contaminant Performance is Generation of high High cost
released with no reduced by: amount of
speed contaminant More complicated
• Incorrect Very toxic design
Contaminant positioning of contaminant
released at the hood in Occupy more of
locations with respect to the Contaminant the workplace
minimal speed source released with high space
cross-draft • Cross-drafts speed
conditions and air
turbulence High speed cross-
Note: the source • Reduction of draft conditions
must be located the exhaust
within the effective airflow All other conditions
range of the hood where capture /
receiving hoods are
effective

Page 193 of 382

Purpose of Ventilation

• To ensure condition of thermal comfort

- To renew the air in the workplace, therefore diluting eventual air contaminants to

acceptable levels.

• To prevent hazardous air contaminants from generating into the working

environment and reaching the workers breathing zone.

Administrative Control

• Reduction of work periods (Office Memorandums)

• Adjusting work schedule (ex. Labor Advisory no. 3 series of 2016)
• Job rotation
• Education of supervisors
• Employee information and training
• Housekeeping and maintenance
• Emergency response training (ex. First aid and Basic Life Support)
• Special programs specific to Ergonomics (ex. Prolong standing and sitting and etc.)
• Medical Surveillance
• PPE Program
• Work Environment Measurement
• Chemical Safety Program (DO 136-14)

Personal Protective Equipment

1. Dust / Gas Respirators 5. Aprons

2. Safety Goggles/Spectacles 6. Safety Shoes

3. Face Shields 7. Helmets

4. Earplugs /Earmuffs 8. Gloves

Uses of PPEs

a. where temporary control measures are necessary before engineering controls are
installed

Page 194 of 382

b. to supplement engineering controls in reducing exposure during maintenance and
repair

c. during emergencies
d. It is the last line of defense

Respiratory Protective Equipment Air

Purifying

Filtering air impurities which are present in the atmosphere before they are inhaled by the

worker.

➢Filter-type

➢Cartridge-type

Respirator Filter Definition

N-Series Filters

• Filters restricted to use in that atmosphere free of oil aerosols

R-Series Filters

• Filters intended for removal of any particle including oil-based liquid aerosol. Used
only for single shift (8 hours of continuous or intermittent use)

P-Series Filters

• Filters intended for removal of any particle including oil-based liquid aerosols.
Should be used and re-used for no more than 40 hours or 30 days whichever
occurs first

Air Supplying - Provides continuous supply of uncontaminated air

➢ Self Contained Breathing

Apparatus (SCBA) Used in:

• Confined spaces or oxygen deficient areas

• Concentration of contaminant is high
• Fire-fighting

Page 195 of 382

 Criteria for Selection of Respirators

• Identification of contaminants
• Maximum possible concentration of contaminants in the work area
• Acceptability in terms of comfort
• Compatibility with the nature of job
• Proper fit to the face of user to prevent leakage

Hearing Protection

Earplugs – Hearing protectors placed inside the ear to block out noise. To work effectively,

they should fit snugly into the ear canal.

- Reusable, Washable Pre-formed Earplugs

- Foam Earplugs

Earmuffs – A device composed of a headband with two cushioned ear cups that

form a seal around the outer ear, covering it completely and blocking out the noise.

NRR (Noise Reduction Rating)

- is a rating system used to determine the effectiveness of hearing protection

devices to decrease sound exposure within a given working environment.

- the higher the NRR number, the more hearing protection it can provide to the end-

user

Formula:

Earplugs

Approximate Noise Protective Level = Noise Level –[ (NRR –7) x 0.5 ]

Earmuffs

Approximate Noise Protective Level = Noise Level –[ (NRR –7) x 0.75 ]

Example of Using the NRR: For Ear plugs

Page 196 of 382

Noise level: 95 dB(A)

NRR of hearing protectors: 33 dB

Subtract 7 dB from the NRR: 33 dB -7 dB = 26 dB

Multiply by 1/2: 26 X 1/2 = 13 dB

Subtract 13 dB from the

Approximate Noise Protective Level: 95 dBA-13 dB = 82 dB

Example of Using the NRR: For Ear muffs

Noise level: 95 dB(A)

NRR of hearing protectors: 33 dB

Subtract 7 dB from the NRR: 33 dB -7 dB = 26 dB

Multiply by 3/4: 26 X 3/4 = 19.5 dB

Subtract 19.5 dB from the

Approximate Noise Protective Level: 95 dBA–19.5 dB = 74.5 dB

Summary

Page 197 of 382

Measures that can be applied at the source of the contaminant generation

Measures that can be applied along the path where contaminant is dispensing

✓ Housekeeping (immediate cleanup)

✓ General exhaust ventilation (roof fans)

✓ Dilution ventilation (supplied air)

✓ Increase distance between source and receiver (semi-automatic or remote control)

✓ Use of screen and partial barriers

✓ Continuous area monitoring (pre-set alarms)

✓ Adequate maintenance program

Worker based controls include

✓ Training and education (most important)

✓ Rotation of workers (split up dose)

✓ Enclosure of worker (air-conditioned crane cabs)

✓ Personal monitoring devices (dosimeters)

Page 198 of 382

✓ Personal protective devices (respirators)

✓ Adequate maintenance program

Where control measures can be applied

Using combination of controls

Page 199 of 382

CLEAR POINTS

➢ Industrial Hygiene is the science and art devoted to the identification,

evaluation and control of hazards.

➢ Safety Officer has the role to classify his establishment through proper identification
of the different health hazards as part of the risk assessment process.
➢ There are various ways or strategies to identify different health hazards in the
workplace

Page 200 of 382

The degree of hazard from exposure to harmful environmental factors or stresses would

depend on the following:

➢ Nature of the material involved

➢ Intensity of exposure

➢ Duration of exposure

➢ Individual susceptibility

➢ The employers shall exert effort to maintain, control and carry out WEM to their

workplace

➢ Provisions of OSHS Rule 1077 including related DOLE issuances must be complied

with.

➢ The conduct of WEM through area or personal monitoring is important to know the

levels of exposure of the workers to the different hazards in the workplace.

➢ Threshold Limit Value is defined and categorized into three: Time

Weighted Average, Short-term Exposure Limit and Ceiling.

➢ The levels of exposure should be compared with the TLVs

✓ Measured values must be within or should not exceed the TLV to ensure

health of the workers.

✓ Measured values in action level or has exceeded the TLVs should

be appropriately controlled.

➢ Other references or guidelines may be used for health hazards that are not

specified in the OSHS

➢ All hazards can be controlled

➢ There are usually many alternative methods of control

➢ Some methods of control are better than the others

Page 201 of 382

 ➢ Some situations will require more than one control method to obtain optimum results
Controls should be introduced as a means to protect the health or comfort of
workers along with other objectives, including employee safety, reduction in
environmental pollution and reduction in economic loss.

The Safety Officer shall ensure that effective controls are being implemented regularly

monitored and maintained.

“The correct identification and careful evaluation of the hazards are extremely important

and will constitute the basis of appropriate control measures.”

MODULE 14: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE BASIC CONCEPT OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

2. IDENTIFY HEALTH EFFECTS OF COMMON HAZARDS INCONSTRUCTION WORK
3. RECOMMEND APPROPRIATE HEALTH INTERVENTIONS TO PREVENT AND CONTROL
OCCUPATIONAL OR WORK-RELATED HEALTH PROBLEMS

GLOBAL AND LOCAL STATISTICS ON WORK-RELATED ILLNESSES AND INJURIES IN THE

CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY.

Page 202 of 382

 ILO report

Sources of local information

◼ Administrative reports
Work-Accident & Illness Report (WAIR) Annual

Medical Report (AMR)

◼ Nationwide sampling survey

◼ Integrated Survey on Labor & Employment (ISLE)

◼ Database on EC claims

◼ Research & case studies

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

• Promotion and maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental & social
well-being of workers of all occupations.

• Professionals, namely physicians, nurses, occupational hygienists, lawyers,

epidemiologists, ergonomists, safety engineers, and occupational health
technicians are involved in these tasks.

• Prevention among its workers of departures from health caused by their working
conditions

• Protection of workers in their employment from risks usually from factors adverse
to health

• Placing & maintenance of the worker in an occupational environment adapted

to his/her physiological ability

Page 203 of 382

KEY CONCEPTS / PRINCIPLES IN OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

• The predisposition of a worker to suffer from an occupational illness depends on

the characteristics of exposure to a hazard and on individual susceptibility. Not all
workers exposed to hazards get sick.

o Example: Some workers become deaf because of noise only after prolonged
and frequent exposure to high levels of noise over many years.

• Workplace hazards can potentially cause harm to a worker. However, the risk or
the likelihood that this harmful effect would take place depends on the conditions
of exposure. These factors include intensity and duration of exposure to the
hazards, timing of exposure and multiplicity of exposure.

Health Effects of Occupational Health Hazards

Hazards in the workplace that can cause ill-health among workers include the following:

1. Chemical hazards such as dusts, gases, vapors and mists.

2. Physical hazards such a noise, illumination, extremes of temperature, vibration and
radiation (non-ionizing and ionizing)
3. Ergonomic hazards due to repetitive movement, improper posture, forceful exertions,
monotonous tasks, mental stress, etc.
4. Biological hazards that can cause harm to humans such as viruses, bacteria, fungi, and
parasites.

FACTORS THAT DETERMINE DISEASE DEVELOPMENT

Workplace factors

Workers’ susceptibility

Occupational and Work-Related Diseases

Page 204 of 382

HEALTH HAZARDS: WORKPLACE FACTORS

• Physical properties

• Frequency of exposure

• Duration of exposure

• Magnitude of exposure

• Timing of exposure

• Multiplicity of exposure

HEALTH HAZARDS: WORKERS’ SUSCEPTIBILITY

• Age

• Gender

• Genes

• Race

• Personal Hygiene

• Health Habits (Smoking, alcohol, drugs)

• Medical History

CLASSIFICATION OF TOXIC EFFECTS

GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF TOXIC EFFECTS

• Local toxicity: Occurs at the site of chemical contact

Irritation of skin, eyes, upper respiratory tract, lungs

• Systemic toxicity: Distant site from point of contact, may involve many organ
systems

Most chemicals produce systematic toxicity

Page 205 of 382

Acute Effect
• Immediately during or after exposure

• Due to high concentration of the substance

• Symptoms vary from minor irritation to sudden death

Example: Burns to skin by direct contact with strong acid

Chronic Effect

• After long-term, repeated exposure to lower levels of hazardous substance

• Develop gradually over long periods of exposure

• Long-term effect
Example: Cancer, bronchitis and dermatitis

OCCUPATIONAL HAZARDS AND ITS ILL / HEALTH EFFECTS

OCCUPATIONS HAZARDS

Carpenters Wood dust, heavy loads, repetitive motion

Electricians Heavy metals in solder fumes, asbestos dust, awkward

posture

Painters Solvents, paint additives, toxic metals in pigments

Demolition workers Asbestos, noise, lead, dust

Tile setters Solvents from adhesives, awkward postures

Pipefitters, plumbers Lead fumes and particles, asbestos

Masons Cement, awkward posture, heavy loads
Drillers Noise, vibration, dust
Truck and equipment operators Noise, vibration, engine exhaust

Highway and street Asphalt emissions, heat, engine exhaust

construction workers

Welders, solderers Welding emissions, metal fumes, lead

Page 206 of 382

CHEMICAL HEALTH HAZARDS IN CONSTRUCTION

Health Effects of Chemical Hazards

Workers are exposed to various chemicals in the workplace. These chemicals have
inherent toxicities that can potentially harm humans depending on the amount that has
entered the body and the conditions of exposure. Here are some concepts you must
understand:

• Toxicity is the intrinsic capacity of a chemical agent to adversely affect an organism,

including humans.

• Toxic chemical is the agent that can cause the adverse effect

• Hazard is the potential for the toxicity to be realized in a specific setting or situation.

• Exposure refers to the process or extent that a worker experiences or comes in

contact with a particular hazard in the workplace or as a result of one’s occupation

• Dose is the amount of the toxic agent that has entered the body

• Risk is the probability or chance of a specific adverse effect to occur.

Chemicals can enter the body by several routes. Being familiar with all routes of entry will
help in preventing exposures. The most important and most common route of entry is by
inhalation through the lungs. Organic solvents and pesticides are examples of chemicals
that are easily absorbed through the skin. Chemical substances can also enter the body
through the mouth by accidental ingestion.

Chemical Health Hazard

A chemical health hazard means a chemical for which there is statistically significant
evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established scientific
principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. Chemical
hazards may take the form of a gas, vapor, fume, dust/fiber and/or mist.
Chemical hazards can damage the lungs, skin, eyes, mucous membranes, and target
specific organs in the body!

Page 207 of 382

ROUTES OF ENTRY

Inhalation is the primary route of entry for hazardous chemicals in the work
environment. Nearly all materials that are airborne can be inhaled.

Absorption through the skin is another route of entry. The skin is the largest organ of your
body and a common exposure site for liquid and airborne chemicals. Absorption through
the skin can occur quite rapidly if the skin is cut or abraded. Intact skin is an effective
barrier to many hazardous materials.

Ingestion - toxic materials can be swallowed and enter the body through the
gastrointestinal tract. In the workplace, people can unknowingly ingest harmful
chemicals when you eat, drink, or smoke in a contaminated work areas.

Injection occurs when a sharp object punctures the skin, allowing a chemical or
infectious agent to enter your body. For example, injection can occur when a
contaminated object such as a rusty nail punctures the skin.

Page 208 of 382

Respiratory System (Inhalation)

The respiratory system is the major route of exposure for airborne chemicals. Once air
contaminants are inhaled into your respiratory system, they may harm the tissues of the
respiratory tract or lungs; cause serious scarring (local effect); and/or be dissolved in the
blood and transported throughout the body (systemic effect).

The most serious damage is caused by contaminants that penetrate deep into the lower
regions of the lung (alveoli).

UNITS OF CONCENTRATION

• (ppm) Parts per Million

Used to express the amount of a gas or vapor; one part of a gas or vapor per
million parts of air.

EG. (Ratio: 1/1,000,000)

One part per million is equivalent to four (4) eye drops of liquid in a 55 gallon
barrel.

• (mg/m³) Milligrams per Cubic Meter of Air

Used to express the amount of a toxic fume or dust; the amount of a substance
(mg) in a given amount of space (m³).

EG. Milligrams per Cubic Meter of Air (mg/m³)

One thousand (1,000) packets of artificial sweeter/candy in the volume of the

Empire State Building is equivalent to 1 milligram per cubic meter of air (1
mg/m³).

• (µg/m³) Micrograms per Cubic Meter of Air

Used to express the amount of a highly toxic fume or dust; the amount of a
substance (µg) in a given amount of space (m³).

EG. Micrograms per Cubic Meter of Air (µg/m³)

Page 209 of 382

 One (1) packet of artificial sweeter in the volume of the Empire State Building is
equivalent to 1 microgram per cubic meter of air (1 µg/m³).

50 artificial sweetener packets in the volume of the Empire State Building is equivalent
to 50 µg/m³ (OSHA PEL for Lead).

• (f/cc) Fibers per Cubic Centimeter of Air

Fibers are any particle longer than 5 microns (µm), one millionth of a meter, and
have an aspect ratio (length : width) greater than 3:1

EG.** Fiber – Means a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometer (µm) or longer,

with a length-to-width ratio of at least 3 to 1.

Why f/cc for Asbestos?

The unit f/cc (Fibers per Cubic Centimeter) is used to describe limits for asbestos because
it’s the number of fibers, not the overall weight of the material that is of concern. Asbestos
fibers that are in size and shape (5µm long and length to width ratio of 3:1) are needle
sharp particles that damage the inner portions of the lungs. In contrast, asbestos fiber
that is shorter or of a length-to-width ratio less than 3:1 does not cause significant
damage.

RESPIRABLE PARTICLES

Dust, fibers, fumes and other particles that can go past the nose and mouth and enter
deep into the respiratory system are considered to be respirable; these particles are less
than 10 microns (µm) in diameter.

A micron is 1 millionth of a meter (1/96,000 of an inch). Human

hair is between 80 – 120 microns (µm) in diameter.

Some exposures in construction, such as toxic fumes, dusts and mists occur from particles
that are less than 10 microns (µm) in diameter; these exposures are invisible.

Page 210 of 382

Examples of respirable (invisible) fume or dust:

• Silica

• Lead

• Asbestos

• Hexavalent Chromium

PARTICLES

Fumes, dusts and some mist particles are so small that they are invisible; these particles
can enter deep into the lungs and cause serious health effects.

High-efficiency particulate air filtration, or HEPA, is capable of filtering 0.3 micrometer

particles with 99.97% efficiency, for use in contaminated environments.

Where airborne particles are less than 10 microns (µm) in diameter, a HEPA (100) rated
respirator is highly recommended.
GASES

Gases are materials that exist as individual molecules in the air at room temperature;
gases are measured as a percent volume of air, or parts per million (ppm).

Examples of gases found in construction:

1. Oxygen – used for welding and cutting.

2. Acetylene – used for welding and cutting.

3. Propane – used for heating & fuel.

Page 211 of 382

4. Carbon Dioxide – used as an inert gas and can be found naturally in sewers.

5. Methane – the principle component of natural gas and found in earth deposits.

6. Hydrogen Sulfide –break down of organic matter and can be found naturally in
sewers.

7. Carbon Monoxide – highly toxic and produced by the incomplete combustion of

fuels.

8. Welding Gases – The welding arc can produce ozone, phosgene and carbon
monoxide gases.

9. Diesel Exhaust – Nitrogen Dioxide.

Toxic gases can directly irritate the skin, throat, eyes or lungs (local health effect); or they
may pass from the lungs into the blood stream to damage other parts of the body
(systemic health effect). Some gases such as carbon dioxide can cause you to suffocate
by displacing oxygen in the air.

Heavy equipment operators, welders and persons who enter into confined or enclosed
spaces (plumbers & pipefitters, electricians and heating & air-conditioning workers) are
the most at risk from chemicals in a gas form; laborers who enter into trenches are also
at risk.
Gases used in construction are usually kept in compressed gas cylinders. The most
common are oxygen and acetylene; these gases are used for hot work (e.g., cutting &
welding of metals). However, some hazardous gases are found naturally in the earth
and/or can be generated in sewer systems (e.g., carbon dioxide, methane & hydrogen
sulfide).
Knowing the gas density, the flammable range and toxicity of the gas will help in
understanding the hazards associated with the gas. Gases can also be classified as being
either a simple asphyxiant or a chemical asphyxiant.

Page 212 of 382

GAS DENSITY

Gas density is defined as the relative weight of a gas compared to air, which has an
arbitrary value of one (1). If a gas density is less than one it will generally raise in air. If
the gas density is greater than one it will generally sink in air.

WARNING! Gases with densities greater than one (1) will sink in air and displace
oxygen within confined or enclosed spaces.

Remember…Oxygen Deficiency Hazard is when air contains less than 19.5% oxygen
by volume.
SIMPLE ASPHYXIANTS

A simple asphyxiants is a gas that displaces oxygen, thus lowers the overall amount of
oxygen in the air. A simple asphyxiats by itself is not toxic but can be hazardous
because of the oxygen deficient atmosphere that it may create. Simple asphyxiants
are especially dangerous in confined and enclosed spaces because the gas gets
trapped and has nowhere to go.

Before Entry into Confined Spaces:

• Instruct employees to recognize and avoid unsafe conditions associated with

their work environment.

• Instruction employees on hazards involved in entering confined or enclosed

spaces.

• Evaluate the space for hazards and eliminate or protect against these hazards
before entry.
Heating Devices & Asphyxiation

To avoid asphyxiation while using temporary heating devices, follow these OSHA rules:

• Fresh air must be supplied in sufficient quantities to maintain the health and
safety of workers. Where natural means of fresh air supply is inadequate,
mechanical ventilation must be provided.

Page 213 of 382

• When heaters are used in confined spaces, special care must be tanked to
provide sufficient ventilation in order to ensure proper combustion, maintain the
health and safety of workers and limit temperature rise in the area.

CHEMICAL ASPHYXIANTS

Chemical asphyxiants reduce the body’s ability to absorb, transport, or utilize inhaled oxygen.
They are often toxic at very low concentrations (a few ppm).

Carbon monoxide prevents oxygen transport by combining with hemoglobin Hydrogen

sulfide will cause a swelling of the air passage causing suffocation.

CARBON MONOXIDE

Carbon monoxide is an odorless, colorless and toxic gas. Because it is impossible to see,
taste or smell the toxic fumes, CO can kill you before you are aware of your exposure. At
lower levels of exposure, CO causes mild effects that are often mistaken for the flu. These
symptoms include headaches, dizziness, disorientation, nausea and fatigue. The effects
of CO exposure can vary greatly from person to person depending on age, overall health
and the concentration and length of exposure.

CO is found in combustion exhaust, such as those produced by cars, trucks and small
gasoline engines (generators).

Gasoline engine (water pump) being operated inside a trench box (enclosed
space); this is a potential hazardous exposure to carbon monoxide!

HYDROGEN SULFIDE
Hydrogen sulfide is a colorless, very poisonous, flammable gas with the characteristic
foul odor of rotten eggs. It often results from the bacterial breakdown of organic matter
in the absence of oxygen, such as in swamps and sewers (manholes).

Just a few breaths of air containing high levels of hydrogen sulfide gas can cause death.
Lower, longer-term exposure can cause eye irritation, headache, and fatigue.

WARNING: when hydrogen sulfide is breathed in, it reacts with the moisture in the airways
and forms an acid. This is highly irritating to skin tissue resulting in acute irritant health
effects.

Page 214 of 382

WELDING, CUTTING, and BRAZING GASES

Decomposition, or break down of materials during welding, cutting and brazing could
result in an exposure to hazardous gas.

A number of gases are produced as a normal part of the welding process. These gases
may come from the welding arc (ozone & nitrogen oxides), or the burning process
(carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, hydrogen fluoride and phosgene).

Gases generated during welding, cutting and brazing; these may be produced by
the welding operation:

1. Carbon Dioxide

2. Carbon Monoxide

3. Nitrogen Dioxide

4. Nitric Oxide

5. Hydrogen Fluoride

6. Ozone

7. Phosgene

Welders have potential exposure to hazardous gas.

DIESEL EXHAUST

Diesel exhaust is a pervasive airborne contaminant in workplaces where diesel- powered

equipment is used. Due to expanding use of diesel equipment, more and more workers
are exposed to diesel exhaust. More than one million workers are exposed to diesel
exhaust and face the risk of adverse health effects, ranging from headaches and nausea
to cancer and respiratory disease.

Page 215 of 382

Manufacturers and importers of diesel fuel are responsible for performing a hazard
determination and transmitting the hazard information of diesel fuel to their downstream
customers through Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs). As part of the evaluation, the
manufacturer must anticipate the intended uses of the product, and consider the potential
physical and health hazards to which employees may be exposed as a result of those uses.
Any health or physical hazards associated with the exhaust must therefore be included on
the MSDS.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR GASES

Respiratory protection used to protect against gases include:

Acid gas cartridges [White]

Organic vapor (OV) acid gas cartridges [Yellow]

Multi vapor gas cartridges [Olive Green]

NOTE: Before using any respirator and filter combination, always check with the
manufacturer to ensure that it is approved and appropriate for the hazard

VAPORS

Vapors are gaseous form of substances that are normally in a liquid state at room
temperature and pressure. They are formed by evaporation; vapors are measured as a
percent volume of air, or parts per million (ppm).

Some solvents give off vapor at or below room temperature (72ºF).

Water needs to be heated (212ºF) for vapors to be formed.

Vapors may be formed when liquids are heated, for example, boiling water creates
steam (a form of vapor); some solvents form vapors without being heated (these vapors
are formed at or below room temperature). The temperature at which a liquid gives off
vapor is called flash point. How much vapor is released into the air and how quickly the
vapor will fill a space is based on a liquids vapor pressure.

Page 216 of 382

Vapor density is defined as the relative weight of a vapor compared to air, which has
an arbitrary value of one (1). If a vapor density is less than one it will generally raise in air.
If the vapor density is greater than one it will generally sink in air. All vapor produced by
solvents have densities greater than 1.
Flash Point is the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a vapor in sufficient
concentration to ignite.

HOW SOLVENTS AFFECTS THE BODY?

Solvents are valuable because they can dissolve other substances. But they can also
dissolve skin fats and oils. Most of the solvents used in construction cause some form of
dermatitis – skin dryness, cracking, redness, and blisters (local health effect).

Some solvents have high vapor pressure, meaning that the solvent evaporates at low
temperatures and very quickly; this will result in more vapor being produced causing
more of a hazard (more vapor being inhaled).

When breathed in, solvent vapors can enter the blood stream and travel to other parts
of the body, particularly the nervous system, resulting in a toxic exposure (systemic
health effect).

VAPOR PRESSURE

Vapor pressure is the likelihood that a liquid will evaporate at room temperature.
Chemicals with a high vapor pressure will evaporate more than chemicals with a low
vapor pressure. If two chemicals are equally toxic to the body, the one with the higher
vapor pressure is more hazardous because more of it will evaporate and be in the air to
be inhaled.

One unit of measurement to describe a substances relative vapor pressure is “mmHg”

(millimeter of mercury); the unit of pressure equal to the pressure exerted by liquid
mercury one-millimeter-high column at a standard temperature.

Page 217 of 382

 Vapor pressure is less than 1mmHg; it is not likely to evaporate (not an inhalation
hazard).

Vapor pressure greater than 50 mmHg; it is likely to evaporate (is an inhalation

hazard).

Toxic substances become more hazardous when a greater potential for entry into the
body exists, inhalation is the greatest potential for chemicals to enter the body; more
airborne vapor, more hazardous the situation.

FUMES

Fumes are solid particles that are formed when a metal or other solid vaporizes and the
molecules condense (or solidify) in cool air. This usually occurs during welding/cutting of
metals, e.g., welding fumes. Fumes are also produced by hot asphalt during hot tar
roofing and paving. Coal tar (naphtha) and plastics also produces fumes when heated.

Fumes are measured as a concentration of airborne particles in a given space

(weight/volume); and are measured in either milligrams or micrograms per cubic meter
of air (mg/m³) or (µg/m³).

Fumes are generated by heat; either by burning, welding, cutting and heating. At
a certain temperature, a solid is vaporized – then as it cools, it forms a small particle;
these particles are respirable.

Fumes can irritate the skin, eyes and nose; causing an immediate (acute) health effect.
These affects are local to the point of contact, such as mucous membranes, eyes and
lungs.

For example, cadmium (welding fume), can cause the lungs to fill with fluid, causing
pulmonary edema (fluid in the lungs).

Fumes are respirable in size [less than 10 microns (µm)] and primarily affect the body when
they are breathed in. Because of their small size, fumes can easily pass from the lungs into
the blood stream; resulting in a systemic health effect.

Page 218 of 382

Fumes are respirable size particles that are inhaled and can enter the blood stream. Diseases

that are caused by welding fumes:

➢ Metal Fume Fever [Zinc (Galvanized

Metal)]

➢ Siderosis [Iron, Iron Oxide (Rust)]

➢ Manganism (Manganese)

ASPHALT FUMES

Workers who are exposed to fumes from asphalt, a petroleum product used extensively
in road paving, can experience health effects such as headache, skin rash, sensitization,
fatigue, reduced appetite, throat and eye irritation, cough, and skin cancer.

There are currently no specific OSHA standards for asphalt fumes. However, exposures to
various chemical components of asphalt fumes are addressed in specific standards for
the general and construction industries, such as personal protective equipment (PPE).

If asphalt contacts the skin, workers should immediately wash the affected areas with
large amounts of soap and water, seek medical attention if acute skin irritation occurs.

NAPHTHA (COAL TAR)

Coal tar is a brown or black liquid of high viscosity, which smells of naphthalene and
aromatic hydrocarbons. Coal tar is among the by-products when coal is carbonized to
make coke or gasified to make coal gas. Coal tars are complex and variable mixtures of
phenols, polycylic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), and heterocyclic compounds, about
200 substance in all.

Coal tar pitch is a skin irritant which can cause acne and allergic skin reactions in
exposed workers; it is known to cause skin cancer.

Exposure to the sun when working around coal tar pitch emissions (for long periods of
time) could result in a photosensitivity reaction in some sensitized workers.

Page 219 of 382

 If coal tar naphtha contacts the skin, workers should immediately wash the affected
areas with large amounts of soap and water, seek medical attention if acute skin
irritation occurs.

LEAD FUMES

Lead adversely affects numerous body systems and causes forms of health impairment
and disease that arise after periods of exposure as short as days (acute exposure) or as
long as several years (chronic exposure). The frequency and severity of medical
symptoms increases with the concentration of lead in the blood. Common symptoms of
acute lead poisoning are loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting, stomach cramps,
constipation, difficulty in sleeping, fatigue, moodiness, headache, joint or muscle aches,
anemia, and decreased sexual drive. Acute health poisoning from uncontrolled
occupational exposures has resulted in fatalities. Long term (chronic) overexposure to
lead may result in severe damage to the central nervous system and reproductive
systems.

PLUMBERS MELTING POT (LEAD)

Plumbers sometimes will melt lead in special melting pots to make cast iron joints and
fittings. This type of furnace may consist of a fire pot and valve assembly that mounts
directly on a portable propane gas tank.

When melting lead, made sure the temperature never exceeds 900°F; heating lead
above this temperature could cause the release of hazardous fumes. To ensure that the
melted lead does not release hazardous fumes, use an electric melting pot with a
temperature gage.

HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM

Chromium hexavalent (CrVI) compounds, often called hexavalent chromium, exist in several
forms. Industrial uses of hexavalent chromium compounds include chromate pigments in dyes,
paints, inks, and plastics; chromates added as anticorrosive agents to paints, primers, and other
surface coatings; and chromic acid electroplated onto metal parts to provide a decorative or
protective coating. Hexavalent chromium can also be formed when performing “hot work”

Page 220 of 382

such as welding on stainless steel or melting chromium metal. In these situations, the
chromium is not originally hexavalent, but the high temperatures involved in the process
result in oxidation that converts the chromium to a hexavalent state.

Exposures to hexavalent chromium [Cr (VI)] are addressed in specific standards for the
construction industry.
DUST AND FIBERS

Dusts are solid particles that are formed by handling, crushing, grinding, drilling, or
blasting of materials. Fibers are solid particles whose length is at least 3 times greater than
its width – hazardous asbestos is an example of a fiber.

Dusts are measured as a concentration of airborne particles in a given space

(weight/volume); and are measured in either milligrams or micrograms per cubic meter
of air (mg/m³) or (µg/m³).

Fibers are measured in f/cc (fibers per cubic centimeter). Stone cutting by cut-off saw with
diamond wheel; example of potential exposure to crystalline silica.

How they affect the body?

Dust & fibers can irritate the eyes and nose; causing an immediate (acute) health effect.
These affects are local to the point of contact, such as mucous membranes, eyes and
lungs (e.g., shortness of breath, coughing and wheezing). Prolonged exposure to toxic
dust can result in chronic health effects.

Remember…

Respirable dust, particles that are less than 10 microns (µm) in diameter, can enter
deep into the lungs where damage can occur

Page 221 of 382

BODY’S DEFENSE AGAINST DUST

The body’s defenses against large-sized dusts (mucous, the hair-like cells called cilia and
special “dust-eating” white blood cells) can break down dust particles. However, these
particles can dry out the mucous.

CRYSTALLINE SILICA

Quartz is the second most abundant mineral in the Earth’s crust. It’s made up of silicone
and oxygen.

Silica is one of the most common minerals in the earth’s crust. The most common form
of crystalline silica is quartz, which is found in sand, gravel, clay, granite, and many other
forms of rock.

Construction workers could be exposed to silica when cutting, grinding, drilling, sanding,
mixing, or demolishing materials containing silica.

The size of the airborne silica particles determines the amount of risk. Smaller particles
can be inhaled deep into the lungs where they can cause damage. Larger particles,
such as beach sand, are not as great a concern because they are too large to inhale.

SILICOSIS

Silicosis is a disease of the lungs due to the breathing of dust containing crystalline silica
particles. This dust can cause fibrosis or scar tissue formations in the lungs that reduce
the lung's ability to work to extract oxygen from the air. There is no cure for this disease,
thus, prevention is the only answer.

Chronic silicosis, the most common form of the disease, may go undetected for years in
the early stages; in fact, a chest X-ray may not reveal an abnormality until after 15 or 20
years of exposure. The body's ability to fight infections may be overwhelmed by silica dust
in the lungs, making workers more susceptible to certain illnesses, such as tuberculosis. As
a result, workers may exhibit one or more of the following symptoms:

Page 222 of 382

• Shortness of breath following physical exertion
• Severe cough
• Fatigue
• Loss of appetite
• Chest pains
• Fever

There are three types of silicosis, depending upon the airborne concentration of
crystalline silica to which a worker has been exposed:

1. Chronic silicosis usually occurs after 10 or more years of overexposure.

2. Accelerated silicosis results from higher exposures and develops over 5-10
years.

3. Acute silicosis occurs where exposures are the highest and can cause symptoms
to develop within a few weeks or up to 5 years.

Exposures to crystalline silica dust include:

Concrete cutting.

Sandblasting for surface preparation.

Crushing and drilling rock and concrete.

Masonry and concrete work (e.g., building and road construction and repair).

Mining & tunneling.

Cement worker wearing a full-face piece negative pressure air purifying

respirator.

Demolition work.

Cement and asphalt pavement manufacturing

NOTE: Respiratory protection must be used in conjunction with engineering controls

and other safe work practices (e.g., wetting the work to minimize airborne dust)

Page 223 of 382

ASBESTOS

Asbestos is well recognized as a health hazard and is highly regulated. And although
asbestos is no longer used as an insulation material; building trades workers may still be
exposed to asbestos during demolition or remodeling jobs. Asbestos may also still be
found in some taping compounds, asbestos cement, pipes and floor tiles. Vinyl asbestos
floor tiles may be as much as 15% to 20% asbestos, which is released when old flooring is
removed.

Asbestosis

The inhalation of asbestos fibers by workers can cause serious diseases of the lungs and
other organs that may not appear until years after the exposure has occurred. For
instance, asbestosis can cause a buildup of scar-like tissue in the lungs and result in loss of
lung function that often progresses to disability and death.

There is no cure for asbestosis; a doctor can only help you manage your symptoms.

Mesothelioma

Rare form of cancer that develops from the protective lining that covers many of the
body's internal organs.

LEAD-BASED PAINT DUST

Lead has been used since ancient times as a paint pigment. Two major chemical forms
of lead are used as colors -- they are called "white lead" (a lead carbonate) and "red lead"
(a lead oxide). Both types of lead provide a thick, heavy, tough coating; one that does
not crack through wear or temperature variations because it can expand and contract
in unison with the base metal to which it is attached. In addition, the chemical nature of
lead causes it to provide corrosion resistance as well. For many years, lead paint has been
used on bridges, water tanks, ships and other steel and iron structures.

“Lead-based paint” is defined as “paint, varnish, shellac, or other coating on surfaces

that contain 1.0 mg/cm² or more of lead or 0.5 percent or more lead by weight.”

Page 224 of 382

FIBERGLASS INSULATION

Everyone has heard about the association between lung cancer and asbestos. Since
some forms of asbestos are similar in appearance to fiberglass fibers, many people
wonder if handling fiber-glass could also result in the development of cancer or other
serious health hazards. Scientists have made over 400 studies of fiberglass in an attempt
to answer this question. The conclusion is that it will not, because its properties are very
different from asbestos. OSHA confirmed these findings in 1991 when it decided to
regulate fiberglass as a nuisance dust, and not as a cancer causing agent. Still,
precautions should still be taken while working with fiberglass.

Fiberglass insulation worker – personal protective equipment includes: hart hat, safety
goggles, filtering facepiece (respirator), disposable suit & gloves.

MISTS

Examples of mists found in construction:

1. Oil mist produced from lubricants used in metal cutting operations.

2. Paint mist from spraying operations.

3. Pesticides sprayed to control or eliminate foliage.

4. Aerosols from cans and bottles.

Mists are tiny droplets of liquid suspended in the air. Mists are measured as a
concentration of airborne particles in a given space (weight/volume); and are measured
in either milligrams or micrograms per cubic meter of air (mg/m³) or (µg/m³).Mists are
generated on construction job-sites by spraying liquids, such as, paints/coatings, form oil,
pesticides, etc.
Where employees are engaged in the application of paints, coatings, herbicides, or
insecticides or in other operations where contaminants may be harmful to the employees;
washing facilities must be in near proximity to the worksite and must be equipped as to
enable employee to remove such substances.

Page 225 of 382

How mists affect the body?

Mists affect the body by being inhaled and absorbed through the lungs. Exposed skin
can also absorb any mist causing a adverse health effect – this is health effect is
labeled as a skin designation.

Mists can be…

• Inhaled (through the lungs)

• Ingested (by direct or indirect contact with the lips and mouth)

• Absorbed (through exposed skin)

• Injected (through high pressure & aerosol cans)

A "skin" designation serves as a warning that dermal absorption is a possible route of

entry for a particular substance; this warning appears with some of the chemical hazards
(OSHA Standard, 29 CFR 1926.55 – Appendix A). The use of skin designation does not
indicate that the substance may irritate the skin. Similarly, lack of a skin designation does
not mean that the substance will not irritate or burn the skin. If a skin designation exists
for a substance, be sure to wear chemical resistant clothing and gloves.

When exposed to mists, employees must wear a respirator that has filters designated as
a “P” or “R” if the mist contains oil, if no oil is present then a “N” designated respirator filter
is acceptable. These filters have efficiencies of 95, 99 or 100.

Reproductive Toxins

Reproductive toxins are chemicals that can damage the reproductive systems of both
men and women. Exposure to these agents before conception can produce a wide
range of adverse effects including reduced fertility, an abnormal fetus, reduced libido,
or menstrual dysfunction. Maternal exposure after conception may cause prenatal
death, low birth weight, birth defects, developmental and/or behavioral disabilities, and
cancer.

Page 226 of 382

 A mutation is defined as a
permanent change in the amount or structure of the genetic material in a cell. The terms
mutagenic or mutagen are used to refer to those chemicals that cause an increased
occurrence of mutations in populations of cells and/or organisms.

A teratogen is an agent that can cause malformations of an embryo or fetus. This can
be a chemical substance, a virus or ionizing radiation.

Benzene (mutagen)

Cadmium and compounds (fertility & teratogen)

Chloroform (mutagen)

Lead and compounds (fertility, teratogen & mutagen)

Mercury and compounds (fertility & teratogen)

SYNERGISTIC EFFECT

Smoking increases the chances of illness if you work around hazardous substances.

When two or more hazardous materials are present at the same time, the resulting
effect can be greater than the effect anticipated based on the cumulative effect of
the individual substances.

An example of synergism is the increased risk of developing lung cancer caused by

exposures to both cigarette smoking and asbestos. By either smoking one pack of
cigarettes per day or being heavily exposed to asbestos, you may increase your risk of
lung cancer to five to ten times higher than someone who does neither. But if you smoke
a pack a day and are heavily exposed to asbestos, your risk may be 50 times higher
than someone who does neither.
Smoking paralyses the body’s natural defense, specifically the cilia; smoking causes the
cilia to relax and not perform its function as a dust capturing mechanism. This means that
more dust and/or fiber can get inhaled into the lungs where damage can occur.

Page 227 of 382

Contractors Guide to Compliance

• Become familiar with the OSH Standard and Construction Safety

• Prepare and implement a Hazard Communication Program.

• Assign a competent person to implement all aspects of the Program.

• Identify all hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

• Labels and other forms of warning must be in place.

• Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) available.

• Employee information and training conducted

Remember…
The best protection is prevention. With hazardous materials, the only way to
prevent harm is to know all the hazards and precautions associated

Safety Data Sheet (SDS)

1. Identification

2. Hazard(s) Identification

3. Composition/Information on Ingredients

4. First-aid Measures

5. Fire-fighting Measures

6. Accidental Release Measures

7. Handling and Storage

8. Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

9. Physical & Chemical Properties

10. Stability & Reactivity

11. Toxicological Information

12. Ecological Information

Page 228 of 382

 13. Disposal Considerations

14. Transport Information

15. Regulatory Information

16. Other Information

PHYSICAL HEALTH HAZARDS IN CONSTRUCTION

Temperature Extremes, such as environments that are too hot or too cold. Noise, loud noise
can damage your ear and cause irreversible hearing loss.

Repetitive Motion, Awkward Postures & Vibration, can cause carpal tunnel syndrome,
tendonitis, back pain & muscle soreness and nerve damage.

Ionizing & Non-Ionizing Radiation, causes increased risk of cancer (ionizing), tissue
heating, discomfort and eye damage (non-ionizing).

HEAT

Construction workers generally work outside and are exposed to heat, cold and the sun.
Too much heat or cold, especially if combined with high humidity or high winds, can
harm your health and interfere with work. Hot, humid conditions can cause heat
exhaustion, cramps, and even fainting, while working in very cold conditions can result
in chapped skin, frost-bite and hypothermia; cold temperatures can also increase the
effects of vibration
At times, workers may be required to work in hot environments for long periods. When the
human body’s unable to maintain a normal temperature, heat-related illness can occur
and may result in death.

Feasible and acceptable methods can be used to reduce heat stress hazards in
workplaces

Page 229 of 382

These include, but are not limited to:

1. Monitor weather conditions and adhere to precautions and warnings.

2. Permitting workers to drink water at liberty.

3. Establishing provisions for a work/rest regimen so that exposure time to high

temperatures and/or the work rate is decreased.

4. Developing a program that provides for training on the effects of heat stress, and
how to recognize heat-related illness symptoms and prevent heat-induced
illnesses.

Sun Exposure

Cover up

Use sunscreen with a sun protection factor (SPF) of at least 30.

Wear a wide brim hard hat.

Wear UV-absorbent sunglasses (eye protection).

Limit exposure

The combination of heat and humidity can be a serious health threat during the summer
months. If you work outside you may be at increased risk for heat related illness

Safe Work Practices (Heat)

Drink water frequently.

Wear light-colored, loose-fitting, breathable clothing.

Take frequent short breaks in cool shade.

Eat smaller meals before work activity.

Page 230 of 382

 Avoid caffeine and alcohol or large amounts of sugar.

Work in the shade.

Consult doctor regard medications.

Know limitations of PPE

Related Disorders to Causes Clinical Features

Heat Stress

Milariarubra Malfunction of sweat Itchy skin rashes

glands

Heat Cramps Loss of water & Cramps in extremities

electrolytes

Heat Exhaustion Physical exertion, Dizziness, blurred vision, cold

loss of water & & clammy extremities
electrolytes

Heat Stroke Failure of temperature Convulsions, muscle itching,

control center in brain delirium with hot & dry skin,
body temp >410

COLD

Prolonged exposure to cold, wet and windy conditions, even when the temperatures are
above freezing, can be dangerous. Extreme cold conditions exist when the equivalent
(wind) chill temperature is at or below -25° F (-32 °C). Wind chill temperature is a function
of the actual temperature and the estimated wind speed. Under windless conditions, air
provides an invisible blanket around the skin. As wind speed increases, this layer of
heated air is carried away from the body at an accelerated rate resulting in apparent
temperatures well below the air temperature.

Page 231 of 382

 • Frostbite

• Hypothermia

Wear several layers of clothing.

Wear gloves and a helmet liner.

Wear warm footwear with one or two pairs of warm socks.

Wear a scarf or face mask.

Take frequent short breaks in a warm shelter.

Drink warm, sweet beverages.

Eat warm, high calorie food such as pasta dishes.

OCCUPATIONAL NOISE

Every year, approximately 30 million workers are exposed to hazardous noise that is
often ignored because the harmful effects of overexposure are typically not visible and
develop over an extended period of time (chronic health hazard). Damage to the ear
could also occur from a single impact noise (explosion), this is an example of an acute
hearing loss. Workers exposed to high noise levels can develop elevated blood
pressure, ringing in the ears (tinnitus), and temporary and/or permanent hearing loss.

Noise is measured using sound level meters

Decibel (abbreviated dB) unit used to measure the intensity of a sound.

Hearing loss is often a chronic, long-term health effect that is caused by prolonged
exposure to loud noise.

Standard Sound Level Meter

Quest Technologies

Page 232 of 382

The National Institute of Health describes tinnitus as a “ringing in the ears”. Although not
technically a disease, tinnitus is a symptom of something wrong.

People who work in noisy environments—such as construction workers and road crews,
can develop tinnitus over time when ongoing exposure to noise damages tiny sensory
hair cells in the inner ear that help transmit sound to the brain.

Anything you can do to limit your exposure to loud noise—by moving away from the
sound or wearing earplugs or earmuffs—will help prevent tinnitus and/or hearing loss.

Micro photo of the spiral curve of the human cochlea revealing a total loss of the outer
hair cells and their accompanying nerve fibers following occupational noise exposure;
this is what could happen to people who expose themselves to prolonged levels of loud
noise.

Every time you are exposed to loud noise, you damage the hair-like structures in the ear
– much like walking on grass. Overtime a path is worn, and like the blades of grass, the
tiny hair-like structures in the ear (cochlea) are permanently destroyed!

Page 233 of 382

Think of the hair-like Sound level dB slow
Duration per day, hours
structures in the ear response
(cochlea) as grass; as grass
8 90
is walked on, it gets
smashed down and 6 92
flattens, but over time the
4 95
blades of grass spring back
up – this is like temporary 3 97
hearing loss. But, if the grass
2 100
gets walked on repeatedly,
over a long period of time, 1½ 102
a path gets worn into the
1 105
grass and the blades of
grass get destroyed, never ½ 110
to come back – this is
¼ or less 115
permanent hearing loss.

OCCUPATIONAL NOISE EXPOSURES (OSHS)

NOISE CONTROL

Contractors can analysis jobs, tasks and equipment; once loud operations are identified,
employers can then seek out alternative tools and equipment that are less noisy
(eliminate the hazard).

• Enclose equipment operators inside cabs.

• Routine maintenance on tools and equipment can help to reduce sound;

replace worn, loose, or unbalanced machine parts that cause vibration.

• Keep machine parts well lubricated to reduce friction.

• Place acoustical enclosures and barriers around generators.

• Use sound absorbing material and vibration isolation systems on hand tools.

Page 234 of 382

 • Use rubber mallets to erect and
dismantle scaffolding and formwork.

• Rotate workers performing loud tasks, and post signs warning of areas where
hearing protection is required.

• Train all employees on how to properly wear hearing protective devices.

Hearing Conservation Program

• Monitoring of employee noise exposures; (e.g., frequent and regular inspection of

the job-site is required by competent person).

• The institution of engineering, work practice, and administrative controls for

excessive noise; (e.g., maintain equipment to run smooth and quiet, rotate
workers, put up signs and barriers to warn workers of high noise levels).

o The provision of each overexposed employee with an individually fitted hearing

protector with an adequate noise reduction rating; [e.g., attenuation to
below 85 decibels (dBA)].

• Employee training and education regarding noise hazards and protection

measures; (e.g., inform workers of the hazards of noise and when and where to
wear hearing protectors).

• Baseline and annual audiometry; before beginning work, have an audiometry test
conducted to establish pre-work conditions and periodically re-test to determine
any hearing loss

Page 235 of 382

• Procedures for preventing further occupational hearing loss by an employee
whenever such an event has been identified (e.g., requiring employee use of
hearing protective device at 85 decibels (dbA), and;

• Recording Keeping (e.g., audiometry tests, inspection logs & noise monitoring
data).

• Every construction industry employer's hearing conservation program must

incorporate as many of the above elements as are feasible*.
Feasible means – capable of being done.

Baseline and annual audiometry: before beginning work, have an audiometry test
conducted to establish pre-work conditions and periodically re-test to determine any
hearing loss.

Hearing Protection

Know your hazard.

Trust the annual audiogram.

Select hearing protection that is right for you.

Wear your hearing protection right.

To test the fit, cup your hands over your ears, then release.
Noise Reduction Rating (NRR)

The noise reduction rating (NRR) is the measurement, in decibels (dB), of how well a
hearing protector reduces noise. The higher the NRR number the greater the noise
reduction. This noise reduction rating is based on the C-weighted sound level scale.
Because noise exposures are measured on the A-weighted sound level scale, an
adjustment must be made to determine the actual noise reduction.

Page 236 of 382

Under a new proposed regulation, a new rating system will be used. While it will be known
as the NRR, it will now represent a range of expected protection, as opposed to a single-
number estimate. While the proposed method still uses ANSI-standard lab testing to
generate the attenuation ratings, the new range noise reduction rating (NRR) will provide
an indication of how much attenuation minimally trained users (the lower number) versus
highly motivated, trained users (the higher number) can be expected to achieve. For some
hearing protectors, the spread of this range may be quite significant. Also, to more
accurately depict attenuation of sound to the human ear, range noise reduction ratings
are based on the A-weighted sound level scale (no adjustment calculation required).

To adjust for inconsistencies in the human ear canal and the fact that manufacturers do
not use the A-weighted sound level scale to determine noise reduction ratings, OSHA
requires that the users of hearing protectors reduce downward the manufacturers’ noise
reduction rating (NRR); this is done by subtracting seven (7) from the listed NRR.

EXAMPLE

Ear plugs with a listed NRR of 29… 29

– 7 = 22

Workers whose 8-hour time weighted average exposures exceed 100 decibels should
wear double hearing protection (wearing earplugs and earmuffs simultaneously).

Page 237 of 382

NOTE: The term "double hearing protection" is misleading. The attenuation provided from
any combination earplug and earmuff is not equal to the sum of their individual
attenuation values.

To calculate the dual hearing protection using the noise reduction rating, take the higher
NRR and add five (5) to the field adjusted NRR (listed NRR – 7 + 5); the extra five (5) is all
that is added for the second device.

EXAMPLE

Formable Ear Plugs Listed

NRR = 29

Adjusted NRR (29 – 7) = 22

Earmuffs

Listed NRR = 16

Adjusted NRR for Dual Protection = 5

Therefore: 22 +5=27.

CUMULATIVE TRAUMA DISORDERS (CTDs)

Due to the following:

Repetitive motions

Forceful exertions

Awkward postures

Static postures

Mechanical compression of soft tissues

Fast movement

Vibration

Lack of sufficient recovery

Page 238 of 382

Cumulative trauma disorders (CTDs) also known as repetitive
strain injuries, repetitive motion disorders, overuse
syndrome, and work-related musculoskeletal disorders are
the largest cause of occupational disease in the
United States and the most frequently reported type of
occupational disease in Connecticut. CTDs are injuries
of the musculoskeletal system (joints, muscles, tendons,
ligaments, nerves, and blood vessels) which are caused by over use as a result of stressful
work over a period of time.

Concrete finishers using hand trowels can be very stressful on the back, hands and arms.
If physically able to do so, stretching before work and taking mini breaks (a few seconds)
can help relieve stress and fatigue.

Try not to over reach, as this can be place additional stress on your back and wrists. Try to
maintain a comfortable position while working.

Page 239 of 382

Construction work frequently demands performing tasks above the head and the use of
vibrating hand and power tools, which are often poorly designed and uncomfortable.
There are many different types of CTDs.

The most well-known CTDs related to construction work are tendonitis, carpal tunnel
syndrome (CTS), rotator cuff tendonitis, tennis elbow, golfer’s elbow, thoracic outlet
syndrome, Raynaud’s syndrome, and trigger finger

CUMULATIVE TRAUMA DISORDERS (CTDs)

Tendonitis

Carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS)

Rotator cuff tendonitis

Tennis elbow

Golfer’s elbow

Thoracic outlet syndrome

Raynaud’s syndrome

Trigger finger

PREVENTION OF CUMULATIVE TRAUMA DISORDERS (CTDs)

• Hand tools with smooth, rounded edges and long handles are better than tools
with hard edges and short handles.

• Work area layout is very important. Your tools, parts, and equipment should be
easy to reach without excessive stretching or bending

Page 240 of 382

 .

• Job rotation or reassignment as well as and having a variety of job duties is helpful
in preventing CTDs from occurring. Using different muscles and body parts helps
to prevent CTDs caused by repetition, force, and awkward posture.

• Regular breaks give your muscles and tendons time to heal naturally from
repetitive motions and force.

• Adjusting physical factors in the work environment such as temperature, lighting,

and humidity can also help prevent CTDs.

• The ability to stretch and move around whenever you feel any pain or tingling in
your neck, shoulders, arms, or hands is essential to the prevention of CTDs.

VIBRATION (SEGMENTAL)

Health Effects

Pain, numbness, tingling of hands

Raynaud’s phenomenon

It is a medical condition in which spasm of arteries cause episodes of reduced blood

flow(the smaller arteries that supply blood to your skin narrow, limiting blood circulation
to affected areas---vasospasm). Typically the fingers, and less commonly the toes, are
involved. Rarely, the nose, ears, or lips are affected.

Page 241 of 382

VIBRATION (WHOLE BODY)

Health Effects

Spine disorders

Muscular and joint disorders

Gastrointestinal disturbance

INAPPROPRIATE ILLUMINATION

Usual Complaints:

• Visual Fatigue

• Double Vision

• Headaches

• Painful irritation

Page 242 of 382

• Lacrimation

• Conjunctivitis

Biological Hazards Adverse Health Outcomes

Tuberculosis

• Caused by the bacteria Mycobacterium tuberculosis

• Transmitted by droplet nuclei released when sneezing and coughing

Page 243 of 382

• Symptoms:

• 90% cure rate with DOTS

Mode of Transmission

DOLE Department Order No. 73-05

Guidelines for the implementation of policies and program on tuberculosis

Prevention and control in the workplace (DOLE, DO 73-05, 2005)

A. COVERAGE
These guidelines shall apply to all establishments, workplaces and worksites in the

private sector.

Page 244 of 382

B. FORMULATION OF WORKPLACE POLICY AND PROGRAM ON TB
PREVENTION AND CONTROL

- It shall be mandatory for all private establishments, workplaces and worksites

to formulate and implement a TB prevention and control policy and program. The

workplace policy and program shall be made an integral part of the enterprise’s

occupational safety and health and other related workplace programs. A

workplace health and safety committee shall be responsible for overseeing the

implementation of the workplace TB policy and program

C. COMPONENTS OF A TB WORKPLACE PREVENTION & CONTROL POLICY

AND PROGRAM

1. PREVENTIVE STRATEGIES
2. MEDICAL MANAGEMENT
3. RECORDING, REPORTING AND SETTING-UP A DATABASE
4. SOCIAL POLICY
5. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF WORKERS WITH TB OR AT RISK FOR TB

6. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMPLOYERS

Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)

HIV & AIDS

HIV-Human immunodeficiency virus

-virus which causes AIDS

AIDS - Acquired immune deficiency syndrome

- serious & usually fatal condition in which the body’s immune system is

severely weakened & cannot fight off infection

Page 245 of 382

Quick facts (DOH-EB, January to March 2020)

Body fluids with high viral load

Page 246 of 382

Modes of transmission

Reported Mode of HIV Transmission (DOH-EB, January – March 2020)

Page 247 of 382

 Department Advisory 05-2010 Guidelines for the implementation of a workplace

policy and program on Hepatitis B (DOLE, DA 05-2010, 2010)

Hepatitis B

• most common cause of liver cancer and liver cirrhosis among Filipinos.
Modes of Transmission

1. Sexual contact
2. Mother to child (during pregnancy or childbirth)
3. Exposure to contaminated blood or infected body fluids (semen, vaginal
secretions, etc)

ERGONOMICS

Ergonomics is the study of fitting the job to the person rather than forcing the person to
fit the job. An ergonomist is a trained professional who is qualified to evaluate and make
recommendations regarding work areas, work organizations, work practices, tools, and
equipment.

Tool Tip

A tool can be considered “ergonomic” when it fits the task you do, fits your hand, allows
a good grip, takes less effort, does not require you to work in an awkward position, does
not dig into your fingers or hand, and is comfortable and effective. Remember that a
tool designed for one task may put more stress on the hand or wrist when used for a
different task.

Page 248 of 382

Goal: Reduce musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) in workers when jobs involve…

1. Awkward postures

2. Forceful exertions

3. Repetitive movement

AWKWARD POSTURES

Awkward posture refers to positions of the body that deviate significantly from the neutral
position while performing work activities. When you are in an awkward position, muscles
operate less efficiently, and more force must be expended to do the task. Working in
these postures is a common contributing factor to musculoskeletal disorders.

Awkward postures increase the total exertion required to complete a job:

• The body must apply force to joints and muscles to deviate body parts from the
neutral position

• The further the deviation, the more force that is applied

• The further the deviation, the less force you are able to apply to your tool

• Working in awkward postures will cause fatigue, leading to injuries

Page 249 of 382

1. Pushing / pulling with more than 20 pounds of initial force for more than 2 hours
per day

2. Pinching (pencil type grip) an unsupported object weight\ing 2 or more

pounds per hand for more than 2 hours per day

3. Gripping an unsupported object weighing 10 pounds or more per hand for more
than 2 hours per day

**45 % of sprains and strains are the result of overexertion

**Force = A strong physical exertion

Page 250 of 382

How to control?

• Utilize mechanical devices to lift or support loads

• Ask for help with a heavy or awkward load

• Use power tools instead of hand tools when possible

• Select tools with larger grips and bigger triggers

• Select products such as:

o Lightweight concrete block

o ½ weight bags of portland

cement Simple solutions:

If a tool has a narrow handle, wrap it with compressible foam to improve grip.

Use quick-threading lock nuts to reduce twisting motions

REPETITIVE MOVEMENTS

Causes:

1. Too much stress is placed on a part of the body, resulting in

inflammation, muscle strain, or tissue damage.

2. Repeating the same movements over and over again.

Results in:

1. Damage to nerves,
muscles and tendons

2. Pain, numbness, weakness

or could impair motor control

Page 251 of 382

Risk Control or Prevention:

1. Select the correct tool for task

2. Improve posture

3. Reduce necessary force or grip strength

4. Limit exposure

5. Use automatic tools for repetitive tasks (screw and bolt tightening)

6. Eliminate unnecessary tasks / movements by redesigning maintenance

procedures and workstations.

7. Take short, frequent breaks.

8. Alternate tasks and processes to use different muscle groups.

Remember this…

If repetitive tasks are necessary, minimizing the number of continuous movements

can help reduce the risk of injuries.

There is no specific number for minimum daily repetitions.

The factors affecting repetitive tasks include user’s muscle strength, amount of
force required, and type of task.

Decreasing the amount of force required to perform a task will also lower the risk of
pain and musculoskeletal disorders.

Health Effects

Musculoskeletal Disorders

Carpal tunnel syndrome

Neck-shoulder pain

Low back pain

Page 252 of 382

STRESS

Impacts of Alcohol and Drugs at Work

Page 253 of 382

DRUG FREE

DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 53-03

GUIDELINES FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICIES AND

PROGRAMS FOR THE PRIVATE SECTOR (DOLE, DO 53-03, 2010)

I. COVERAGE

These guidelines shall apply to all establishments in the private sector, including

their contractors and concessionaires.

II. FORMULATION OF DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICIES AND

PROGRAMS

It shall be mandatory for all private establishments employing 10 or more workers

to formulate and implement drug abuse prevention and control p r o g r a m s

in the workplace, including the formulation and adoption of company policies

against dangerous drug use. Establishments with less than 10 workers are also

encouraged to formulate and adopt drug-free policies and programs in the

workplace

III. COMPONENTS OF A DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICIES AND

PROGRAMS

a. Advocacy, Education and Training

b. Drug Testing Program for Officers and Employees
c. Treatment, Rehabilitation and Referral
IV. ROLES, RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMPLOYER AND

EMPLOYEES

DEPARTMENT ORDER 208 - 2020

GUIDELINES FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF MENTAL HEALTH WORKPLACE

POLICIES AND PROGRAMS FOR THE PRIVATE SECTOR (DOLE, DO 208 - 2020,

2020)

Page 254 of 382

 I. OBJECTIVE

This issuance aims to guide employers and workers in the private sector for effective

implementation of Mental Health Workplace Policies and Programs.

II. SCOPE AND COVERAGE

- All workplace and establishment in the formal sectors including OFW

III. FORMULATION OF MENTAL HEALTH POLICY AND PROGRAM

a. Raise awareness, prevent stigma and discrimination
b. Promote worker’s well-being towards healthy and productive lives
c. Be joinly prepared by management and workers representative made
integral OSH policies and Program
d. Mental Health Workplace Policy and Program shall be coordinated,
monitored and regular reviewed and updated as necessary for its
effective implementation.
IV. COMPONENTS AND IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES OF MENTAL HEALTH
WORKPLACE POLICY AND PROGRAM.
a. Advocacy, Information, Education and Training

b. Promotion and enhancement of workers’ well being to have healthy

and productive lives through the following recommendations,
among others.
i. Increase workers awareness on mental health and other
common conditions.
ii. Promotions of healthy lifestyle and work-life balance
iii. Identification and management of work-related stress
and stressor.
iv. Effective Management of changes in the work organization
and utilization of human resources
v. Establishing mental health programs to support workers
vi. Workers achievement and effort recognition program.
vii. Psychosocial support in management of disaster and extreme
life events.

Page 255 of 382

 viii. Capacity building of managers and human resources personnel
in the identification and management of workers with mental
health problems.
ix. Other programs and activities as may be recommended by the
OSH committee deemed necessary to promote and sustain the
wellbeing of the workers
c. Social Policy
i. Non-Discriminatory policies and practices
ii. Confidentiality
iii. Disclosure
iv. Work Accommodation and Work Arrangement
v. Treatment, Rehabilitation and Referral System
vi. Benefits and Compensation
vii. Support Mechanism Program
d. Responsibilities of Employers and Workers
i. Employers shall
1. Develop, implement, monitor, and evaluate mental
health workplace policies and programs.
2. Develop and implement programs with reporting
mechanism to address and prevent problems on bullying.
3. Ensure that there are adequate resources to implement
and sustain mental health workplace programs.
4. Ensure that there are adequate resources to implement
and sustain mental health workplace programs
5. Provide the necessary work accommodation
when needed
6. Develop mechanism for referral of workers at risk of
developing or with mental health condition for
appropriate management.

7. Ensure compliance to all requirements of existing

Page 256 of 382

 legislation and guidelines
related thereto.
ii. Workers shall:
1. Participate actively in the formulation and effective
implementation of the workplace policies and
programs on Mental Health.
2. Provide assistance in any form to improve the condition
of co-workers.
3. Seek assistance from the company OSH personnel on
conditions which may be related to or may result to a
mental health condition for their appropriate medical
intervention and possible work arrangements or
accommodation.
4. Not themselves engage in bullying such as cyber bullying
/ mobbing, verbal, sexual and physical harassment, all
forms of work-related violence, threats, shaming,
alienation, and other forms of discrimination which may
lead to a mental health problem or may aggregate
existing mental health condition.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH INTERVENTIONS

1. HEALTH PROGRAMS

• A specific plan of action to prevent work-related disorders and diseases

• Aims to protect workers’ health and reduce the cost of illnesses

• Must include a monitoring system of workers’ health status

Using sensitive, specific and reliable tests to detect illnesses

Page 257 of 382

Sample Health Programs

Hazards/ Source Health Health Programs

Disease Effects

Chemical Paints, Thinners Irritant, ▪ Surveillance for

Solvents Multisystem effect
effects ▪ Exposure
monitoring
(Ambient and
Biologic
Monitoring)

Physical Woodwork Hearing ▪ Hearing

Noise Operations Impairment Conservation
Program

Biologic Dirty Nails, soil Lockjaw, Immunization

Tetanus rigidity, death

Ergonomic Awkward Musculoskeletal ▪ Symptom

Stresses postures, Heavy Disorders survey
Cumulative loads ▪ Management of
Trauma personnel
Disorder methods;
▪ Workplace
modification;
▪ Worker
education and
training;
▪ Back Care
Program

Page 258 of 382

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

• Identify cases

• Analyze Trends and Patterns in the Workforce to Guide Prevention Efforts

• Meet Regulatory Requirements

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

Know the hazard - How worker is exposed

- How worker is affected

Characterize the hazard - Exposure levels

- Exposure duration
Know the worker - Susceptibilities

Obtain information on - Directed towards affected appropriate medical

organ system examinations
Analyze medical data - Disease, recovery, rehabilitation
- Effectiveness or failure of control measures

Entrance (Baseline) Examinations

o Can They do the Job?

o Do They Have Medical Conditions?

o Do They Need Accommodation?

Periodic Screening (Specific, Job Related)

Fitness for Duty (Specific Cause)

Exit Examination

Page 259 of 382

2. HEALTH LAW, POLICIES, AND ISSUANCES

a. OSHS -Occupational Health Services

Refer to DO 198 IRR of 11058 Section 16 Occupational Health Services and Facilities

On Workers’ Welfare Facilities:

• Adequate supply of safe drinking water

• Adequate sanitary and washing facilities

• Suitable living accommodation

• Separate sanitary, washing and sleeping facilities for men and women workers.

3. HIV/AIDS Prevention and Control

RA 8504 Philippine AIDS Prevention and Control Act of 1998

National Workplace Policy on STD/HIV/AIDS initiated by DOLE – 1997

DO 102-10 “Guidelines for the Implementation of HIV and AIDS Prevention and Control
in the Workplace Program”

4. Hepatis B Prevention and Control

DOLE Department Advisory 05 “Guidelines for the Implementation of Workplace Policy

and Programs on Hepatitis B”

5. DO 56-03 “RATIONALIZING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE FAMILY WELFARE PROGRAM

(FWP) IN DOLE”
➢ Reproductive Health and Responsible Parenthood
➢ Education/Gender Equality
➢ Spirituality or Value Formation
➢ Income Generation/Livelihood/Cooperative
➢ Medical Health Care
➢ Nutrition

Page 260 of 382

 ➢ Environmental Protection, Hygiene and sanitation
➢ Sports and Leisure
➢ Housing
➢ Transportation

6. Drug Abuse Prevention and Control

RA 9165 Comprehensive Drugs Act of 2002

Department Order No. 53-03 “Guidelines for the Implementation of a Drug-Free

Workplace Policy and Program for the Private Sector”

7. Tuberculosis Prevention and Control

Executive Order No. 187, “Instituting a Comprehensive and Unified Policy for Tuberculosis
Control in the Philippines (CUP), 2003”

Department Order No. 73-05 “Guidelines for the Implementation of Policy and Program
on Tuberculosis (TB) Prevention and Control in the Workplace”

8. Smoking Prevention and Cessation

RA 9211 Tobacco Regulation Act of 2003

Sec. 6. Designated Smoking And Non-Smoking Areas

All designated smoking areas shall have at least one (1) legible and visible sign posted,
namely "SMOKING AREA"

Sign posted shall include a warning about the health effects of direct or secondhand
exposure to tobacco smoke

Non-smoking areas shall have at least one (1) legible and visible sign, namely: "NO
SMOKING AREA" or "NO SMOKING".

9. Mental Health in the Workplace

DEPARTMENT ORDER 208 – 2020 - GUIDELINES FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF MENTAL

HEALTH WORKPLACE POLICIES AND PROGRAMS FOR THE PRIVATE SECTOR

Page 261 of 382

Effective Workplace Safety & Health Policies and Programs

Can help save the health and lives of workers by reducing hazards and their
consequences

Have positive effects on both workers morale and productivity

Saves money

SUMMARY

• Exposure to workplace hazards may have ill-effects to the workers’ health

• Workers have roles in the promotion of their own health by following company
policies on safety and health, participating in the implementation of programs and
through lifestyle modification.

• Exposure to hazards can cause deviations from health

• Occupational diseases and work-related illnesses can be prevented

• Company policies, programs and services are important to protect, promote

and monitor workers’ health.

• Medical surveillance is a monitoring system that should lead to prevention, thus,

this will result to early diagnosis of diseases and prevent progression of an illness

• Workers have roles in the promotion of their own health...

Follow company policies on safety and health

Participate in the implementation of programs

Lifestyle modification

• Laws, standards and guidelines exist to promote health and well-being of

workers; serves as legal basis for putting up a health program

Page 262 of 382 28

3
MODULE 15: COVID-19 PREVENTIVE MEASURES

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DESCRIBE THE BASIC FACTS AND RECENT INFORMATION ON COVID-19.

2. RECOGNIZE COVID-19 AS A WORKPLACE ISSUE
3. IDENTIFY RELEVANT LAWS AND GUIDELINES ON COVID-19

CoV & CoViD-19

Coronavirus (CoV) – large family of viruses which may cause illness in animals or humans
o Humans

Common cold

Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) Severe

Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) Coronavirus

Disease 2019 (CoViD-19)

CoViD-19 – infectious disease caused by the most recently discovered CoV, severe
acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2)

Symptoms of CoViD-19

• Most common:

o Fever

o Dry cough

o Tiredness

Page 263 of 382

• Less common:

o Body aches and pains

o Nasal congestion
o Headache
o Conjunctivitis

o Sore throat Mild and Gradual

o Diarrhea

o Loss of taste or smell

o Skin rashes

o Discoloration of fingers or toe

Transmission

• People can catch CoViD-19 from others who have the virus

• Disease spreads primarily from person to person through small droplets from the nose or
mouth which are expelled when a person with CoViD-19 coughs, sneezes, or speaks

Treatment & Prevention

WHO & DOH don’t recommend self-medication with any medicines, including
antibiotics, as a prevention or cure for CoViD-19

• WHO is coordinating efforts to develop vaccines & medicines to prevent & treat
CoViD19

• Most effective ways to protect yourself & others against CoViD-19:

O Frequent & through handwashing using soap and water or alcohol-based hand sanitizer.

O Avoid touching any part of your face

O Proper coughing & sneezing etiquettes

Page 264 of 382

 If a tissue is used, discard it immediately & wash your hands O

Maintain a distance of at least 1 meter from others

O Frequent decontamination of frequently touched surfaces

Prognosis of CoViD-19

• ≈ 80% recover without needing hospital treatment

• ≈ 1 out of every 5 people who gets CoViD-19 becomes

seriously ill & develops difficulty breathing

O Older people
O Those with underlying medical problems

◆ High blood pressure Heart

◆ and lung problems
◆ Diabetes Higer risk of developing serious illness
◆ Cancer

• People of all ages who develop severe symptoms should seek medical attention
immediately

O Call the health care facility first

• Self-isolation for people of all ages who develop minor

O Inform local ESU for BHERT to monitor your symptoms

Laws and Guidelines on COVID19:

• Labor advisory no. 04-20 Guidelines on 2019 Novel Coronavirus (NCOV) Prevention and
control at the workplace
• DTI and DOLE Interim Guidelines on workplace prevention and control of COVID-19.
• JMC No. 20-04-A DTI- DOLE Supplemental Guidelines on workplace Prevention and control
of Covid19
• DOH DM 2020-0220
• DOH A.O. 2020-0015

Page 265 of 382

JMC No. 20-04-A DTI- DOLE Supplemental Guidelines on workplace Prevention and control of
Covid19

Coverage
All private establishments regardless of economic activity, including those located inside special
economic zones and other areas under the jurisdiction of Investment Promotion Agencies are
covered by the Supplemental Guidelines.

Employer Obligations
In addition to the minimum public health standards under the Interim Guidelines, employers are
required to comply with the following additional standards in the workplace.

Workplace Safety and Health

• Employers shall provide their employees with psychosocial support to increase the latter's
mental resilience. Employers shall likewise promote work-life balance through proper
scheduling of activities and workforce rotation.
• In addition to the mandatory wearing of face masks, observance of physical distancing,
and frequent disinfection, all employees in the workplace are now required to use face
shields. Face shields should to cover the entire face and, together with face masks, should
always be worn when interacting with others. Face shields may be removed according to
the demands of the work or when the occupational safety and health of the employees
so requires.
• Display of signages/visual cues and reminders to practice proper handwashing and other
hygiene behaviors among employees is mandatory.
• Large and medium sized private establishments (i.e., with total assets of above Php 15M)
are enjoined to provide shuttle services for their employees. Minimum public health
standards should be enforced in the shuttle services (i.e., use of face shields and face
masks, observance of physical distancing, and frequent disinfection).
• Adequate ventilation should be strictly enforced inside the workplace and inside the
shuttle service.
o Inside the workplace - Natural air flow exchange is highly encouraged. If possible,
the installation of exhaust fans and air filtration devices, as well as the recalibration

Page 266 of 382

 of building heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning systems should be explored.
o Inside the shuttle service - Physical distancing, the wearing of face masks and face
shields, and proper disinfection before and after each use of the vehicle are
mandatory. The opening of windows, with at least three (3) inches of opening, while
in transit should be practiced whenever possible.
• The Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Committee shall facilitate webinars, virtual
lectures and trainings related to COVID-19 to be attended by employees and the
management.
• Designated smoking areas in the workplaces shall be provided with individual "booths,"
subject to the applicable requirements and standards.
• The most-at-risk population (MARP) for COVID-19 in the workplace (i.e., senior citizens,
pregnant women, individuals with co-morbidities or underlying health conditions) and
those below 21 years old, shall continue to observe work-from-home arrangements. They
may be allowed to report physically to work when needed occasionally, provided they
secure a certificate of fit to work from the OSH personnel and they must stay in the
workplace only for a specified number of hours.
• Mass gathering in the workplace is restricted (i.e., only 10% of seating capacity for meeting
rooms in high/moderate-risk areas (e.g., confined spaces) and a maximum of 50% seating
capacity for low-risk areas (e.g., open areas)). Videoconferencing shall always be used
for meetings with a large attendance of employees and/or for meetings lasting longer
than 15 minutes. The employer's safety officer will determine the maximum number of
employees allowed to stay at any given time in areas where they usually converge during
breaks, or before/after work shifts.
• Employers shall adopt staggered meal schedules. Dining in canteens may be allowed
subject to compliance with requirements (e.g., talking is prohibited, no buffets and use of
communal items, signages, physical barriers)

Management of Cases in the Workplace

• As much as practicable, employers shall minimize the duration of customer transactions
to less than 15 minutes.
• Employers shall ensure that employees have access to telemedicine services. Large and
medium sized private enterprises are strongly encouraged to provide their own
telemedicine services, in the absence of an HMO.

Page 267 of 382

 • Large and medium sized private establishments and establishments with multiple tenants
are now mandated to designate an isolation area of one room for every 200 employees.
The isolation area shall have adequate ventilation, chairs, and a dedicated restroom. It
shall be disinfected once every two (2) hours and/or immediately after any infected or
confirmed COVID-19 employee leaves the area.
Private establishments unable to establish an isolation area may make arrangements with a
temporary treatment and monitoring facility nearby or with the Barangay Local Government Unit
(LGU), for immediate referral of employees who fulfill the criteria for isolation.

Contact tracing
• Employers shall ensure strict compliance with the protocols established by the DOH and
LGUs for contact tracing of employees in close contact with a COVID-19 case. Referral of
symptomatic individuals shall be coordinated to the nearest health care facility.
Customers, including visitors, entering private establishments/business premises shall be
required to accomplish the Contact Tracing Form. Employers shall explore the use of
technology, such as contactless forms.

COVID-19 Testing
• Certain priority workers may be made to undergo RT-PCR test in the indicated frequency
under the Supplemental Guidelines.
• All employees experiencing symptoms of COVID-19 and those who are close contacts of
COVID-19 cases shall undergo RT-PCR test.

Symptomatic employees with travel/exposure to COVID-19 shall undergo fourteen (14) days
quarantine. Upon its completion and prior to return to work, the employee shall present to the
employer a Certificate of Quarantine Completion from the step-down care facility or local health
office.
• Asymptomatic employees returning to work are not required nor recommended to
undergo RT-PCR or antibody-based tests. Employees physically reporting to work shall be
screened for COVID-19 symptoms and/or determined of travel or exposure to COVID-19
cases within the last 14 days. Asymptomatic employees may be cleared by the local
health officer or OSH physician prior to physically returning to work.

Page 268 of 382

Notification and Reporting
• Even before testing, the OSH Officer/employer must report COVID-19 positive employees,
symptomatic employees, and their close contacts, to the local health office having
jurisdiction over the workplace and the Barangay Health Emergency Team of their place
of residence.
• Reporting to the DOLE shall be made in accordance with the Interim Guidelines.
Disinfection and Closure of Buildings/Workplaces
• If one (1) confirmed case of COVID-19 is detected in the workplace, the facility shall be
disinfected. The building must be locked down for 24 hours prior to disinfection to lessen
transmission to sanitation personnel, and may only be reopened 24 hours after the
disinfection process.
In case of case clustering, or when there are two or more confirmed cases from the same
area/facility whether in the same/different office spaces, employers are encouraged to develop
their own company policies on the temporary closure of the workplace, disinfection, and more
extensive contact tracing. Employers must also abide by the directives/advice of their LGU on
building closure.
Leaves of Absence and Entitlements
• Employers are highly encouraged to provide sick leave benefits, medical insurance
coverage, including supplemental pay allowance, for COVID-19 RT-PCR test confirmed
employees or close contacts made to undergo a 14-day quarantine.
Actions to consider
The Supplemental Guidelines seeks to further strengthen the preventive and control measures in
the workplace against COVID-19. Some of these additional measures, however, may be a cause
for concern among employers in light of its effects on business operations, especially the new
requirements on lockdown prior to and after disinfection and the provision of an isolation area of
one room for every 200 employees. There may be a need for the DOLE to issue further
clarifications on these matters for the guidance of all covered establishments. At any rate,
employers should review their existing policies and protocols to ensure compliance with the
Supplemental Guidelines and observe best practices within the workplace to prevent and
control the spread of COVID-19. In case of non-compliance with the prescribed minimum health
protocols, the Supplemental Guidelines provides for the temporary closure of the private
establishment until full compliance.

Page 269 of 382

MODULE 16: PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DISCUSS THE DEFINITION OF PPE.

2. DISCUSS THE OSHS RULE 1080: PERSONAL PROTECTIVE

EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES.

3. EXPLAIN THE GUIDELINES IN PPE USE, DETERMINE THE TYPES OF PPE AND THEIR USES.
4. EXPLAIN THE BEST PRACTICES IN THE USE OF PPE’S.
5. DISCUSS TO SHOW THE CAPABILITY IN IDENTIFYING THE TYPES OF PPE’S AND
PPE PROGRAM.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) – any physical material or equipment that is

placed between the employee and workplace hazards to reduce the injury potential of
the hazard

RULE 1080: PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES

1081: General Provisions

1081.01: Every employer as defined in 1002

(1) Shall at his own expense furnish his workers with protective equipment for the eyes,
face, hands and feet, protective shields and barriers whenever necessary by reason of
the hazardous nature of the process or environment, chemical or radiological or other
mechanical irritants or hazards capable of causing injury or impairment in the function of
any part of the body through absorption, inhalation or physical contact.

(2) Deduction for the loss or damage of personal protective equipment shall be
governed by Article 114, Book III, Labor Code of the Philippines, and Section 14, Rule
VIII, Book III, Omnibus Rules Implementing the Labor Code.

1081.02: All personal protective equipment shall be of the approved design and
construction appropriate for the exposure and the work to be performed.

1081.03: The employer shall be responsible for the adequacy and proper maintenance
of personal protective equipment used in his workplace.

Page 270 of 382

1081.04: No person shall be subjected or exposed to a hazardous environmental
condition without protection.

1082: Eye and Face Protection

1083: Respiratory Protection

1084: Head Protection

1085: Hand and Arm Protection

1086: Safety Belts, Life Lines and Safety Nets

1087: Use of Safety Shoes

Guidelines in PPE Proper Use

Personal Protective Equipment must be worn and used in a manner that will make full use
of its protective qualities.

Low rates of compliance in wearing PPE usually indicate the safety management
system is failing in some way. Any one of the following root causes may result in
general non-compliance:

• the employer does not provide quality PPE;

• the employer does not properly supervise the use of PPE;
• the employer fails to enforce the use of PPE; or
• the employer does not properly train employees on the use of PPE.

Types of PPE

1. EYE AND FACE PROTECTION

Types of eye / face hazards

• Impact
• Heat
• Chemicals
• Dust
• Light and/or Radiation

Page 271 of 382

Types of eye / face Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

• Safety Glasses: Safety Spectacles or Glasses are primary protective devices

intended to shield the wearer’s eyes from flying and striking objects, glare and
injurious radiation hazards. Side shield is an integral device or an accessory
attached to spectacles that provides side exposure protection to the eye

• Googles: Goggles are primary protective devices intended to fit the face

immediately surrounding the eyes. Unlike safety glasses, goggles provide a

secure shield around the entire eye area.

• Face Shields: Face Shield is a protective device intended to shield the wearer’s
face, or portions thereof from striking objects or chemical, heat and glare hazards.

Page 272 of 382

 • Welding Helmets: These shield assemblies consist of: vulcanized fiber or glass fiber
body, a ratchet/button type adjustable headgear or cap attachment and a filter
and cover plate holder.

• Absorptive Lenses: Visible light Spectrum – The only part of light that is used by your
eye. Photo chromatic lenses (Polaroid lenses) – adjust to light levels –darker with
more light, lighter with less.

2. HEARING PROTECTION:

Types of Hearing hazards

• Noise

• Vibration

Page 273 of 382

Types of Hearing Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

• Earplug: Hearing protectors placed inside the ear to block out noise. To work
effectively, they should fit snugly into the ear canal.

• Earmuffs: A device composed of a headband with two cushioned ear cups

that form a seal around the outer ear, covering it completely and blocking out
the noise.

3. HEAD PROTECTION

Types of Head hazards

• Impact
• Electric Shock
• Drips

Page 274 of 382

Types of Head Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Hard Hats
• Class A Hard Hats (Class G – ANSI)
• Class B Hard Hats (Class E – ANSI)
• Class C Had Hats
• Bump Caps

4. HAND PROTECTION:

Types of Hand hazards

• Traumatic Injuries
• Contact Injuries
• Repetitive Motion Injuries

Page 275 of 382

Types of Hand Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

1. Gloves
• Metal mesh gloves: Metal mesh gloves resist sharp edges and prevent cuts

• Leather gloves: Leather gloves shield your hands from rough surfaces and heat.

• Vinyl and neoprene gloves: Vinyl & neoprene gloves protect your hands against
toxic chemicals.

• Rubber gloves: Rubber gloves protect you when working around electricity.

Page 276 of 382

 • Welder’s gloves: Welder’s gloves protect your hands from heat and flames

• Cotton gloves: Cotton gloves help grasp slippery objects and protect against
slivers, dirt, moderate heat or cold.

2. Forearm Cuffs
3. Thumb Guards and Finger Cots
4. Mittens
5. Hand Pads

5. FOOT PROTECTION

Types of Foot hazards

• Compression Injuries
• Electrical Shocks
• Extremes in Cold, Heat and Moisture
• Slipping

Page 277 of 382

Types of Foot Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

• Steel toe safety shoes

• Metatarsal safety shoes

• Reinforced sole safety shoes

Page 278 of 382

• Latex / Rubber safety shoes

• PVC safety shoes

• Butyl safety shoes

• Vinyl safety shoes

Page 279 of 382

 • Nitrile safety shoes

6. BODY PROTECTION

Types of Body hazards

• Temperature stress
• Chemical Contact
• Radiation

Types of Body Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

• Insulated Coats and Pants

• Sleeves and Aprons

Page 280 of 382

 • Coveralls

• Full Body suit

7. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

Types of Respiratory hazards

• Acids/Mists
• Solvents/Vapors
• Gases / Smoke
• Dusts/Particulates
• Heavy Metals/Fume

Types of Respiratory Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

• Filtration respitor
Respirator Filter Definition
N-Series Filters
Filters restricted to use in those atmospheres free of oil aerosols R-
Series Filters

Page 281 of 382

 Filters intended for removal of any particle including oil-based liquid
aerosol. Used only for single shift (8 hours of continuous or intermittent use)
P-Series Filters
Filters intended for removal of any particle including oil-based liquid
aerosols. Should be used and re-used for no more than 40 hours or 30 days
whichever occurs first

• Mechanical Respirators: Mechanical Respirators screen out dust and some form
of mist. Such filters need to be replaced at frequent intervals.

• Chemical respirator: CHEMICAL CARTRIDGE DEVICES remove contaminants by

passing the tainted air through material that traps the harmful portions. There are
specific cartridges for specific contaminants.

Page 282 of 382

 • Air-supplying respirator: Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) - Supplies air
from an air tank strapped at the person’s back or from a distant source.

Explain the best practices in the use of PPE’s

You should follow these eight tips for achieving PPE best practices and safety
compliance:

• Have a written PPE policy. Putting your policy in writing sets the standard, and
equips those filling that role in the future to hit the ground running – while keeping
you in compliance with OSHS regulations.

• Check OSHS regulations. Check OSHS regulations specific to your industry. If

you’re not sure how, call Occupational Safety and Health Center.

Page 283 of 382

• Cross-check your PPE against Safety Data Sheets. Hazardous materials and chemical
data sheets will contain recommendations for personal protective equipment. Ensure
that your SDSs on hand accurately reflect the chemicals and other hazardous
substances in the workplace, and make sure that you have all the equipment on
hand as recommended on the sheets.
• Enforce rules on contractors working on your worksites. While contractors are
generally expected to provide their own PPE, it’s still your responsibility to enforce
safety procedures on your own property or on worksites where you are the general
contractor with overall responsibility. Employees, however, are fully your own
responsibility in all cases.
• Ensure you have the PPE at the construction site.
• Pay attention to details. Don’t just be satisfied with having gloves that look protective,
for example. Does the situation require non-slip gloves? Do they only protect workers
against heat and burns, or are they also resistant to electrical current? If so, to what
voltage? Is that adequate, given the hazards present in your workplace? Bring the
same level of critical inquiry to all your other PPE needs.
• Keep inspection records. Someone should be responsible for inspecting and signing off
on your PPE at regular intervals, verifying that the necessary equipment is present and
serviceable, and that lost or damaged items are replaced.

PPE Program:

• Prepare specific objectives (activities/action steps) to implement key performance

areas of the program element on PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT of a
Comprehensive Health & Safety Program.
• The Program Specific Objectives (Activities or Action Steps) must conform to SMART
criteria.
o (S) – Specific/Simple
o (M) – Measurable
o (A) – Attainable
o (R) – Relevant/Realistic
o (T) – Time Bounded

Page 284 of 382

MODULE 17: JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DISCUSS THE DEFINITION OF JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS AND ITS BENEFITS.

2. EXPLAIN THE BASIC STEPS IN PREPARING A JHA.

WHAT IS THE JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS?

One of the tools used by management in identifying hazard in the workplace is to conduct
a task exposure analysis on individual task. A task exposure/Job Hazard Analysis
(TEA/JHA) is a tool to provide assurance that the important aspect of the job has been
considered and evaluated, in order to determine the total procedures for doing the job
the proper way. In a JHA, each basic aspect of the job is examined identify the potential
hazard and to determine the safest way to do job. Other term to use to describe this
procedure is the Job hazard analysis (JHA) or Job Safety Analysis (JSA).

Page 285 of 382

WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF DOING A JHA?

One method use is to observe workers actually performed the job. Major advantage of
this methods is its does not rely on individual memory and that the process prompt
reorganization of hazards. Another approach is to have a group of experienced worker
and supervisor completes the analysis through discussion. Advantages of this methods is
more people are involve allowing for a wider based of experience and promoting a more
ready acceptance of the resulting work procedures. Member of the joint occupational
safety and health committee should participate on this process. Initial benefits from
developing a JHA will become clear in the preparation on the stage.

1. The analysis process may identify previously undetected hazards and increase
the job knowledge of those participating.

2. Safety and Health awareness is raised:

3. Communication between worker’s supervisors is improved.
4. Acceptance of Safe work procedures is promoted.
5. The complete JHA can from the basis for regular contact between supervisor and
workers on health and safety;

6. It can serve as teaching aid for initial job training and as a briefing guide for
infrequent job;

7. It can be used as a standards health and safety inspection or observation; and

8. It will assist in completing comprehensive accident investigation.

JOB DEFINED

The Term: Job” and “task” are commonly used interchangeable to mean specific work
assignment or an individual task or activity that a man does within his occupation, rather
than to the occupation itself., such as “operating a grinder”, “using a pressurized water
extinguisher” or “changing a flat tire” JHA’S are not suitable for jobs define too badly, for
example; “overhauling an engine” or too narrowly foe example: “Positioning car jack”.

A job then, could be considered a define sequence of steps of activities that a person
engages into perform a work assignment.

Page 286 of 382

USES OF JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS

1. Job clarification

2. Hazard awareness

3. Guide in employee training

4. Guide in periodic inspection

5. Guide in retaining senior employees

6. Refresher on job which runs infrequently

SELECTING JOB FOR ANALYSIS

Ideally, all jobs should be Subjected to a JHA. In some cases, there are practical
constrained post by the amount of time and effort required to do a JHA. Another
consideration is that is each TEA will require revision whenever equipment, raw material,
processes, or the environment change. For these reasons, it is used necessary to identify
which are to be analyzed. Even if analysis of all job is planned, this step ensure that the
most critical job is examined first.

Factor to be considered is assigning a priority for analysis of job include:

1. Accident frequency and severity: Job where accidents occur frequently or where
they occur infrequently but result in disabling injuries

2. Potential for severe injuries and illness: The consequences of an accident,

hazardous condition, or exposure to harmful substance are potential severe.
Barometers such as near- misses, minor incidents, accidents investigation, etc. can
predict potential sources of major event.

3. Probability of recurrence: Probability of recurrence and the possibility of a serious

loss should be strongly considered for a JHA

4. Modified job: New hazards may be associated with changes in job procedures.

5. Infrequently performed jobs: Workers may be greater risk when undertaking non-
routine jobs and a JHA provides a means of reviewing hazards.

Page 287 of 382

BREAKING JOB INTO “BASIC STEPS”

• Maintain a Critical Job Record File. This file serves as a master reference for each
occupation’s critical job status. It is also a very important reference for training new
or transferred supervisors, as people move up in the organization.
• After a job has been chosen for analysis, the next stage is to break the job into
step. A job step is defined as a segment of the operation necessary to advance
the work.
• Care must be taken not to make the steps too general, thereby missing specific
steps and their associated hazards, On the other hand, if they are too detailed,
there will be many steps. A rule of thumb is that most jobs can be described in less
than steps. If more steps are required, you might want to divide the job into two
segments, each with its separate JHA, or combine steps where appropriate.
• An important point to remember is to keep the steps in their correct sequence. Any
step, which is out of order may miss potential hazards or introduce hazards, which
do not actually exist.

• Each step is recorded in sequence. Make steps about what is done rather than
how it is done. Each item is started with an action verb. Job steps are recorded in
the left-hand column of the worksheet.
• This part of the analysis is usually prepared by watching the worker do the job.
Doing a JHA should always be a TEAM EFFORT. By involving other in the process, key
points are less likely to be missed in this way and you reduce the possibility of
overlooking an individual job step, or potential hazards. You also increase the
likelihood of identifying the most appropriate measures for eliminating or controlling
hazards. An effective JHA team should generally include: 1) The Supervisors; 2) The
Employee most familiar. Capable and experienced on how the job is done,
including related hazards; 3) Other Employees who performed the job; 4) Experts
or Specialists when necessary, i.e. Hygienist, Ergonomists, or Engineers.

By involving as many knowledge and experienced personnel as possible, you ensure

that the JHA will be accurate and complete. The adage that the best way to learn
how something is done is to: see for yourself” underscore this method.

1. Select the right workers to observe

Page 288 of 382

 Nothing is more important than choosing a worker who knowledge and skill, the
best worker available.

2. Explain the purpose of JHA

To strengthen the full co-operation and participation, the reason for the exercise
must be clearly explained. The JHA is neither a time and motion study in disguise,
nor an attempt to uncover individual unsafe acts. The job, not the individual, is
being studied in an effort to make its safer by identifying hazards and making
modifications to eliminate or reduce them.

3. Observe the job and record an initial breakdown

Find a good vantage point. Don’t interrupt or distract the workers and avoid
making him uncomfortable by your presence.

4. Check breakdown with workers.

After recording as you saw it, the breakdown of the steps should be discussed by
all the participants (always including the workers) to make sure that all basic steps
have been noted and are in the correct order.

5. Record basic steps of job breakdown

Sequence of critical steps should be recorded on the “worker sheet”. Use short
action word such as “Place”, “Remove”, “set”, “position” etc.

DETERMINED POTENTIAL FOR DOWNGRADING INCIDENTS

The purpose of Job Hazard Analysis is not solution but to identify potential loss problem.

Once the basic steps have been recorded, potential hazards must be identified at each
step. Based on observation of the job knowledge of accident and injury causes, and
personal experience, list the things that could go wrong at each step.

A second observation of the job being performed may be needed. Since the basic steps
have already been recorded, more attention can now be focused on potential hazards.
At this stage, no attempt is made to solve any problems, which may have been detected.
To help identified potential hazards, the job analyst may use questions such as these (list
is not a complete list):

Page 289 of 382

1. Can any body part get caught in or between objects?

2. Do tools, machines, or equipment present any hazards

3. Can the workers make harmful contact with object?

4. Can the workers slip, trip, and falls?

5. Can the workers suffer strain from lifting pushing and pulling?

6. Is the workers exposed to extreme heat or cold?

7. Is excessive noise or vibration a problem?

8. Is there a danger from falling object?

9. Is lighting a problem?

10. Is harmful radiation a possibility?

11. Can weather condition a possibility?

12. Can contact be made with hot, toxic, or caustic substance?

13. Are the dusts, fumes, mists, or vapors in the air?

Again all participant part of doing a JHA is the “Efficiency check”, an opportunity to find
deficiencies in performance that can be eliminated. Ten suggested question applied to
each aspect of the job are:

1. What is the purpose?

2. Why it is necessary?

3. Is this is the most efficient ways?

4. How can it be done more efficiently?

5. What is needed to do it better?

6. Where it should it be done?

7. When should it be done?

8. Who is the best qualified to don it?

9. Does it mean the standards?

10. What else can make it more efficient?

Page 290 of 382

IN MAKING AN EFFICIENCY CHECK, USE THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES:

1. PEOPLE

a. What injurious contact presents that could the result in injury or illness?

b. Are there contact that could cause fire or explosion?

c. Dose the workers understand and follow all rules, regulation and precautions?

d. Has proper personal protection equipment been provided? Is it utilized properly?

e. Are the right number of people doing job?

f. Is there full utilization of people doing the job?

g. Is there any idle time of workers that could be used more gainfully?

2. EQUIPMENT
a. Are the tools and equipment being utilized best suited to this job from all aspect?
(Safety, Quality and Production).

b. Could tools be provided that would improve efficiency?

c. Could mechanical or power tools be applied more economically than hard tools?

d. Is machinery and equipment being used to its maximum safe capacity?

e. Is all equipment in proper operating condition?

f. Is there a less costly piece of equipment that could do the same job properly?

g. Where all tools readily available and properly positioned for most effective work?

3. MATERIAL

a. Can better, safer, less expensive or less scares material be substituted?

b. Can waste be cut down in any way?

c. Can you see any uses for scrap or waste for another product?

d. Is material being transported and handled in the most efficient manner?

e. Is material properly arranged for optimum efficiency?

f. Is the right amount of material at the job site?

g. Is there another product that could do the same job at less cost

Page 291 of 382

4. ENVIRONMENT

a. Are working area and related storage are clean and orderly?

b. Is junk occupying space that could be used to more advantages by

people, equipment or material

c. Is there anything in the environment that you would consider unnecessary to the
task at hand? What in the environment could be change or altered to improved
conditions, atmosphere or general work climate for people, equipment or
material?
5. Solution used to improve efficiency check:

a. The job procedure solution: Specific procedures that when followed, will eliminate
the deficiency or potential for downgrading incident that exists.

b. The job environment solution: Involve changing part or aspect of the total
environment, i.e. lightning layout, noise, work surface or temperature. These can
eliminate the hazards and could prolong the life of both machine and the worker.

c. The methods change solution: Involve substitution of processes, material or

methods itself

d. The reduced frequency solution: Reduce of exposure to harmful material

DETERMINE PREVENTIVE MEASURES

The efficiency check will verify that the most efficient manner of doing the job has been
established and you can now determine the efficient ways to eliminate or control the
hazards identified. In doing this:

1. Eliminate all unnecessary details

2. Combine details where practical

3. Rearrange to get better sequences

4. Simplify all necessary details.

Page 292 of 382

 The generally accepted measures in controlling hazards, in order of preference are:

Eliminate the Hazard: This is the most effective measured used to eliminate the hazards:

a. Choose a different process

b. Modify an existing process

c. Substitutes with less hazardous substances

d. Improve environment (ventilation)

Modify or change equipment or tools

CONTAIN THE HAZARDS

If the hazards cannot be eliminated, contact might be prevented by using enclosure,

machine guard, workers booths or similar devices.

REVISE WORK PROCEDURES

Consideration might be given to modifying step which are the hazardous, changing the
sequence of the steps, or adding additional steps (such as locking out energy sources)

REDUCE THE EXPOSURE

These measures are the least effective and should only be used if no other solution is
possible. One way of minimizing exposure is to reduce the number of times the hazards is
encountered. An example would be modifying machinery so that less maintenance is
necessary.

USE OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

If all of the above recommendations are not possible the use of appropriate personal
protective equipment may be required.

In listing the preventive measure, use of general statement such as “be careful” or “use
caution” should be avoided. Specific statements which describe each what action is to
be taken and how it is to be performed are preferable. The recommended measures are
listed in the right-hand column of the worksheet, numbered to match the hazards in
question.

Page 293 of 382

MODULE 18: ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DISCUSS THE IMPORTANCE OF ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION.

2. ENUMERATE THE TYPES OF ACCIDENTS TO BE REPORTED.
3. EXPLAIN THE BASIC PROCEDURE IN THE CONDUCT OF ACCIDENT
INVESTIGATION.

4. KNOW HOW TO DOCUMENT AN ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION. O ACCOMPLISH THE

WORK ACCIDENT/ILLNESS REPORT (WAIR) AND ANNUAL ACCIDENT/ ILLNESS

EXPOSURE DATA REPORTS (AEDR) BASED ON CASES GIVEN O COMPUTE SAMPLE

SEVERITY RATE (SR) AND FREQUENCY RATE (FR)

INTRODUCTION

▪ Accident unexpected event, typically sudden in nature and associated with injury, loss,
or harm.

▪ Accidents are a common feature of the human experience and result in injury
or permanent disability to large numbers of people worldwide every year

▪ Many accidents also involve damage to or loss of property

Accident causation Heinrich’s Domino Theory

According to Heinrich, an "accident" is one factor in a sequence that may lead

to an injury.

• The factors can be visualized as a series of dominoes standing on edge;

when one falls, the linkage required for a chain reaction is completed.

• Each of the factors is dependent on the preceding factor.

Page 294 of 382

Heinrich’s Domino Theory – Corrective Action Sequence

(The three “E”s)

• Engineering
– Control hazards through product design or process change

• Education
– Train workers regarding all facets of safety
– Impose on management that attention to safety pays off
• Enforcement
– Ensure that internal and external rule s, regulations, and standard operating

procedures are followed by workers as well as management.

Page 295 of 382

Principles of Workplace Safety

Because it is apparent that questions of accident prevention can be solved not in isolation,
but only in the context of their relationship with production and the working environment,
the following principles for accident prevention can be derived:

1. Accident prevention must be built into production planning with the goal of
avoiding disruptions.
2. The ultimate goal is to achieve a production flow that is as unhindered as possible.
This results not only in reliability and the elimination of defects, but also in the
workers’ well-being, labor-saving methods and job safety.

Some of the practices commonly used in the workplace to achieve job safety and which
are necessary for disruption-free production include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Workers and supervisors must be informed and aware of the dangers and potential
hazards (e.g., through education).
2. Workers must be motivated to function safely (behavior modification).
3. Workers must be able to function safely. This is accomplished through certification
procedures, training and education.
4. The personal working environment should be safe and healthy through the use of
administrative or engineering controls, substitution of less hazardous materials or
conditions, or by the use of personal protective equipment.
5. Equipment, machinery and objects must function safely for their intended use, with
operating controls designed to human capabilities.

Page 296 of 382

 6. Provisions should be made for appropriate emergency response in order to limit
the consequences of accidents, incidents and injuries.

The following principles are important in understanding how accident prevention

concepts relate to disruption-free production:

1. Accident prevention is sometimes considered a social burden instead of a major

part of disruption prevention. Disruption prevention is a better motivator than
accident prevention, because improved production is expected to result from
disruption prevention.
2. Measures to ensure workplace safety must be integrated into the measures used
to ensure disruption-free production. For example, the instructions on hazards must
be an integral part of the general directions governing the flow of production at
the workplace.

Why Conduct the Accident Investigation (AI)?

▪ Why should you conduct an accident "investigation"? The answer to this question is key
to the success of the entire AI process. Here's an important principle to understand.

▪ To determine the purpose of a process, look at the final "output" of that process.

Effective Accident Investigation Programs

An effective program will include the following:

• A team of at least two investigators conduct the investigation. Two heads usually work
better than one, especially when gathering and analyzing material facts about the
accident.
• Accident investigators are properly trained on accident investigation techniques and
procedures.
• The accident investigation is perceived as separate from potential disciplinary
procedures resulting from the accident. The purpose of the accident investigation is
to determine the facts, not the blame. Accident investigators must be able to
objectively state that they are conducting the investigation only to determine what
happened.

Page 297 of 382

• The accident investigation report is written and makes sure surface causes and root
causes of accidents are addressed. Most accident reports are ineffective precisely
because they neglect to uncover the underlying reasons or factors that contribute to
the accident.
• The accident investigation report makes recommendations to (1) correct hazardous
conditions and unsafe work practices, and (2) improve underlying SMS weaknesses.
• Surface causes for the accidents are corrected on the spot or as soon as possible.
Long-term improvements in the safety and health system (SMS) are completed in a
timely manner to make sure related surface causes do not reappear.
• The accident investigation report will not place blame or include a recommendation
for discipline. Discipline is a separate issue properly addressed by
management/human resources only if contributing root causes have not been
uncovered.
• Follow-up procedures to make sure short-term corrective actions and long-term SMS
improvements are completed.
• An annual review of accident reports. Properly trained employees evaluate accident
reports for consistency and quality. They verify that responsible persons correct
surface/root causes are identified and that corrective actions/improvements
completed.
• Safety personnel annually review and evaluate the investigation program.
• Information about the types of accidents, locations, trends, etc., is analyzed to improve
investigations and prevent future accidents.

Six-step process for conducting accident investigations.

1. Secure and Document the accident scene

The first step in an effective accident investigation procedure is to secure the accident
scene as soon as possible so that we can accurately gather facts. At this point, you
are not yet interested in what "caused" the accident.

Page 298 of 382

Reasons for Securing the Accident Scene

• It's always important to know why we are doing something, isn't it? In this
situation, we need to prevent material evidence from being removed or
relocated in some way.

Things Disappear After an Accident

• Material evidence: Material evidence is anything that might be important in

helping us find out what happened.
• Memory: Accidents are traumatic events that result in both physical and
psychological trauma

Make Personal Observations

• What do you see? What equipment, tools, materials, machines, or structures

appear to be broken, damaged, struck or otherwise involved in the event? Look
for gouges, scratches, dents, or smears. If vehicles are involved, check for
tracks and skid marks. Look for irregularities on surfaces. Are there any fluid spills,
stains, contaminated materials or debris?
• What about the environment? Were there any distractions, adverse conditions
caused by weather? Record the time of day, location, lighting conditions, etc.
Note the terrain (flat, rough, etc.).
• What is the activity occurring around the accident scene?
• Who is there? Who is not? You'll need this information to take initial statements
and interviews.
• Measure distances and positions of anything and everything you believe to be
of any value to the investigation.

Get Initial Statements

• names of other possible witnesses for subsequent interviews;

• names of company rescuers or emergency response service; and
• materials, equipment, and articles that may have been moved or disturbed
during the rescue.

Page 299 of 382

Take Photos of the Accident Scene

• Take photos at different angles (from above, 360 deg. of scene, left, right, rear)
to show the relationship of objects and minute and/or transient details such as
ends of broken rope, defective tools, drugs, wet areas, or containers.
• Take panoramic photos to help present the entire scene, top to bottom - side
to side.
• Take notes on each photo. These will be included in the appendix of the report
along with the photos. Identify the type of photo, date, time, location, subject,
weather conditions, measurements, etc.
• Place an item of known dimensions in the photo if hard-to-measure objects are
being photographed.
• Identify the person taking the photos.
• You may want to indicate the locations at which photos were taken on sketches.

Take Videos of the Scene

• Have each witness accompany you and privately describe what happened
while taking video.
• If possible, try to reenact the event.
• To get the "lay of the land," stand back from a distance and zoom in to the
scene.
• Scan slowly 360 degrees left and right to establish location.
• Narrate what is being viewed: describe objects, size, direction, and location,
etc.
• If a vehicle was involved, video the direction of travel, going and coming.

Sketch the Accident Scene

• Documentation. Date, time, location, identity of objects, victims, etc.

• Spatial relationships. Measurements.
• Location of photographs.

Page 300 of 382

 Interview Records

• Maintenance records
• Training records
• Standard operating procedures
• Safety policies, plans, and rules
• Work schedules
• Personnel records
• Disciplinary records
• Medical records (if permission granted, or otherwise allowed).
• EMT reports
• Safety committee minutes
• Coroner's report
• Police report
2. Conduct Interviews

Digging Up the Facts

• After you have initially documented the accident scene, the next step is to start
digging for additional details by conducting interviews.
• This activity is perhaps the most difficult part of an investigation.

Seven "Rights" of the Interview Process

• Right people the

• Right questions at the
• Right time in the
• Right place in the
• Right way for the
• Right reason to uncover the
• Right facts

Page 301 of 382

Cooperation is the Key

• Cooperation not intimidation is the key to a successful accident investigation

interview.

Preparing for the Interview - Your first task is to determine who to interview.

• The victim: To determine the immediate events leading up to and including the
accident.
• Co-workers: To establish what actual vs. appropriate procedures are being
used.
• Direct supervisor: To get background information on the victim. He or she can
provide procedural information about the task that was being performed, the
training provided, workload, scheduling, and resources being provided.
• Manager: To get information on related operational and safety management
programs/systems.
• Training department: To get information on quantity and quality of training the
victim and others have received.
• Personnel department: To get information on the victim's and other employees'
work history, discipline, appraisals
• Maintenance personnel: To determine background on corrective and
preventive maintenance.
• Emergency responders: To learn what they saw and did when responding to
the accident.
• Medical personnel: To get medical information (as allowed by law). Can be a
valuable source to determine type/extent of fatal injuries.
• Police: If they filed a report.
• Other interested persons: Anyone interested in the accident may be a valuable
source of information.
• The victim's spouse and family: They may have insight into the victim's state of
mind or other work issues.

Page 302 of 382

Effective Interviewing Techniques
• Keep the purpose of the investigation in mind: To determine the cause of the
accident so that similar accidents will not recur. The interview process is not
conducted to determine liability, but to determine the facts so that any and
all safety management system design and implementation weaknesses can
be improved. Make sure the interviewee understands this point: "We don't want
you or anyone else to get hurt like this again."
• Do not interview more than one person at a time. When others hear an
interviewee's account of what happened, their own stories will probably
change in some way.
• First, ask for background information like name, job, and phone number. Then,
simply have the witness tell you what happened. Let them talk, and you just
listen. Don't ask them "if" they can explain what happened, because they may
respond with a simple "no," and that's that.
• Approach the investigation with an open mind. It will be obvious if you have
preconceptions about the individuals or the facts.
• Go to the scene. Just because you are familiar with the location or the victim's
job, don't assume that things are always the same. If you can't conduct a private
interview at the location, find an office or meeting room that the interviewee
considers a "neutral" location.
• Put the person at ease. Explain the purpose and your role. Sincerely express
concern regarding the accident and desire to prevent a similar occurrence.
• Tell the interviewee that the information they give is important. It's important to
say it's "important".
• Be friendly, understanding, and open minded. Be calm and unhurried.

Page 303 of 382

3. Develop the sequence of events Assessment vs. Analysis
It's important to know that you're not gathering all of this information just to conduct an
assessment of what was and was not present immediately prior to the accident. You're
actually conducting an analysis to determine specifically how surface causes (behaviors
and conditions), and the underlying root causes (system weaknesses) contributed to the
accident.

Four categories of events

Actual Events: These are events that you are able to determine actually occurred i.e., an
event that is witnessed by one or more persons (two or more is best) and they can verify
it actually happened. You would want to interview all witnesses to the event.

Assumed Events: These are events that must have happened but have not yet been
verified. Flag these somehow to remind you that more investigation is needed. Assumed
events are harder to establish. In any step-by-step process, you can't get to step 3 without
first doing the first two steps. If a worker is injured at step 3, you may assume he
accomplished steps 1 and 2 unless, it is established that he bypassed the first two steps. If
completing steps 1 and 2 will prevent an injury at step 3, you may assume the worker did
not do steps 1 or 2.

Non-Events: If an event was supposed to happen, but did not, that is a non-event.
Although non-events describe an event that did not occur, they should be captured
because they may help discover conditions and behaviors relevant to the investigation.

Simultaneous Events: In some accident scenarios two or more events occur at precisely
the same time resulting in a hazardous condition or set of unsafe behaviors that cause
an injury.

Developing the sequence of events

• Hazardous conditions. Objects and physical states that directly caused or

contributed to the accident.
• Unsafe behaviors. Actions taken/not taken that directly caused or contributed to
the accident.
• System weaknesses. Underlying inadequate or missing policies, programs, plans,
processes, procedures and practices that contributed to the accident.

Page 304 of 382

The Actor and the Action

Actor. The actor is an individual or object that directly influenced the flow of the sequence
of events. An actor may participate in the process or merely observe the process. An
actor initiates a change by performing or failing to perform an action.

Action. An action is "the something" that is done by an actor. Actions may or may not be
observable. An action may describe a behavior that is accomplished or not
accomplished. Failure to act should be thought of as an act, just as much as an act that
is accomplished.
4. Conduct cause analysis
Injury Analysis to determine the direct cause of injury

• injuries are always caused by the harmful transfer of energy to the employee's
body. The severity of the injury depends on the magnitude of the harmful energy.

Event Analysis to determine the surface causes of the accident

• Hazardous Conditions
• Unsafe or Inappropriate Behaviors

System Analysis to determine the root causes of the accident

• System Design Root Causes

• System Implementation Root Causes

5. Determine the solutions

• Effective Recommendations
• Why Decision-makers Don't Respond Quickly
• Do it Right!
o Immediate or short-term corrective actions
o Long-term system improvements
• The Hierarchy of Control Strategies
• Recommend System Improvements
• Six Key Questions
o What exactly is the problem?
o What is the history of the problem?
o What are the solutions that would correct the problem?

Page 305 of 382

 o Who is the decision-maker?
o Why is the decision-maker doing safety?
▪ Fulfill the legal obligation? You may need to emphasize possible
penalties if corrections are not made. Common in a fear-driven
culture.
▪ Fulfill the fiscal obligation? You may want to emphasize the
costs/benefits. Common in an achievement-driven culture.
▪ Fulfill the social obligation? You may want to emphasize improved
morale, public relations. Common in a humane corporate culture
o What will be the cost/benefits of corrective actions and system
improvements?

• Estimating Direct and Indirect Costs

• Ratio Between Total Accident Costs to Direct Costs

• Return on the Investment (ROI)

Page 306 of 382

Page 307 of 382
 • Provide Options
o First option - If we had all the money we needed, what could we do?
Eliminate the hazard with primarily engineering controls. Additional
administrative controls if required.
o Second option - If we have limited funds, what would we do. Eliminate the
hazard with primarily administrative controls. Engineering controls if
required.
o Third option - If we don't have any money, what can we do? Reduce
exposure to the hazard with administrative controls and/or PPE.

6. Write the report

Perception is Reality

Never forget that your primary objective, as an accident investigator, is to uncover the
surface causes and the contributing root causes. It is not be your job to conduct the
investigation to establish who is to blame

The Accident Report Form

One of the reasons an accident investigation might fail to help eliminate similar accidents,
is that the report form is poorly designed.

• Section I. Background - This section contains background information that answers

questions about who the victim is, and the time, date, location of the accident,
as well as other necessary details. Make sure you obtain all of this information for
possible later reference.

• Section II. Description of the Accident - This section presents a descriptive narrative
of the events leading up to, including and immediately after the accident. It's
important that the narrative paint a vivid "word picture" so that someone
unfamiliar with the accident can clearly see what happened.
• Section III. Findings - The findings section describes the hazardous conditions,
unsafe behaviors and the system weaknesses your analysis has uncovered. Each
description of a surface or root cause will also include justification for the finding.
The justification will explain how you came to your conclusion.
• Section IV. Recommendations - If root causes are not addressed properly in
Section III of the report, it is doubtful recommendations in this section will include

Page 308 of 382

 improving system inadequacies. Effective recommendations will describe ways to
eliminate or reduce both surface and root causes.
• Section V. Summary - This section contains a brief review of the causes of the
accident and recommendations for corrective actions.

RULE 1050 – NOTIFICATION AND KEEPING OF RECORDS OF ACCIDENT AND / OR OCCUPATIONAL

ILLNESS (DOLE, OSH Standard, 2020)

1053.01 Notification - All work accidents or occupational illnesses resulting in disabling

conditions or dangerous occurrence shall be reported by the employer to the

Regional Labor Office.

Page 309 of 382

Frequency Rate

Severity Rate

Dangerous Occurrences (OSHS Rule 1053.02)

The following are dangerous occurrences which shall be investigated and reported.

a. Explosion of boilers used for heating or power

b. Explosion of a receiver or storage container
c. Bursting of a revolving wheel, grinding stone or grinding wheel
d. Collapse of a crane, hoist and other equipment used in raising or lowering persons or
goods.

e. Explosion or fire causing damage to the structure of any room or place

f. Electrical short circuit or failure of electrical machinery, machinery, plant or apparatus

Page 310 of 382

The following are examples of grounds of work stoppage due to condition or stage of

being in imminent danger:

1. Pressure Relief Valve

2. Increase temperature of tank due to hot work & absence of inert gas inside tank.
3. No proper enclosure of the workplace & absence of machine guard
4. Outriggers of crane are not properly placed on stable ground.
5. Oxygen acetylene gas cylinders exposed to excessive heat
6. Defective over-current protective device.

Page 311 of 382

MODULE 19: ROLE OF SAFETY OFFICERS

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DISCUSS THE IMPORTANCE OF A SAFETY OFFICER ON SITE;

2. ENUMERATE AND DISCUSS THE REQUIREMENT TO BE AN ACCREDITED SAFETY
PRACTITIONER IN CONSTRUCTION;

3. DISCUSS THE ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONSTRUCTION SAFETY

OFFICER;

4. DISCUSS THE RULE 1047: DUTIES OF A SAFETY MAN;

RULE 1032: DEFINITIONS

Safety Officer - refers to any employee / worker trained and tasked to implement
occupational safety and health programs in the workplace in accordance with the
provisions of the Standards and shall be synonymous to the term “Safety Man” as used in
these Standards.
Rule 1047 of the OSHS

The principal function of the Safety Man is to act as the employers' principal assistant and
consultant in the application of programs to remove the hazards from the workplace and
to correct unsafe work practices
• Serves as Secretary to the Health and Safety Committee

• Prepare minutes of meeting

• Report status of recommendations made

• Notify members of the committee

• Submits to the employer a report of the activities of the committee, including

recommendations made

Acts in an advisory capacity on all matters pertaining to health and safety for the guidance
of the employer and the workers

Conducts investigation of accidents as member of the Health and Safety Committee and
submits his separate report and analysis of accidents to the employer

Coordinates all health and safety training programs for the employees and employer
Conducts health and safety inspection as member of the committee

Page 312 of 382

Maintains or helps in the maintenance of an efficient accident record system and
coordinates actions taken by supervisors to eliminate accident causes.

Provides assistance to government agencies in the conduct of safety and health

inspection, accident investigation or any other related programs

For purposes of effectiveness in a workplace where full-time safety officer is required, he shall
report directly to the employer

Duties and Responsibilities

• Advocate, implement and administer the company’s programs and policies

• Ensure safety information to employees through IEC materials

• Dispense PPE for protection

• Submit requirements to the government agencies

• Maintain a constant audit of all existing, planned, and proposed installations,

processes, and procedures for unsafe conditions or acts.

• Develop and present training programs to all supervisors.

Authority

• Much authority is given

• Authority necessary to meet responsibilities.

• Without authority, safety professional will not fulfill responsibilities.

Accountability

• Performance Criteria:

• Reduction of the frequency and severity of accidents.

• Reduction of costs stemming from accidents.

• The efficiency and smoothness of a department's operations within operations of

the plant as a whole.

Page 313 of 382

RELATIONSHIPS

• Manager - proper interpretation and fulfillment of the duties and responsibilities and
related authority
• Department heads and supervisors - The safety engineer is responsible for providing
advice and guidance about safety and industrial hygiene
• Employees - providing advice and guidance about any employee's specific job or
work area.
• Union - fulfilling his contractual obligations regarding matters of safety and health.
• Outsiders. - establish appropriate relationships with professional and organizational
groups.

Page 314 of 382

MODULE 20: TOOLBOX MEETING

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE DEFINITION OF TOOLBOX MEETING;

2. ENUMERATE AND DISCUSS THE BENEFITS OF TOOLBOX MEETING;
3. DISCUSS THE REQUIREMENTS IN CONDUCTING TOOLBOX MEETING;

SECTION 1 OF DO#13

“Tool box meeting or gang meeting” refers to daily meeting among workers and their
respective supervisors for the purpose of instructions, discussion and proper briefing on
the planned work, the assessment of past work, the possibility or actual occurrence of
accidents at the site, tips and suggestions on how to prevent possible accidents and other
related matters.
Planning for Tool Box Meeting

1. When should the meetings be held?

2. Who will be required to attend the meetings?

3. What topics will be discussed at the meetings?

4. What kind of preparations will be required for the meetings?

5. hat kind of records will be kept of the meetings? Toolbox Meeting before starting

work;

• Hold a group meeting with all workers attending.

o Explain all directions received at safety meetings and schedule meetings;

o Explain the nature of the operation and the work plan;

TOOL BOX MEETING

• 10-15-minute on-the-job meetings held to keep employees alert to work-related

accidents and illnesses.

• Proven technique for safe work habit.

Page 315 of 382

• Explain the role of each worker (proper work assignment);

• Confirm the qualification and skill of each worker;

• Discover safety problems by danger searching activity;

• Check clothing and protective devices of workers (hang-over, lack of sleep, etc.)

REQUIREMENTS ON TBM

• Management Support

• Careful Preparation

• Meeting Proceeding

SAFETY COMMITTEE AND THEIR RELATIONSHIPS WITH TOOL BOX MEETINGS:

Create a good environment for safety ideas, everyone is more likely to accept them.

It would be a good practice to get the people to see how many safe attitudes they

can think of.

WHO SHOULD ATTEND TBM?

All employees must attend their specific TBM

HOW TO CONDUCT TBM

1. Prepare the workers

2. Define the job

3. Procedure & responsibility Precautions needed

- hazards present

- safety & health reminders

- use of PPE

TOOL BOX MEETING

• Reminders on what and how to do

• Be done before the start of the days work shift or start of new activity

Page 316 of 382

• Should be presided by the supervisor or lead man

• Workers should participate actively

PLANNING BEFORE EXECUTING A JOB ENSURES GOOD RESULT;

SAFETY TOOL BOX TOPICS

• Your Friend the Hard Hat

• Eye Protection

• Hand Protection

• Safety Shoes

• Hearing Safety

• Material Handling

• Safe Lifting
• Moving Heavy Machinery

• Lifting with Cranes and Hoist

• Fire Safety

• Unsafe Acts in Construction

• Welding and Cutting Safety

• Handling of Compressed Gases

• Lock-Out for Safety

• Safe Ladder Usage

• Flammable Liquids

• Scaffolding

• Slips and Falls

• Noise of the Job

• Struck-by Accidents

Page 317 of 382

MODULE 21: EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DEFINE WHAT IS EMERGENCY (NATURAL / MAN-MADE) AND DISASTER

2. IDENTIFY THE ELEMENTS OF AN EFFECTIVE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROGRAM;
3. ENUMERATE BASIC PREPARATIONS FOR COMMON EMERGENCIES; AND
4. DISCUSS THE CONCEPT ON FIRE BRIGADE ORGANIZATION.

Workplace Emergency (OSHAcademy, 2019)

A workplace emergency is an unforeseen situation that:

• threatens your employees, customers, or the public;

• disrupts or shuts down your operations; or
• causes physical or environmental damage.

Emergencies may be the result of natural, technological, or man-made causes including

the following examples:

Disaster

A disaster is a sudden, calamitous event that seriously disrupts the functioning of a

community or society and causes human, material, and economic or environmental
losses that exceed the community’s or society’s ability to cope using its own resources.
Though often caused by nature, disasters can have human origins.

What are the elements of Emergency Preparedness Program:

• Ways to report fires and other emergencies;

• Evacuation procedures and emergency escape route assignments;
• Procedures to be follow by those who remain to operate critical plant operations
before they evacuate;
• Procedures to account for all employees after an emergency evacuation has been
completed
• Rescue and medical duties for those who are to perform them;
• Names or job titles of persons who can be contacted for further information or
explanation of duties under the plan.

Page 318 of 382

Basic Preparations for Common Emergencies:

Determine Specific Evacuation Routes and Exits

• Make exit route design permanent.

• Ensure the number of exit routes is adequate based on the number of employees, the
size of the building, its occupancy, and the arrangement of the workplace.
• Separate an exit route from other workplace areas with materials that have the proper
fire resistance-rating for the number of stories the route connects.
• Ensure exit routes meet width and height requirements. The width of exit routes must
be sufficient to accommodate the maximum permitted occupant load of each floor
served by the exit route.
• Ensure doors used to access exit routes have side hinges and swing in the direction of
travel (depending on occupancy and hazard areas).
• Design exit routes which lead to an outside area with enough space for all occupants.
• An outdoor exit route is permitted, but may have additional site-specific requirements.
• Maintain the fire-retardant properties of paints and solutions that are used in exit
routes.
• Ensure required exit routes and fire protections are available and maintained,
especially during repairs and alterations.
• Ensure employee alarm systems are installed, operable, and in compliance.
• Direct employees through exit routes using clearly visible signs. These signs must meet
the required letter height and illumination specifications.
• When openings could be mistaken for an exit, post appropriate signs stating "NOT AN
EXIT."
• Arrange exit routes so employees are not exposed to the dangers of high hazard
areas.
• Exit routes must be free and unobstructed. Prevent obstructions, such as decorations,
furnishings, locked doorways, and dead-ends within exit routes.

Fire Workplace Emergency

• Immediately pull the nearest fire alarm pull station as you exit the building.
• When evacuating the building, be sure to feel doors for heat before opening them to
be sure there is no fire danger on the other side.

Page 319 of 382

• If there is smoke in the air, stay low to the ground, especially your head, to reduce
inhalation exposure. Keep on hand on the wall to prevent disorientation and crawl to
the nearest exit.
• Once away and clear from danger, call your report contact and inform them of the fire.
• Go to your refuge area and await further instructions from emergency personnel.
• Keep doorways, corridors, and egress paths clear and unobstructed. Make sure that
all electrical appliances and cords are in good condition and UL approved. Do not
overload electrical outlets. Use surge-protected multi-outlet power strips and
extension cords when necessary.
• Never store flammable materials in your room or apartment.
• Do not tamper with any fire system equipment such as smoke detectors, pull stations,
or fire extinguishers. Doing so is a criminal offense.

• Raising a false alarm is a criminal offense. It endangers the lives of the occupants and
emergency personnel.
Earthquake Workplace Emergency

Dangers Associated with Earthquakes

• The actual movement of the ground in an earthquake is seldom the direct cause of
injury or death. Most casualties result from falling objects and debris or collapsing
structures.

Injuries are commonly caused by:

• Partial building collapse, such as falling masonry, collapsing walls, falling ceiling
plaster, etc.

• Flying glass from broken windows.

• Overturned bookcases, filing cabinets, fixtures, furniture, office machines and

appliances.

• Fires, broken gas lines, etc. These dangers may be aggravated by lack of water due
to broken mains.

• Fallen power lines.

• Inappropriate actions resulting from panic.

Page 320 of 382

Earthquake Safety Guidelines

• Remain Calm. Sound usually precedes earthquake motion by a split second. If you
have developed the correct earthquake responses in your mind before a quake, this split
second is enough time to activate your automatic reactions. If you stay calm, you will be
better able to assess your situation. The rolling and roaring may terrify you, but unless
something falls on you, the sensations probably won't hurt you. Try talking yourself through
the violent motion phase. This will re lease stress and others may take courage and follow
your reasoned restraint. Think th rough the consequences of any action you plan to take.
• If you are indoors, stay there. If you are in danger:

o Get under a sturdy table, desk or bed.

o Brace yourself in an inside corner away from windows.

o Move to an inner wall or corridor. (A door frame or the structural frame or inner
core of the building are its strongest points and least likely to collapse. They will
also break the impact of any falling objects.

o In an apartment building the safest place is by the central reinforced core of the
building, which is usually located by the elevator well.

o Choose shelter which will prov ide an airspace if it collapses. If your furniture
shelter moves, stay under it and follow it around the apartment.

o Watch for falling objects - plaster, bricks, light fixtures, pots and pans, etc.

o Stay away from tall shelve s, china cabinets and other furniture, which might slide
or topple over.

o Stay away from windows, sliding glass doors, mirrors.

o Grab anything handy (blanket, pillow, tablecloth, newspaper s, box, etc.) to shield
your head and face from failing debris and splinting glass.
o Don't be alarmed if the fire alarm or sprinklers go off

Page 321 of 382

• Do Not Rush Outside. Stay on the same floor that you are on. Stairways may be broken
and exits jammed with people. Do not use elevators as the power for elevators may go
out and leave you trapped. The greatest danger from falling debris is just outside door-
ways and close to outer walls. If for safety reasons you must leave the building, choose
your exits as carefully as possible.
• If you are outside, stay there. Move away from the building, garage, walls, power poles
and lampposts. Electric power lines are a serious hazard - stay away from fallen lines. If
possible, proceed cautiously to an open area.
• If you are in a moving car, stop. Stop as quickly as safety permits in the best available
space. Stay in your car. Don't stop where buildings can topple down on top of you. A car
is an excellent shock absorber and will shake a lot on its springs during an earthquake,
but it's a fairly safe shelter from which to assess your situation.
• Avoid Fallen Power Lines. The possibility of encountering fallen live wires is great during
and after an earthquake. If you are on foot, ma ke a wide path around the wires. If you
are in the car and live wires have fallen across t he car, remain where you are. Your car
is usually well insulated and will protect you from electric shock. Never assume that
downed power lines are dead.

After An Earthquake

Within the First Several Minutes:

• Remain Calm. Don't Panic. Try to calm and reassure others. Stop and take time to
think. Wait until all motion has stopped. Do not run down stairs or outdoors. Be prepared
for additional shockwaves.

• Do not light matches, cigarettes or turn on electrical switches. Flashlights are one of
the best light sources after a damaging earthquake. Proceed with extreme caution.

• Protect hands and feet from broken glass or debris. Keep hea d and face protected
(hard-hat, blanket, tablecloth, etc.)

• Make a quick check for injuries or trapped p eople. Provide emergency first aid if
needed. Do not try to move seriously injured persons unless they are in immediate danger
from further injury.

Page 322 of 382

• Turn off all appliances and office machines. Extinguish all open flames. Check power
lines and cords. If problems exist in electric al lines or gas lines the mains should be shut off.

• It may be necessary to draw a moderate amount of cold water in bathtubs and sinks
and other containers, in case service should be disrupted.

During the Next Several Hours:

• Do not operate electrical switches, appliances or open-flame equipment if gas leaks

are suspected. Sparks or flames can ignite gas from broken lines causing an explosion.

• Tend further to injured or trapped persons. Try to get help if necessary. If a person is
trapped and you can free him without injury to yourself, remove debris piece-by-piece
starting with the top of the pile.

• Be prepared for aftershocks - they are weak er than the main shock but can cause
additional damage and psychological trauma. Watch out for other possible dangers,
which may follow an earthquake, such as fire, flood, landslide or TSUNAMI (tidal wave).

• Turn on a battery radio to receive disaster instructions. Use telephones only to report
extreme emergency situations.

• Inspect your work area carefully for structural damage. Carefully open exit doors - they
sometimes jam. The initial quake may damage the structure and an aftershock could
knock down weakened walls. Use extreme caution when moving around in damaged
areas - they may collapse without warning. Che ck to see that sewage lines are intact be-
fore flushing toilets.

• You should not try to get home until government authorities say it is safe, which will be
when the worst fires are under control and the streets have been cleared. This may hap-
pen quickly or it may take longer (perhaps 72 hours or more). You should advise your
family that in the event of a major earthquake you may be retained at work. When possible
notify your family about your wellbeing.

• Don't go outside sightseeing. Keep streets clear for passage of emergency vehicles.
Your presence might hamper rescue and other emergency operations.

Page 323 of 382

Chemical Spill Workplace Emergency

A. MSDS Sheet Review: review all MSDS Sheets for hazardous chemicals used or stored in
the department area.

B. PPE Considerations: Analyze the potential need for personal protective equipment
based on the MSDS Sheet analysis, and insure that the equipment is available in the
department area, is in good repair, and an appropriate number of employees are
trained in its use.

C. Availability of Spill Absorption Materials/Dispersal Equipment: Acquire sufficient

quantities and types of spill control materials to contain any spills that might reasonably
anticipated. Also secure the necessary dispersal equipment such as brushes, scoops,
sealable containers, etc.

D. Location of Spill Control Supplies/ Equipment: Find, clearly identify and notify all
employees in the area of the location (s) of spill absorption materials and dispersal
equipment.

E. Develop a Written Plan: A written plan should be created, discussed and distributed to
all employees, and posted in the area where the spill absorption materials and dispersal
equipment is located. Information contained in the written plan.

Weather Workplace Emergency

➢ Monitor the local government weather service for announcements including

warnings and any other information provided by officials, such as the

appropriate actions in the event of an emergency.

➢ Learn the history of flooding in your area. If possible, strive to know the elevation

of your facility in relation to streams, rivers, and dams.

➢ Inspect areas in your facility subject to flooding. Identify records and equipment

that can be moved to higher location. Make plans to move records and

equipment in case of flood

➢ Identify the community's evacuation routes. Know where to find higher ground in

case of a flood. Be prepared to evacuate to designated safe areas.

Page 324 of 382

 ➢ Keep a portable radio, flashlights, whistle, spare batteries and other

emergency supplies ready.

Office Emergency Kit

For search and rescue:

• Leather palmed work gloves

• Safety goggles
• Pry bar

For easier breathing:

• Dust masks

For minor medical situations (for major medical situations, you should have a separate trauma
first aid kit):

• First aid kit

• Emergency blankets

For hydration and nutrition:

• Emergency drinking water

• Food bars with several years of shelf life

For shelter:
• Tarp/ground cover
• Cord

For communication and light:

• Whistle with lanyard
• AM/FM radio with extra batteries
• Flashlight with extra batteries
• Light sticks

Page 325 of 382

For Maintaining Proper Hygiene and Sanitation:
• Portable toilet
• Toilet bags
• Deodorizer packets
• Toilet paper rolls
• Vinyl gloves
• Sanitary towelettes
• Hand sanitizers

FIRE BRIGADE CONCEPT AND ORGANIZATION DIVISION 2.

ORGANIZATION OF FIRE BRIGADES

SECTION 6.0.2.1 REQUIREMENTS (BFP, 2019)

A. All business establishments employing at least fifty (50) persons shall, in

addition to the requirements set forth under Section 7 of RA 9514 for the grant

of Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC), establish an organization of fire

brigade to deal with fire and other related emergencies. The head of the

company, through its duly designated safety officer shall evaluate the

potential magnitude of a fire emergency within the company, and the

availability of firefighting assistance from the BFP to determine the nature of

the organization to be established.

B. For buildings having various occupancies, the Building Administrator and/or

owner shall initiate the organization of a fire brigade in the premises irrespective

of the number of occupants.

C. In cases where a fire brigade is already established for a building, said fire
brigade shall be sufficient to comply with the requirements of para “A” of this

Section.

Page 326 of 382

D. All barangays shall likewise endeavor to organize their own Fire Brigades.

Objectives of the Fire Brigade

➢ To enable the building head to conduct an effective fire safety program;

➢ To provide the organization by how the occupants can combat fires,

evacuate the building and prevent damage to lives and properties;

➢ To provide the building with the means by which a safety consciousness

among the building occupants and the community of certain buildings;

➢ To establish the necessary support and cooperation in the fire

prevention and suppression.

Evacuation Drill

Purpose

•To familiarize, train and rehearse the occupants with evacuation procedures so that order

and control is maintained in actual emergency.

•To determine if emergency escape facilities are sufficient for orderly evacuation of all

occupants.

Page 327 of 382

General Evacuation Procedures

•When you hear an alarm, stop work activities and prepare to evacuate as directed by

your supervisor.

• Proceed promptly to the nearest emergency exit. Walk quickly, but do not run.
• Do not use elevators, instead use stairways to reach ground level.
• Exit the building and proceed directly to the designated safe assembly area. Safe
assembly areas should generally be away from the building, upwind and out of the way

of incoming emergency personnel.

Note: During an earthquake, remain in the building until directed to do otherwise.

•Remain in the safe assembly area location so that the supervisory personnel may

conduct a survey to account for all building personnel. Do not disperse or move to other

assembly locations.

•Do not re-enter the building until the emergency response team leader has deemed it

safe and supervisory personnel have given permission to go back into the facility.

Page 328 of 382

Fire fighting Decision Criteria

MODULE 22: EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION PROGRAM

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. DISCUSS THE EMPLOYEE’S COMPENSATION PROGRAMS, ENTITLEMENT AND BENEFITS

EMPLOYEES COMPENSATION COMMISION (ECC, 1987)

• Government corporation attached to the Department of Labor and Employment

for policy coordination and guidance
• A quasi-judicial corporate entity created to implement the Employees’
Compensation Program

Page 329 of 382

WORK CONTINGENCY PREVENTION is not a 100% guarantee against work-connected sickness,

injury or death.

That’s why there is the EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION PROGRAM. THE

EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Designed to provide employees and their families with income benefits and medical and

other benefits in the event of work-connected sickness, injury or death

Government and Private Employers pay EC contributions of their employees

Private Sector

Range of Contribution Amount of Employer’s Contribution per month

Php 1,000 – Php 14, 749.99 Php 10.00

Php 14,750.00 – above Php 30.00

Public Sector

Php 100.00 per worker per month regardless of monthly salary range

COMPENSABLE DISEASES
• Not any disease is compensable
• Only diseases caused by work or the working environment is compensable List of
32
• Occupational Diseases with specific conditions set
• Conditions or risk factors on the job must be present for the disease to be
Compensable.
• Other diseases not in the list may still be compensable if employee can establish
causal connection with the nature of his work or the working environment

“INCREASED RISK THEORY”

BUT NOT FOR PRE-EXISTING DISEASE THE

COMPENSABILITY OF INJURIES

For the INJURY and the resulting disability or death to be compensable, the injury must

be the result of an accident arising out of or in the course of employment.

Page 330 of 382

WORK-CONNECTED INJURIES

SEVEN INSTANCES WHERE INJURY CAN BE COMPENSABLE:

• Happened at the workplace

• Happened while performing official function

• Outside of workplace but performing an order of his employer

• When going to or coming from work

• While ministering to personal comfort

• While in a company shuttle bus

• During a company sponsored activity

• Death of an employee due to assault

EXCEPTING CIRCUMSTANCES

• Intoxication
• Notorious negligence

• Willful intent to injure oneself or another

ECP BENEFITS

• Loss of Income Benefit

• Medical Benefits

• Carer’s Allowance

• Death Benefits

• Rehabilitation Services

LOSS OF INCOME BENEFIT

Under the ECP, it is not the illness or injury that is compensated

It is the incapacity to work (DISABILITY) as a result of the illness or injury that is being

compensated.

Page 331 of 382

 TYPES OF DISABILITY

• Temporary Total Disability (TTD)

• Permanent Total Disability (PTD)

• Permanent Partial Disability (PPD)

DAILY INCOME BENEFIT FOR TTD

for disability not exceeding 120 days paid from first day of disability

may go beyond 120 days but not to exceed 240 days

• Maximum Daily Income of Php 200 or Php 340 for public sector employees (under
GSIS Law of Republic Act 8291)
• Maximum amount of P480/day for private sector employees (does not require of
leave credits to avail of daily sickness benefits

MONTHLY INCOME BENEFIT FOR PTD

• for disability that is permanent and total

• also paid for

• Complete loss of sight of both eyes

• Loss of two limbs/permanent complete paralysis of two limbs

• Brain injury resulting in imbecility/insanity

• guaranteed for life if disability remains until death of the worker but may be

suspended

• Failure to present for examination

• Failure to submit quarterly medical report

• Complete or full recovery

• Upon being gainfully employed

Page 332 of 382

Permanent Partial Disability

• Loss of the use of a body part including function loss

• Lump sum or monthly pension for PPD per ECC schedule

Monthly Income Benefit for Permanent Loss of the Use of Body Part or Permanent Partial

Disability (PPD)

MEDICAL BENEFITS

• Ward services for hospital confinement

• Medical attendance by an accredited doctor

• Surgical expense benefit

• Reimbursement of cost of medicines

CAREER’S ALLOWANCE

• Granted to employee who gets permanently and totally disabled and has

difficulty taking care of basic personal needs

• P575/month allowance for the private sector employees only

DEATH BENEFITS

• Monthly Income Benefit pension to beneficiary plus 10% for each dependent child

not exceeding five

• Funeral benefit of P30,000 for private sector; P3,000 for public sector

Page 333 of 382

REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR ODWS

• Physical therapy

• Rehabilitation appliances e.g. hearing aid, crutches, wheelchair, etc.

• Kagabay Program of ECC

• Re-skilling for re-employment

• Training for entrepreneurship

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION PROGRAM

IMPLEMENTATION is by three agencies for policy, appealed case disposition and program

coordination for program administration or settlement of claims and management of the

State Insurance Fund

AVAILING OF ECP BENEFITS

Claims for EC Benefits are filed with the Systems

SSS for private sector GSIS for public sector

Fill up prescribed forms and attach support documents such as job description

medical/hospital records

PRESCRIPTIVE PERIOD

No claim for compensation shall be given due course unless said claim is filed with the

Systems within THREE (3) years from the time the cause of action occurred.

EC CONTRIBUTIONS AND PAYMENTS, 1975-2008

(in million pesos)

Page 334 of 382

 SSS Contributions Benefits Payments Difference

Total 13,809.316 17,008.668 (3,199.352)

GSIS Contributions Benefits Payments Difference

Total 16,604.996 11,093.157 5,511.839

WORK CONTINGENCY PREVENTION

To the employer, it will mean less absences from work by workers, high level of
productivity, ability to meet delivery schedules and good company image

To a worker, it will mean not getting sick or injured and be free from its psychological,
emotional and financial costs

THE EMPLOYEES COMPENSATION PROGRAM

is a good programs concretizing the State’s concern for the Filipino working man.

It has benefited more than 3 million workers and their families to the tune of over Php 20
Billion.
EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Enjoyed only by those with Employee - Employer relationship Coverage/entitlement to

benefits begin on first day of employment Benefits are in addition to SSS and PhilHealth
benefits

Page 335 of 382

MODULE 23: OSH LEGISLATION

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. EXPLAIN THE GOVERNMENT OSH REGULATIONS (DO 198 AND DO 13) AND OTHER
RESPONSES TO EXISTING AND POTENTIAL OSH HAZARDS;

2. DISCUSS THE VARIOUS STRATEGIES FOR OSH ADMINISTRATION IN THE PHILIPPINES;

AND

3. IDENTIFY THE DIFFERENT OSH REPORTORIAL REQUIREMENTS AND AREAS FOR

COMPLIANCE TO THE OSH STANDARDS.

LEGAL BASES

• Labor Code of the Philippines (PD 442, 1974)

Consolidation of labor and social laws to afford full protection to labor, promote employment
and human resources development, and ensure industrial peace.
• OSH Standards (1979, amended in 1989)
A set of mandatory rules on OSH which codifies all safety orders issued prior to its
promulgation.
• Department Order 183 s2017
Revised Rules on the Administration and Enforcement of Labor Laws.
• Republic Act No. 11058 (August 2018)
An Act Strengthening Compliance with the OSH Standards and Providing Penalties for
Violations thereof.
• Department Order 198 (December 2018)
Implementing Rules and Regulations of the RA11058 An Act Strengthening Compliance with
the OSH Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations thereof.
• Labor Advisory 04 - 2019
Guide for Compliance of Establishment to DO 198-18
• Department Order 13 - 1998
Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in the Construction Industry Section

Page 336 of 382

DOLE OSH FRAMEWORK (Center, Basic Occupational Safety and Health Training Module,
2020)

Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Standard

1000: General Provisions

1010: Other Safety Rules

1020: Registration

1030: Training and Accreditation of Personnel in OSH

1040: Health & Safety Committee

1050: Notification & Keeping of Records of Accidents and/ or Occupational Illnesses

1060: Premises of Establishments

1070: OH and Environmental Control

1080: Personal Protective Equipment & Devices

1090: Hazardous Materials

1100: Gas and Electric Welding & Cutting Operations

1120: Hazardous Work Processes

1140: Explosives

1150: Materials Handling & Storage

1160: Boiler

1170: Unfired pressure Vessels

Page 337 of 382

1200: Machine Guarding

1210: Electrical Safety

1220: Elevators & Related Equipment

1230: Identification of Piping System

1410: Construction Safety

1420: Logging

1940: Fire Protection & Control

1950: Pesticides & Fertilizers

1960: OH Services

1970: Fees

1980: Authority of Local Government

1990: Final Provision

DOLE Department Order No. 198 - IRR of RA 11058 (Employment, 2018)

▪ The State affirms labor as a primary social and economic force, and that a safe and
Healthy work force is an integral aspect of nation building.

▪ The State shall ensure a safe and healthful workplace for all working people by affording
them full protection against all hazards in their work environment

▪ It shall ensure that the provisions of the Labor Code of the Philippines, all domestic laws,
and internationally-recognized standards on OSH are being fully enforced and complied

with by the employers, and it shall provide penalties for any violations thereof.

▪ The State shall protect every worker against injury, sickness or death through safe and
healthful working conditions.

▪ It shall promote strict but dynamic, inclusive, and gender-sensitive measures in the
formulation and implementation of policies and programs related to OSH.

Page 338 of 382

SECTION 2: COVERAGE (Employment, 2018)

▪ It shall apply to all establishments, projects and sites and all other places where work is
being undertaken in all branches of economic activity,

including:

➢ Establishments located inside special economic zones and other investment

promotion agencies (e.g., Philippine Economic Zone Authority [PEZA], Clark

Development Corporation [CDC]);

➢ Utilities engaged in air, sea, and land transportation;

➢ Industries such as mining, fishing, construction, agriculture, and maritime;

➢ Contractors and subcontractors including those engaged in the projects of the

public sector.

NOTE: The Rules does not apply to the public sector

SECTION 3: DEFINITION OF TERMS (Employment, 2018)

High risk establishment–refers to a workplace where in the presence of hazard or

potential hazard within the company may affect the safety and/or health of

workers The following are workplaces commonly associated with potentially high

risk activities: connection with the nature of his work or the working environment:

1. Chemical works and chemical production plants.

2. Construction;
3. Deep sea fishing;
4. Explosives and pyrotechnics factories;
5. FireFighting;
6. Healthcare Facilities;
7. Installation of communication accessories, towers and cables;
8. LPG filling, refilling, storage and distributions;
9. Mining;
10. Petrochemical and biofuel work and refineries;
11. Power Generation, Transmission and distribution;

Page 339 of 382

 12. Storage, Handling and distribution center of toxic or hazardous chemicals;
13. Storage and Handling of Fertilizers in high volume.
14. Transportation;
15. Water supply, sewerage, waste management, remediation activities;
16. Works in which chlorine is used in bulk; and
17. Activities closely similar to those enumerated above and other activities as
determined by DOLE accordance with existing issuances on the classification of
establishment.

Medium Risk Establishment - refers to a workplace where there is moderate exposure to

safety and health hazards and with probability of an accident, injury or illness, if no preventive

or control measures are in place.

Low Risk Establishment - refers to the workplace where is low level of danger or exposure to

safety and health hazards and not likely or with low probability to result in accident, harm

or injury, or illness

Imminent danger – a situation caused by a condition or practice in any place of

employment that could reasonably be expected to lead to death or serious physical harm.

Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) – establishments employing less than 10 employees and

the establishments employing less than 100 employees, respectively, regardless of

capitalization.

Safety Officer 1 (SO1) – an employee who has completed the mandatory 8-hour OSH

orientation course as prescribed in the OSH standards and 2-hour trainer’s training.

Safety Officer 2 (SO2) – an employee who has completed the mandatory forty 40-hour

OSH training course applicable to the industry as prescribed in the OSH standards.

Safety Officer 3 (SO3) - 40-hour OSH training course applicable to the industry

- additional 48 hours of advanced/ specialized OSH training

course at least 2 years’ experience in OSH

Page 340 of 382

Safety Officer 4 (SO4) - 40-hour OSH training course

- 80 hours of advanced/ specialized Occupational Safety

training course

- aggregate of 320 hours of OSH related training or experience

SECTION 4: DUTIES … OF (A) EMPLOYERS (Employment, 2018)

▪ Equip a place of employment for workers free from hazardous conditions that are
causing or are likely to cause death, illness, or physical harm

▪ Provide complete job safety instructions to all the workers, including, but not limited to,
those relating to familiarization with their work environment.

▪ Ensure that the chemical, physical and biological substances and agents, and
ergonomic and psychosocial stresses under control are without risk to health.

▪ Use only approved specific industry set of standards of devices and equipment for the
workplace

▪ Comply with OSHS including training, medical examination, and where necessary,
provisions on protective and safety devices such as PPE and machine guards

▪ Make arrangement for workers and their representatives to have the time and resource
to participate in the processes of organizing, planning and implementation,monitoring,

evaluation and action for improvement of the OSH management system.

▪ Provide, where necessary, for measures identifying trainings and drills, evacuation plans,
etc. to deal with emergencies, fires and accidents including first-aid arrangements

▪ Comply with all reportorial requirements of the OSH standards

▪ Register establishment to DOLE as provided under the OSH standards

Page 341 of 382

 SECTION 4: DUTIES … OF (B) WORKERS (Employment, 2018)

▪ Participate in capacity building activities on safety and health and other OSH related
topics and programs;

▪ Proper use of all safeguards and safety devices furnished for workers’ protection and
that of others

▪ Comply with instructions to prevent accidents or imminent danger situations in the

workplace

▪ Observe prescribed steps to be taken in cases of emergency

▪ Report to their immediate supervisor any work hazard that may be discovered in the
workplace.

SECTION 4: DUTIES… OF (C) OTHER PERSONS (Employment, 2018)

▪ Any other person, including the builder or contactor who visits, builds, renovates or
installs devices or conducts business in any establishments or workplace, shall comply

with the provisions of this Rules and all other regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor

and Employment.

▪ Whenever 2 or more undertakings are engaged in activities simultaneously in one 1

workplace, it shall be the duty of all concerned to collaborate and cooperate to

ensure compliance with OSH standards and regulations.

SECTION 5: WORKERS’ RIGHT TO KNOW (Employment, 2018)

▪ All workers, including new hires, shall be provided training and information for all types
of hazards in the workplace in a language and dialect that workers can understand.

▪ A re-orientation on safety and health for workers in high risk establishments must be
conducted regularly, not less than once a quarter, and to be conducted immediately

following any changes in the operations and production process.

SECTION 6: WORKERS’ RIGHT TO REFUSE UNSAFE WORK (Employment, 2018)

▪ The worker has the right of refusal to work without threat or reprisal from the employer
if, as determined by DOLE, an imminent danger situation exists.

Page 342 of 382

 ▪ As a preventive measure, the safety officer may, following his/her own determination
and without fear of reprisal, implement a work stoppage or suspend operations in cases

of imminent danger.

▪ The employer or safety officer cannot require the workers to return to work
where there is a continuing imminent danger.

▪ Workers affected by the existence of an imminent danger situation maybe temporarily

assigned to other areas within the workplace provided there is no impending issue with
safety and health
SECTION 7: WORKERS’ RIGHT TO REPORT ACCIDENTS (Employment, 2018)

▪ Workers and their representatives shall have the right to report accidents, dangerous
occurrences, and hazards to the employer, to DOLE and to other concerned

competent government agencies.

▪ Reporting of accidents to DOLE may be made through any means of communication,

including the DOLE hotline, whichever is most convenient to the worker. The same may be
reported to the nearest DOLE Regional, Field, Provincial or Satellite Office having jurisdiction
over the place of the incident.

SECTION 8: WORKERS’ RIGHT TO PPE (Employment, 2018)

▪ Every employer, contractor or subcontractor, if any, shall provide his/her workers, free
of charge, PPE for any part of the body that may be exposed to hazards

▪ All PPE shall be of the appropriate type as tested and approved by the DOLE based on
its standards and/or other means of verification.

▪ The usage of PPE in all establishments, projects, sites and all other places where work is
being undertaken shall be based on the evaluation and recommendation of the safety

officer.

▪ All PPE must be of appropriate size, weight, and type to specific workers exposed to
hazards from which PPE are meant to ensure effective protection.

▪ Failure to provide appropriate PPE in high risk activities shall give rise to the right of the
worker to refuse unsafe work

Page 343 of 382

SECTION 9: SAFETY SIGNAGE AND DEVICES (Employment, 2018)

All establishments, projects, sites and all other places where work is being undertaken

shall have safety signage and devices to warn the workers and the public of the hazards

in the workplace.

Safety signage and devices shall be posted in prominent positions at strategic locations

in a language understandable to all, and in accordance with the OSH standards on color

of signs for safety instructions and warnings, Globally Harmonized System (GHS)

pictograms, construction safety, classification and labelling of chemicals, radiation, safety

instructions and warning signs, set by DOLE

SECTION 10: SAFETY IN THE USE OF EQUIPMENT (Employment, 2018)

Contractor or subcontractor, if any, must comply with the OSH standards set by DOLE on

safety and use of such equipment in the different phases of the company or project

operation including the transport to and from the establishment, project, site or place

where work is being undertake

Appropriate training and certification by the Technical Education and Skills Development

Authority (TESDA), Professional Regulation Commission (PRC) or other concerned

government agency shall be a requirement for operators before use of equipment, if

applicable.

SECTION 11: OSH INFORMATION (Employment, 2018)

The employer, contractor or subcontractor, if any, shall provide the workers in all

establishments, projects and all other places where work is being undertaken adequate

and suitable information on the following:

▪ Workplace hazards and the risk posed on the safety and health of the workers such as
chemical safety data sheets;

▪ Control mechanisms in place that reduces or minimizes the risk of exposure to hazards
and other preventive strategies

▪ Appropriate measures, including the probable location of workers, for the prevention,
control and protection against those hazards; and

Page 344 of 382

▪ Emergency and disaster management protocols including proper evacuation and shut-
down procedures.

Information materials shall be revised regularly by the OSH committee.

SECTION 12: OSH PROGRAM (Employment, 2018)

▪ The OSH program shall be communicated and be made readily available to all persons
in the workplace. It shall be updated periodically whenever the DOLE, other regulatory

or government agencies and institutions promulgate new rules, guidelines and other

issuances related to workers’ safety and health.

▪ A duly signed company commitment to comply OSH requirements together with the
company OSH program using the prescribed template shall be considered approved

upon submission EXCEPT for Construction Safety and Health Program which shall need

approval by DOLE prior to construction.

▪ OSH programs in the pre-approved template may be modified by DOLE as necessary

based on existing laws, rules and regulations, and other issuances or upon validation of

the program during inspection.

▪ The company shall review and evaluate the OSH program at least once a year or as
necessary, to ensure that its objectives are met towards an improved safety and health

performance.

Covered workplaces shall develop and implement a suitable OSH program in a format

prescribed by DOLE which shall be posted in prominent places.

a) For establishments with less than 10 workers and low risk establishments with 10-50
workers. –The OSH program, which shall be duly signed by the employer, must include

at least the following:

1. Company commitment to comply with OSH requirements;

2. General safety and health programs, including:
▪ Safety and health hazard identification, risk assessment and control (HIRAC),
▪ Medical surveillance for early detection and management of occupational and
work- related diseases, and

▪ First aid and emergency medical services;

Page 345 of 382

3. Promotion of the following health domains:
▪ Drug-free workplace (RA 9165),
▪ Mental health services in the workplace (RA 11036), and
▪ Healthy lifestyle;
4. Prevention and control of the following health domains:
▪ Human Immunodeficiency Virus and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (RA
8504),

▪ Tuberculosis (EO 187-03), and

▪ Hepatitis B (DOLE DA 05-2010);
5. Complete company or project details;
6. Composition and duties of the OSH committee;
7. OSH personnel and facilities
8. Safety and health promotion, training and education, including:
▪ Orientation of all workers on OSH, and
▪ Conduct of risk assessment, evaluation and control;
9. Conduct of toolbox or safety meetings and job safety analysis, if applicable;
10. Accident/incident/illness investigation, recording and reporting;
11. Provision and use of PPE;
12. Provision of safety signage;
13. Provision of workers’ welfare facilities;
14. Emergency and disaster preparedness and mandated drills;
15. Solid waste management system; and
16. Control and management of hazards.
b) For medium to high risk establishments with 10–50 workers and low to high risk
establishments with 51 workers and above. –The OSH program, which shall be duly

signed by the employer, must include at least the following:

13. Dust control and management, and regulations on activities such as building of
temporary structures, and lifting and operation of electrical, mechanical, communications
system, and other equipment;

Page 346 of 382

15.Prohibited acts and penalties for violations; and

16.Cost of implementing company OSH program.

SECTION 13: OSH COMMITTEE (Employment, 2018)

The establishment shall ensure that the core elements of OSH program are integrated in

the company OSH program such as management commitment and employee

involvement, workplace risk assessment, hazard prevention and control, safety and health

training and education, and OSH program evaluation.

a) For establishments with less than 10workersandlow risk establishments with

10- 50workers. – A SO1 shall establish an OSH committee composed of the following:

Chairperson: Company owner or manager

Secretary: Safety officer of the workplace

Member: At least one (1) worker, preferably a union member if organized

The safety officer of the workplace may also be the owner, manager or his/her

designated representative.

The company owner, manager or one of the workers of the company shall undertake first

aid training from the Philippine Red Cross or any DOLE recognized organization.

b) For medium to high risk establishments with 10-50 workers and low to high risk
establishments with 51 workers and above. – The OSH committee of the covered

workplace shall be composed of the following:

Ex-officio chairperson: Employer or his/her representative

Secretary: Safety officer of the workplace

Ex-officio members: Certified first-aider, OHnurse, OHdentist, and OHphysician, as applicable

Members: Safety officers representing the contractor or subcontractor, as the case may

be, and representative/s of workers who shall come fromthe union, if the workers are

organized, or elected workers through a simple vote of majority, if they are unorganized

The OSH committee shall effectively plan, develop, oversee and monitor the

implementation of the OSH program.

Page 347 of 382

c) For 2 or more establishments housed under one building or complex including malls.
– When two or more establishments are housed under one building or complex, the
health and safety committee organized in each workplace shall form themselves into a

Joint Coordinating Committee to plan and implement programs and activities

concerning all the establishments.

Chairperson: Building owner or his/her representative such as the building administrator

Secretary: Safety officer of the building or complex appointed by the Chairperson

Members: At least two safety officers from any of the establishment housed under one

building or complex; At least two workers’ representatives, one of which must be from a

union if organized, from any of the establishment housed under one building or complex.

The building administrator shall ensure that the Joint OSH committee shall submit its

organizational plans and minutes to the DOLE Regional office, copy furnished the

Bureau of Working Conditions.

SECTION 14: SAFETY OFFICER (Employment, 2018)

In the implementation of OSH program, safety officers shall be employed or designated

with the following duties and responsibilities:

▪ Oversee the overall management of the OSH program in coordination with the OSH
committee;

▪ Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation
▪ Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at any time
whenever work is being performed

▪ Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) when necessary based on the requirements and
procedures provided by the OSH standards

Page 348 of 382

▪ The number and qualification of safety officers shall be proportionate to the total number
of workers and equipment, size of work area, classification of the workplace and such

other criteria as required by the OSH standards.

▪ In the case of a contractor or subcontractor, at least 1 safety officer must be deployed

at each specific area of operations to oversee the management of the OSH program of

its own workforce.

Page 349 of 382

SECTION 15: OH PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES

Page 350 of 382

Every employer covered by this Rules shall provide his/her workers medical services and

facilities and shall not be an excuse by employer from maintaining in his/her workplace a

first aid treatment room or clinic for workers which shall be as follows:

The employer may not establish a hospital or dental clinic in the workplace where there Is a
hospital or dental clinic is located not more than five (5) kilometers away from the workplace,
accessible in not more than twenty-five (25) minutes travel time, and the employer has
facilities readily available for transporting workers to the hospital or dental clinic in cases of
emergency.

For this purpose, the employer shall enter into a written contract with the hospital for the

use of such hospital for the treatment of workers in cases of emergency.

Page 351 of 382

SECTION 16: SAFETY AND HEALTH TRAINING (Employment, 2018)

a) All safety and health personnel shall undergo the mandatory orientation or training on
OSH as prescribed by DOLE.

b) All workers shall undergo the mandatory workers’ OSH seminar as prescribed by DOLE
which shall be jointly participated by workers and employers. Standardized training

module for safety and health personnel shall be implemented and updated regularly as

necessary. The mandatory workers’ OSH seminar may be conducted by the safety officer

of the establishment or any certified OSH practitioner or consultant.

The workers’ OSH seminar and other trainings/orientations as required by the employer

and by any law shall be at no cost on the worker and considered as compensable working

time.

c) All personnel engaged in the operation, erection and dismantling of equipment and

scaffolds, structural erections, excavations, blasting operations, demolition, confined

spaces, hazardous chemicals, welding, and flame cutting shall undergo specialized

instruction and training on said activities. Such training shall include, among others, topics

on safety and specialized PPE requirements for said high-risk work activities, including the

use, application and handling of the same, which can be provided by DOLE, DOLE-

Accredited Training Organizations or the PPE manufacturers.

Page 352 of 382

SECTION 17: OSH REPORTS (Employment, 2018)

All employers, contractors or subcontractors, if any, shall submit to DOLE all safety and

health reports, and notifications such as but not limited to annual medical report (AMR),

OSH committee report, employer’s work accident/injury report (WAIR), and annual work

accident/injury exposure data report (AEDR).

SECTION 18: WORKERS’ COMPETENCY CERTIFICATION (Employment, 2018)

The PRC shall determine the minimum and necessary competency on safety and health

for OSH personnel and use the same as equivalency in their application for Continuing

Professional Development (CPD) units.

In order to professionalize, upgrade and update the level of competence of workers,

TESDA or PRC, shall establish national competency standards and prepare guidelines on

competency assessment and certification for critical occupations to include

requirements on safety and health.

An occupation shall be considered critical when

a) The performance of a job affects people’s lives and safety;

b) The job involves the handling of complex tools, equipment and supplies;
c) The job requires a relatively long period of education and training; and
d) The performance of the job may compromise the safety, health and environmental
concerns within the immediate vicinity of the establishments
Page 353 of 382
SECTION 19: WORKERS’ WELFARE FACILITIES (Employment, 2018)

All establishments, projects, sites and all other places where work is being undertaken

shall have the following free welfare facilities in order to ensure humane working

conditions:

a) Adequate supply of safe drinking water;

b) Adequate sanitary and washing facilities;
c) Suitable living accommodation for workers, as maybe applicable such as in
construction, shipping, fishing and night workers;

d) Separate sanitary, washing and sleeping facilities for all gender, as maybe
applicable;

e) Lactation station except those establishments as provided for under DOLE

Department Order No. 143-15;

f) Ramps, railings and the like; and

g) Other workers’ welfare facilities as maybe prescribed by the OSH standards and
other issuances.

SECTION 20: ALL OTHER OSH STANDARDS (Employment, 2018)

All employers, contractors or subcontractors, if any, shall comply with other

occupational safety and health standards as provided for in the 1978 DOLE

Occupational Safety and Health Standards, as amended

SECTION 21: COST OF SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM (Employment, 2018)

The total cost of implementing a duly approved OSH program shall be an integral part of

the operations cost.

It shall be separate pay item in construction and in all contracting or subcontracting

arrangements.

Page 354 of 382

SECTION 22: JOINT AND SOLIDARY LIABILITY (Employment, 2018)

The employer, project owner, contractor, or subcontractor, if any, and any person

who manages, controls or supervises the work being undertaken shall be jointly

and solidarity liable for compliance with occupational safety and health

standards including the penalties imposed for violation thereof as provided for in

this Rules.

SECTION 23: VISITORIAL POWERS OF THE SECRETARY OF LABOR (Employment, 2018)

➢ Department Order No. 183, Series of 2017and the manual on execution of

judgments shall govern the procedures in the conduct of inspection, mandatory

conference, issuance of order and execution thereof.

➢ The Labor Secretary or his/her duly authorized representatives may order

stoppage of work or suspension of operations of any unit or department of an

establishment when non-compliance to this Rules, OSH standards and other

applicable laws poses grave and imminent danger to the safety and health of

workers in the workplace.

➢ No person or entity shall obstruct, impede, delay or otherwise render

ineffective the orders of the Secretary of Labor and Employment or the

Secretary’s duly authorized representatives issued pursuant to the authority

granted under Article 128 of the Labor Code of the Philippines, and no lower

court or entity shall issue temporary or permanent injunction or restraining

order or otherwise assume jurisdiction over any case involving the

enforcement orders.

➢ Any kind of self-assessment shall not take the place of labor inspection

conducted by DOLE. However, chartered cities may be allowed to conduct

industrial safety inspection of establishments within their jurisdiction in

coordination with DOLE, provided that, they have adequate facilities and

competent personnel for the purpose as determined by DOLE.

Page 355 of 382

SECTION 24: PAYMENT OF WORKERS DURING WORK STOPPAGE DUE TO IMMINENT

DANGER (Employment, 2018)

If stoppage of work due to imminent danger occurs as a result of the employer’s violation

or fault, the employer shall pay the affected workers their corresponding wages during

the period of such stoppage of work or suspension of operations.

For purposes of payment of wages and any other liabilities arising from the WSO, the

employer is presumed a party at fault if the WSO was issued secondary to an imminent

danger situation which would imperil the lives of the workers. A mandatory conference

not later than 72 hours shall be held to determine whether the WSO will be lifted or not.

SECTION 25: DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY (Employment, 2018)

The authority to enforce mandatory OSH standards may be delegated by the Secretary

of Labor to a competent government authority. The said delegation of authority shall

only cover the conduct of industrial safety inspection.

In pursuance of the delegation of authority, the competent government authority shall

submit a monthly report to the DOLE-Regional Office having jurisdiction over its location,

in accordance with the provisions of the Revised Technical Safety Inspection Manual.

The delegation of authority upon may be revoked any time as may be warranted by

the circumstances.

SECTION 26: STANDARDS SETTING POWER OF THE SECRETARY OF LABOR

(Employment, 2018)

The Secretary of Labor shall, in consultation with all concerned government agencies

and instrumentalities, and relevant stakeholders, set and enforce mandatory OSH

standards to eliminate or reduce OSH hazards depending on the number of

employees of the establishment, the nature of its business operations, and the risk or

hazard involved

Page 356 of 382

 The Secretary of Labor shall institute new and updated programs to ensure safe and

healthy working conditions in all workplaces especially in hazardous industries such as,

but not limited to, mining, fishing, construction, and maritime.

SECTION 27: EMPLOYEE’S COMPENSATION CLAIM (Employment, 2018)

A worker may file claims for compensation benefit arising out of work-related disability or

death. Such claims shall be processed independently of the finding of fault, gross

negligence or bad faith of the employer in a proceeding instituted for the purpose. The

employer shall provide the necessary assistance to employees applying for claims.

SECTION 28: INCENTIVES TO EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS (Employment, 2018)

There shall be established package of incentives under such rules and regulations as may

be promulgated by the DOLE to qualified employers and workers to recognize their

efforts towards ensuring compliance with OSH and general labor standards such as OSH

training packages, additional protective equipment, technical guidance, recognition

awards and other similar incentives.

SECTION 29: PROHIBITED ACTS AND ITS CORRESPONDING PENALTIES

Page 357 of 382

Failure or refusal to comply with OSH standards or compliance order shall be deemed

willful when done voluntarily, deliberately and intentionally.

An employer, contractor or subcontractor who is found to have repeatedly violated the

same prohibited act shall be penalized of the corresponding fine plus an additional fine

equivalent to fifty percent (50%) thereof for every instance of repeat violation.

If any of the following acts is present and there is non-compliance, the penalty of one

hundred thousand pesos (₱100,000.00) administrative fine shall be imposed separate and

in addition to the daily administrative fine imposed above:

1. Repeated obstruction, delay or refusal to provide the Sec Labor any of its authorized
representatives’ access to the covered workplace or refusal to allow access to relevant

records and documents necessary in determining compliance with OSH standards;

2. Misrepresentation in relation to adherence to OSH; or

3. Making retaliatory measures such as termination of employment, refusal to pay,
reducing wages and benefits or in any manner discriminates against any worker who has

given information relative to the inspection being conducted.

➢ When the violation exposes the worker to death, serious injury or serious illness, the

imposable penalty shall be one hundred thousand pesos (₱100,000.00)

➢ Should there be 2 or more be non-compliances, all penalties shall be imposed;

provided that the total daily penalty shall not exceed one hundred thousand

pesos (₱ 100,000.00)

➢ The penalties shall be computed on a per day basis until full compliance reckoned

from the date of the notice of violation or service of the compliance order to the

employer without prejudice to the filing of a criminal or civil case in the regular

courts, as the case may be.

Page 358 of 382

➢ The RD shall, after due notice and hearing, impose the appropriate administrative

fines taking into consideration the damage or injury caused and risk involved

including the severity and frequency of the OSH violations and size of the

establishment.

➢ Fines collected pursuant to this Rules shall be utilized for the operation of OSH

initiatives incentivizing qualified employers and workers in recognition of their

efforts towards ensuring compliance with OSH.

SECTION 30: UPDATED DOLE COMPUTERIZED INSPECTION SYSTEM

(Employment, 2018)

The Secretary of Labor shall maintain an updated labor inspection system of

computerized gathering and generation of real time data on compliances, monitoring

of enforcement, and a system of notification on workplace accidents and injuries.

SECTION 31: INTER-GOVERNMENT COORDINATION AND COOPERATION

(Employment, 2018)

The DOLE shall be primarily responsible for the administration and enforcement of OSH

laws, regulations and standards in all establishments and workplaces to effectively

implement the provisions of RA 11058.

There shall be established an Inter-government Coordination and Cooperation

Committee composed of the DENR, DOE, DOT, DA, DPWH, DTI, DILG, DOH, DICT, PEZA

and all other government agencies, including local government units, within sixty (60)

days from the issuance of this Rules.

It shall regularly convene at least once per quarter.

There shall be developed an annual work plan and accomplishments to be submitted to

SecLab. The funds for the operation of the Inter-government Coordination and

Cooperation Committee shall be sourced from the fines collected under this Rules.

Page 359 of 382

SECTION 32: SEPARABILITY CLAUSE (Employment, 2018)

If any part, section or provision of this Rules shall be held invalid or unconstitutional, the other

provisions not affected by such declaration shall remain in full force and effect.

Nothing in this Rules shall repeal any issuances which have more stringent measures

issued by other regulatory agencies for the achievement of safe and health working

conditions for workers.

LABOR ADVISORY 04-2019

GUIDELINES for COMPLIANCE of ESTABLISHMENT to DO 198

1. Classification of Establishment.

Key Element – Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Control (to identify your risk

classification of establishment that include the number of Safety Officer, OH Personnel,

Medical services and facilities pursuant to Sec.14 and Sec. 15 of DO 198.

2. Appointment of Safety Officer

Company Human Resource (HR) unit / section shall certify the Safety Officer based on

his qualification requirements and its category level.

3. Mandatory Workers OSH Seminar.

Establishment shall conduct mandatory workers OSH Seminar to all employees at no cost.

4. OSH program.

Minimum requirements of OSH Program can be use the OSH Program Template by the

DOLE for the compliance with Section 12.

5. OSH Report.

Must submit the mandatory DOLE Reports with a given time of the establishment.

Page 360 of 382

Department Order No. 183 - 2017

REVISED RULES ON THE ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF LABOR LAW PURSUANT

TO ARTICLE 128 OF THE LABOR CODE, AS RENUMBERED

RULE I Objective and Applicability

RULE II Definition of Terms

RULE III General Provision

Section 1: Modes of Implementation

a) Routine Inspection

b) Complaint Inspection

c) Occupational Safety and Health Standard Investigation

Section 2. Designation and Assignment

Section 3: Employer and Employees Representative

Section 4: Participation of Labor, Employer and Other Organizations

Section 5: Conduct of Technical Safety Inspection

The conduct of technical safety inspection by Labor Inspectors who are mechanical or

electrical engineers shall be governed by the Revised Technical Safety Inspection

Manual.

Section 6: Voluntary Regularization of Employees

Section 7: Inspection Audit Team

RULE IV Establishment’s Labor Standard Requirements

Section 1: Required Compliance with Laws

Section 2: Employment Records

Section 3: Principal and Contractor or Subcontractor Labor Standard Requirement

RULE V Route Inspection

Section 1. Coverage 9All private establishments)

Section 2. Priority Establishment and Workplaces

a) Those engaged in hazardous work

b) Those employing children

c) Those engaged in contracting or subcontracting arrangements

Page 361 of 382

d) Those employing ten (10) or more employees; and

e) Such other establishments or industries.

Section 3. Routine Inspection Procedure

a) Assignment of Establishment

b) Presentation of Authority to Inspect

c) Verification of Compliance

d) Issuance of Notice of Results

e) Period to Correct Violations (Imminent Danger – 24 hrs, PPE – 3 days, Others – 90 days)

f) Formulation and Submission of Action Plan

g) Submission of Status Report

h) Verification or Validation of Compliance and Follow up Inspection

i) Procedure after Failure to Correct Violations

RULE VI Complaint Inspection

RULE VII Occupational Safety and Health Standards Investigations

Section 1. Coverage

Section 2. Procedure in Imminent Danger Situations or Dangerous Occurrences

Section 3. Procedure for Investigating Disability Injury

Section 4. Procedures for Occupational Safety and Health Standards violations

committed in the Plain View or in the Presence of Labor Inspector.

Section 5. Discovered Imminent Danger

Section 6. Reporting of Accident.

RULE VIII Work Stoppage Order

Section 1. Work Stoppage Order (WSO)

Section 2. Form and Effect of Work Stoppage Order

Section 3. Order Lifting the Work Stoppage Order

RULE IX Refusal of Access to Records and/or Premises

Section1. Coverage

Section 2. Action to be taken on Refusal of Access

Page 362 of 382

Section 3. Execution of Affidavit of Refusal of Access.

Section 4. Indorsement of Records to Legal Services.

Section 5. Initiation of Filing of Criminal Case

RULE X

Section 1. Conduct of Mandatory Conference

Section 2. Nature of Proceedings

Section 3. Records of Proceedings

RULE XI Compliance Order

Section 1. Compliance Order

Section 2. Effect of Compliance Order to Regularize Workers

Section 3. Dismissal of the Case.

Section 4. Modes of Services

Section 5. Proof and Completeness of Services

Section 6. Notice of Finality

RULE XII Compromise Agreement

Section 1. Compromise Agreement

RULE XIII Appeal

Section 1. Appeal

Section 2. Grounds of Appeal

Section 3. Where to File the Appeal

Section 4. Form and Contents

Section 5. Perfection of Appeal

Section 6. Appeal Bond

Section 7. Motion to Reduce Bond

Section 8. Filing of Reply or Opposition

Section 9. Withdrawal of Appeal

Section 10. Transmittal of Records

Section 11. Clarification Conference

Page 363 of 382

Section 12. Finality of Resolution or Decision of the Secretary of Labor and Employment

Section 13. Entry of Judgment and Transmittal of Records to the Regional Office to Origin

Section 14. Effect of Filling of Petition for Certiorari

RULE XIV Execution

Section1. Issuance of WRIT OF Execution

Section 2. Pre-execution conference

Section 3. Form and Contents of a Writ of Execution

Section 4. Enforcement of Writ of Execution

Section 5. Motion to Quash writ of Execution

Section 6. Unclaimed Amount

Section 7. Effect of Third-party claim

RULE XV Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1. Prohibited Motions

Section 2. Assistance to Workers

Section 3. Coordination with Relevant Government Agencies

Section 4. Revised Manual for Implementation

RULE XVI Transitory and Final Provisions

Section 1. Penalty Clause

Section 2. Oversight Function of the National Tripartite Industrial Peace Council (NTIPC)

Section 3. Separability Clause

Section 4. Repealing Clause

Section 5. Effectivity

SALIENT FEATURES OF DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 13, series of 1998

Page 364 of 382

Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in the Construction Industry

Section 4: Coverage

The guidelines shall apply to all construction activities, including demolition, whether
owned by the private or the government sector

Section 5: Construction Safety and Health Program

Before the start of the actual construction, the construction project manager shall prepare
and submit to DOLE Regional Office a comprehensive construction safety and health
program.

Section 6: Personal Protective Equipment

All employers must provide personal protective equipment for all employees needing such
equipment. All other persons entering the construction site must wear the necessary
protective equipment. The equivalent cost for the provision of PPE shall be an integral
part of the project cost.

Section 7: Safety Personnel

A means of coordination was established wherein the main or general contractor shall
have over- all management and coordination of all safety and health officers/personnel
working within the construction site. All full-time safety and health personnel must be
accredited by DOLE.

Section 9: Construction Safety Signages

Mandatory provision of safety and warning signs are reiterated not only for the protection
of workers, but also the public in general. Signs should conform with the standard
requirements of the OSHS.

Section 10: Safety on Construction Heavy Equipment

Pre-Construction

– Operators tested and certified by TESDA

– Heavy equipment tested and certified by DOLE or its recognized organizations

During Construction

Page 365 of 382

- Mobilization or transport of heavy equipment
- Standard procedure in erection and dismantling
- Routine inspection

Section 12: Safety and Health Information

A detailed safety and health information system is included in the guidelines. These
include orientation, instructions, and training for workers; means of conveying safety
related information to all workers and specialized instructions and trainings for specialty
workers and operators

Section 13: Construction Safety and Health Training

All safety personnel assigned within the construction site are required to undergo the basic
construction safety training course prescribed by the Bureau of Working Conditions.

Continuing training (minimum of 16 hours per year) for all full-time safety personnel shall also
be a responsibility of each constructor.

Section 14: Construction Safety and Health Reports

The monthly submission of summary reports to DOLE is required. The summary reports shall
include safety committee meeting agreements, accident investigation reports, and
hazard assessments with corresponding remedial action/measures required.

Notification of major accidents to DOLE within 24 hours

Section 15: Construction Worker’s Skills

A Skills certificate shall be required for construction related occupations which have been
classified as “Critical Occupations” by TESDA.

An occupational shall be considered as critical –

When it may affect and endanger people’s lives and limbs

When it involves the handling of hazardous tools, equipment, supplies When

it requires a relatively long period of education and training

Page 366 of 382

When the performance of the job may compromise the safety, health and environment
concerns within the immediate vicinity of the construction site.

Section 16: Worker’s Welfare Facilities

The employer shall provide for adequate supply of safe drinking water, adequate sanitary
and washing facilities in order to ensure humane conditions of work.

Section 17: Cost of Construction Safety and Health Program

The total cost of the Construction Safety and Health Program Shall be a mandatory
integral part of the construction project. It shall be treated as a separate pay item and
reflected in the project’s bid tender documents.

Section 19: Violations and Penalties

Violations committed by constructors as determined by DOLE after due process shall be

considered as prima facie case of a construction mal-performance of grave
consequence under RA 4566 (Constructors’ Licensing Law) as amended and pertinent
IRR.

In cases of imminent danger situations, the procedures/requirements of the OSHS and

DOLE regulations shall be applied.

Section 20: Effectivity

The Guidelines shall be immediately effective, that is, 15 days after publication in
newspapers of general circulation, as provided in Article 5 of the Labor Code.

D.O. No. 13, s.1998 was signed on July 23, 1998 and published on August 1, 1998 in the
Philippine Daily Inquirer and on August 3, 1998 in People’s Tonight

Page 367 of 382

MODULE 24: OSH PRGRAMMING

UPON COMPLETION OF THE MODULE, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO:

1. IDENTIFY THE ELEMENTS OF THE DOLE PRESCRIBED OSH PROGRAM;

2. EXPLAIN THE ROLES, COMMITMENT AND PARTICIPATION OF VARIOUS LEVELS OF THE
ORGANIZATION IN IMPLEMENTING THE OSH PROGRAM; AND

3. REVIEW HOW TO FILL OUT THE DOLE REPORTORIAL REQUIREMENTS CORRECTLY.

SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM DEFINED (2327-3658, 2016)

Safety and Health Program is a systematic plan to IDENTIFY and CONTROL hazards and

respond to EMERGENCIES.

It lays out RESPONSIBILITIES, RESOURCES, and PROCEDURES for keeping the workplace safety

and healthy.

It has been found out that effective management of worker safety and health programs:

• Reduces the extent and severity of work-related injuries and illnesses

• Improves employee morale and productivity

• Reduces workers’ compensation costs

Page 368 of 382

Basic Components of Company OSH Program and Policy (Employment, 2018)
1. Company Commitment to Comply with OSH Requirements

OSH POLICY (Employment, 2018)

Before you can design your company’s safety and health program, foremost is the
necessity to ascertain your company’s S and H policy. What is your company’s
commitment on safety and health?
CHARACTERISTICS OF AN OSH POLICY (Employment, 2018)
An OSH policy is characterized by the following:
1. Specific to the organization, concise, clearly written, dated, and signed.
2. Indicates management commitment, support and accountability.
3. Includes principle and objectives of protecting SH of all members of the
organization.
4. States compliance with OSHS and related laws.
5. States objectives to continually improve the OSH MS
6. Employees are aware of the Policy (communicated/posted)
7. Covers all workers and community

Page 369 of 382

COMPONENTS OF AN OSH POLICY (Employment, 2018)
The OSH policy can now be translated into various program interventions. It should cover
a holistic approach and package of programs and activities. The OSHC adopts a
framework in defining the components of an OSH policy.
The importance of an effective workplace safety and health program cannot be
overemphasized. There are many benefits from such a program including increased
productivity, improved employee morale, reduced absenteeism and illness. However,
incidents still may occur in spite of efforts to prevent them. Therefore, proper planning for
emergencies is necessary to minimize employee injury and property damage.
2. General Safety and Health Programs (Employment, 2018)

A. Safety and health Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Control (HIRAC)
The Organization must identify the Hazard, assess its risk by checking the probability and
severity and apply its hierarchy of controls.

If you don’t have a format, you can use DOLE Risk Assessment Format.

Page 370 of 382

B. Medical Surveillance for early detection and management of occupational and work
related diseases (Employment, 2018)
The Organization must have a baseline or initial medical health examination based on their
workplace whether it is low risk, medium risk and high risk. The Medical Examination must include
the routine examination which includes CBC, Urinalysis, Chest Xray and Stool Exam. If the
company have a special process or employee above 35 years old, it must have special
examination that fit on the employee’s requirements.
The Organization must classify the schedule of medical examination and when the company
conduct random drug testing.
C. First-aid and emergency medical services (Employment, 2018)
The organization must know this following requirement based on Section 15. Occupational Health
Personnel and Facilities of Department Order 198 Series of 2018
• How many treatment rooms/first aid rooms are existing in your company?
• How many Clinics in the workplace?
• What hospital (s) are you affiliated with?

3. Promotion of Drug Free workplace, Mental health Services in the Workplace, Healthy

Lifestyle (Employment, 2018)

The organization must have Policy, Plan Program in Drug Free Workplace (Department Order No.
53-03 - Series of 2003), Mental health Services in the Workplace (Department Order No. 208-20
Series of 2020) and Healthy Lifestyle which is included in your OSH Program.
4. Prevention and Control of HIV-AIDS, Tuberculosis, Hepatitis B (Employment, 2018)

The organization must have Policy, Plan Program in HIV-AIDS (Department Order No. 102-10 -
Series of 2010), Tuberculosis (Department Order No. 73-05 - Series of 2005) and Hepatitis B
(Department Advisory No. 05 - Series of 2010) which is included in your OSH Program.
5. Composition and Duties of Health and Safety Committee (Employment, 2018)

The organization must create Safety and Health Committee responsible for plan, develop and
implement OSH policies and Programs, monitor and evaluate OSH programs and investigate all
aspect of the work pertaining to the safety and health of all the workers.
The composition of Safety and Health Committee is based in the Section 13. Occupational Safety
and Health Committee of Department Order 198 Series of 2018 while the Duties and
Page 371 of 382
Responsibilities of Safety and Health Committee is based on OSH Standard Rule 1043. Duties of
the Health and Safety Committee.
6. OSH Personnel and Facilities (Employment, 2018)

The organization shall provide Safety Officer based on Section 14. Safety Officer and Section 15.
Occupational health Personnel and Facilities of Department Order 198 Series 2018.
7. Safety and Health Promotion, Training and Education (Employment, 2018)
The organization must promote safety and health training and education thru orientation of all
workers on OSH and Continuity training on OSH for Osh Personnel based on Section 16. Safety
and Health Training and Section 18. Workers’ Competency Certification, Conduct of Risk
Assessment, Evaluation and Control based on Section 12. Occupational Safety and Health
Program and Work Permit System based on Section 20. All Other Occupational Safety and Health
Standards of Department Order 198-18.
8 Toolbox/Safety Meetings, job safety analysis (Employment, 2018)
The organization must have toolbox meetings and safety meetings based on OSH
Standard Rule 1040 Health and Safety Committee and Job Safety Analysis or Job Hazard
Analysis based on the process of the organization.
9. Accident/Incident/illness Investigation, Recording and Reporting (Employment, 2018)
The organization has Accident / Incident / Illness Investigation manual or procedures so
that all occurrences are recorded and reported to the Top Management or Regulatory
Agency like DOLE.
10. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) (Employment, 2018)
The organization must give Personal Protective Equipment free of charge to its workers, tested
and approved by the DOLE based on its standard and/or other means of verification.
All PPE must be appropriate size, weight and type to specific workers exposed to hazard to ensure
effective protection and its cost shall be part of the safety and health program based on Section
8. Workers’ Right to Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and Section 21. Cost of Safety and
Health Program.
11. Safety signages (Employment, 2018)
The organization must know the safety signages that put in the company include warning to
workers and employees and the public about the hazards within the workplace.
12.*Dust control and management and regulation on activities such as building of
temporary structures and lifting and operation of electrical, mechanical, communications

Page 372 of 382

system and other requirements (Employment, 2018)
The Organization must have Dust Control Management Procedures which includes the
temporary building structures and its permit applicable in the operations of the statutory and
applicable requirements.
13. Welfare Facilities (Employment, 2018)
The organization must comply in Section 19. Workers’ Welfare Facilities that include adequate
supply of safe drinking water, sanitary and washing facilities, suitable living accommodation for
workers, separate sanitary, washing and sleeping facilities, Lactation Station (DOLE DO 143-15)
and other workers’ welfare facilities prescribed by OSH Standard and other issuances.
14. Emergency and disaster preparedness and response plan to include the organization
and creation of disaster control groups, business continuity plan, and updating the hazard,
risk and vulnerability assessment (as required) (Employment, 2018)
The organization must have Emergency and Disaster Preparedness plan, program and
procedure which includes its organization, duties and responsibilities of its member, how to
handle an emergency situations and drills that conduct together with regulatory agency.
1. Solid waste management system (Employment, 2018)

The organization must have Waste Management Procedures which handling Solid Waste and
Hazardous Waste of your company. The organization may assign personnel for the
implementation of the Waste Management of the company.
16. Compliance with Reportorial Government Requirement (refer to Item 9.0)

Reportorial Requirements and Prescriptive Period of Submission

OSH Standard DOLE Form Where to File When to File

2 copies submitted to
DOLE/BWC/IP-5 Within one (1) month after
Rule 1040 concerned RO copy
(RSO) the organization
Health and furnished the Bureau
Safety 2 copies submitted to
Minutes of the
Committee RO copy At least on quarterly basis
Meeting
furnished the Bureau
Rule 1050 DOLE/BWC/IP-6 2 copies submitted to On or before the 20th day
Notification and (WAIR) concerned RO copy of the month following the

Page 373 of 382

 Keeping of furnished the Bureau date of occurrence of the
Accidents accident
and/or 2 copies submitted to
DOLE/BWC/IP-6b On or before January of
Occupational concerned RO copy
(AEDR) the following year
Illnesses furnished the Bureau
Rule 1960 On or before the last day
2 copies submitted to
Occupational DOLE/BW/OH-47A of March of the year
concerned RO copy
Health Services (AMR) following the covered
furnished the Bureau
period

17. Control and Management of Hazards (refer to Item 2-HIRAC)

18. *Prohibited Acts and Penalties for Violations

The organization must have their Prohibited Acts and Penalties for Violations thru their Company
Handbook and Manual that must approve by the DOLE.
• *Cost of Implementing Company OSH program
• *(Applicable for medium to high risk establishments with 10 to 50 workers and
low to high risk establishments with 51 workers and above)

Page 374 of 382

ANNEX

Construction Site Visit (3 hours)

• Documentation of actual condition of construction site through Job Hazard Analysis.

(JHA)

Presentation of Inspection Results (1.5 hours)

• Presentation of Inspection results from Construction Site visited.

▪ Specific Job Hazard Analysis of each assigned area including hazard and control
measure
▪ Processing the Job Hazard Analysis through comments and recommendations.

Page 375 of 382

 JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS (JHA) FORM

Title of Job or Task: JHA Number:

Date Completed: Revision:

Person Completing this JHA: Person(s) Assisting with this JHA:

Location/Facility:

Recommended Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Use the personal protective equipment hazard assessment form as
a guide - http://www.noao.edu/noaolocal/safety/
Head Protection Eye Protection Hand and Body Other PPE
Protection

Foot Protection Hearing Protection Respiratory Protection

Things to consider

Do employees know how to do the job? What are the hazards? Include people and
equipment.
How can injuries or accidents occur? How can injuries or accidents be prevented?
Are there obvious unsafe conditions? Are special tools needed?
Do people need personal protective How would we rescue people if something went
equipment? wrong?
Do we have the equipment to rescue?

Use these designations in the “Hazards Present” column:

SB – Struck By CI - Caught In FB – Fall to Below CBY – Contacted By
SA – CB – Caught Between FS – Fall at the CO – Caught On
Struck Same Level
Against
CW – O – Overexertion or E – Exposure to Chemicals, Noise, Vibration,
Contact Repetitive Motion Radiation
With
HAZARDS PRESENT IN CORRECT AND SAFE
BASIC JOB STEPS
EACH JOB STEP PROCEDURES

Page 376 of 382

Re Entry Planning

Objective: To introduce the COSH participant into his role in the safety committee.
Name
Company
Name
Position
Date
Course

Participants to the COSH training are now tasked to apply what they learned. This
will help the participants prepare his report, which are frequently expected by their
supervisors and management. This kind of reporting will help the management evaluate
and assess the usefulness of the training program, to their worker and company as well.
The following question will help the participants reflects in the needs of his company and
guide him in planning for applicable activities he/she is going to recommend for
implementation.

I. From what I have learned, my company

1. Fully complied on the following:
a)
b)
c)
d)
2. Moderately complied on the following:
a)
b)
c)
d)
3. Has not complied on the

following:

a)

b)
c)

d)

Page 377 of 382

 II. What actions do I intent to take/ do to able to apply them in my company?

III. How much time am I going to implement this action?

IV. What I need to be able to implement this action (people, equipment, procedures)

Needs/required Activities Approaches Time Asst./support Remarks

Page 378 of 382

 References

2327-3658, M. S. (2016, August 12). Occupational Safety and Health (OSH). Retrieved from
Management Mania: https://managementmania.com/en/occupational-safety-and-
health-
osh#:~:text=Occupational%20Safety%20and%20Health%20(OSH)%20is%20a%20manage
ment%20field%20focused,safe%20and%20healthy%20working%20environment.&text=Oc
cupational%20Safety%20and%20Health%2C%20the

307, E. O. (1987, November 4). "Establishing the Occupational Safety and Health Center in the
Employees' Compensation Commission" attached agency of the Department of Labor
and Employment. Retrieved from Occupational Safety and Health Center:
http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/transparency-seal/executive-order-no-307

Agency, T. (2020, June 8). Health & Safety Newsletter. Kelowna, British Columbia, Canada.

BFP. (2019, August 07). R IRR - RA 9514. Manila, Metro Manila, Philippines.

Britsafe.org. (2019, May 16). Risk Assessment. Retrieved from British Safety Council:
https://www.britsafe.org/training-and-learning/find-the-right-course-for-
you/informational-resources/risk-assessment/

C, S. G. (2019, May 14). Course 715 - Electrical Safety for Technicians & Supervisors. Retrieved
from OSHAcademy: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/715m5.html

CCOHS. (2019, May 14). Flammable & Combustible Liquids - Hazards. Retrieved from Canadian
Centre for Occupational Health & Safety:
https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/chemicals/flammable/flam.html

CCOHS. (2019, May 14). Hazard Identification. Retrieved from Canadian Centre for
Occupational Health and Safety:
https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_identification.html#:~:text=Hazar
d%20identification%20is%20part%20of,cause%20harm%20(hazard%20identification).

CDC. (2019). Hand Hygiene. Retrieved from

https://www.cdc.gov/oralhealth/infectioncontrol/faqs/hand-hygiene.html

CDC. (2019). Show Me the Science - Situations where hand sanitizer can be effective & How to .
Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/handwashing/show-me-the-science-hand-
sanitizer.html

CDC. (2019). When & How to Wash Your Hands. Retrieved from
https://www.cdc.gov/handwashing/when-how-handwashing.htm

CLAIRE DENNIS S. MAPA, P. (2019, December 13). 2017/2018 Integrated Survey on Labor and
Employment(ISLE) - Part 4 Module on Employees’ Compensation Program (ECP): 2017.
Retrieved from Philippine Statistics Authority: https://psa.gov.ph/content/20172018-
integrated-survey-labor-and-employmentisle-part-4-module-employees%E2%80%99-
compensation
Page 379 of 382
 CLAIRE DENNIS S. MAPA, P. (2019, December 13).
2017/2018 Integrated Survey on Labor and Employment(ISLE) - Part 6 Module on
Occupational Injuries and Diseases (OID): 2017. Retrieved from Philippine Statistics
Authority: https://psa.gov.ph/content/20172018-integrated-survey-labor-and-
employmentisle-part-6-module-occupational-injuries-and

CLAIRE DENNIS S. MAPA, P. (2019, December 13). Part 5 Occupational Safety and Health
Practices: 2017 (2017/2018 Integrated Survey on Labor and Employment). Retrieved from
Philippine Statistics Authority: https://psa.gov.ph/content/20172018-integrated-survey-
labor-and-employmentisle-part-5-occupational-safety-and-health

DOLE. (2005, March 30). DO 73-05. Manila, National Capital Region, Philippines.

DOLE. (2010, December 2010). DA 05-2010. Manila, National Capital Region, Philippines.

DOLE. (2010, August 13). DO 53-03. Manila, National Capital Region, Philippines.

DOLE. (2020, February 11). DO 208 - 2020. Manila, National Capital Region, Philippines.

DOLE. (2020, April 30). DTI and DOLE Interim Guidelines . Manila, National Capital Region,
Philippines.

DOLE. (2020, January 31). Guidelines on 2019 Novela Coron Virus (COVID-19) Prevention and
Control at the Workplace. Manila, Metro Manila, Philippines.

DOLE. (2020, January 3). OSH Standard. Retrieved from Occupationa Safety and Health Center:
http://oshc.dole.gov.ph/images/Files/OSH-Standards-2020-Edition.pdf

DOLE, D. (2020, April 30). DTI and DOLE Guidelines on Workplace Prevention and Control of
COVID-19. Manila, Metro Manila, Philippines.

ECC. (1987, June 1). Presidential Decree (P.D.) No. 626. Manila, National Capital Region,
Philippines.

Employment, D. o. (2018, December 6). Department Order 198. Manila, National Capital
Region, Philippines.

HSE. (2020, May 14). Managing Risk and Risk Assessment at Work. Retrieved from Health and
Safety Executive: https://www.hse.gov.uk/simple-health-safety/risk/steps-needed-to-
manage-risk.htm

[email protected]. (2019, May 14). Course 610 - Housekeeping Safety. Retrieved from
OSHAcademy: https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/610m1.html

[email protected]. (2019, May 19). Course 702 - Effective Accident Investigation.

Retrieved from OSHAcademy: https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/702m1.html

ITC, I. (2019, December 1). INTERNATIONAL LABOUR STANDARDS. Retrieved from International
Training Centre: https://www.itcilo.org/topics/international-labour-standards

Labor, U. D. (2020, June 8). COVID-19. Retrieved from Occupational Safety and Health
Administration: https://www.osha.gov/SLTC/covid-19/

Page 380 of 382

 Labor, U. D. (2020, June 8). Law and Regulations.
Retrieved from Occupational Safety and Health Administration:
https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs

Manager, I. C. (2011, March 30). Theory of Accident Causes. Retrieved from ILO Encyclopedia
of Occupational Health & Safety: https://www.iloencyclopaedia.org/part-viii-
12633/accident-prevention/item/894-theory-of-accident-
causes#:~:text=According%20to%20W.H.%20Heinrich%20(1931,by%20%E2%80%9Cacts%2
0of%20God%E2%80%9D.&text=The%20sequence%20of%20accident%20factors,worker%2
0fault

Mckinney, P. (2016, September 18). What is the difference between an unsafe act vs. an unsafe
condition? Retrieved from Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/what-difference-
between-unsafe-act-vs-condition-mckinney-mlaw-lsp-/

Mind, C. (2009, November 9). What is Fire? Retrieved from Science Learning Hub:
https://www.sciencelearn.org.nz/resources/747-what-is-fire

NO.307, I. E. (1987, November 4). RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING EXECUTIVE ORDER
NO. 307. Retrieved from Occupational Safety and Health Center:
http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/transparency-seal/rules-and-regulations-implementing-
executive-order-no-307

OpenStax. (2020, May 20). 5.6 Heat Transfer Methods – Conduction, Convection and Radiation
Introduction. Retrieved from Douglas College Physics 1207 Winter 2020:
https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/introductorygeneralphysics2phys1207/chapter/14-4-
heat-transfer-methods/

OSHA requirements for cleaning chemicals. (1990, January 20). Retrieved from Occupational
Safety and Health Administration: https://www.osha.gov/laws-
regs/standardinterpretations/1990-01-29

OSHAcademy. (2019, May 3). Course 157 Excavation Safety: Basic. Retrieved from
OSHAcademy: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/157e.html

OSHAcademy. (2019, May 16). Course 717 - Emergency Action Plans. Retrieved from
OSHAcademy: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/717m1.html

OSHAcademy. (2019, May 3). Course 804 - Safe Scaffold Erection and Inspection. Retrieved
from OSHAcademy - Occupational Safety and Health Training:
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/804e.html

OSHAcademy. (2019, August 20). Course 810 - Hand and Power Tool Safety. Retrieved from
OSHAcademy: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/810m1.html

OSHAcademy. (2019, May 3). Course 814 - Heavy Equipment Safety. Retrieved from
OSHAcademy - Occupational Safety and Health Training:
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/814e.html

Page 381 of 382

 OSHAcademy. (2020, May 3). Course 803 -
Scaffold Safety Program Management. Retrieved from OSHAcademy - Occupational
Safety and Health Training: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/803m4.html

Perkins, A. (2020, May 5). What are the 5 different classes of fire and what type of extinguisher
can safely be used on each? Retrieved from Quora: https://www.quora.com/What-are-
the-5-different-classes-of-fire-and-what-type-of-extinguisher-can-safely-be-used-on-
each/answer/Anna-Perkins-59

Philippines, R. o. (2017, July 24). Republic Act 11058. Metro Manila, National Capital Region,
Philippines.

Reddy, C. (2019, 24 July). Importance of OHS (Occupational Health and Safety) in the
Workplace. Retrieved from Wisestep: https://content.wisestep.com/importance-ohs-
occupational-health-safety-work/

Safeopedia. (2018, July 18). Occupational Health and Safety (OHS). Retrieved from Safeopedia:
https://www.safeopedia.com/definition/439/occupational-health-and-safety-ohs

Schmidt-Rohr, K. (2015). Why Combustions Are Always Exothermic, Yielding About 418 kJ per
Mole of O2. Massachusetts 02453, United States: J. Chem. Educ. 92 (12).

Senthilingam, J. C. (2020, February 18). Coronavirus explained: What you need to know.
Retrieved from CNN HEalth: https://edition.cnn.com/2020/01/20/health/what-is-
coronavirus-explained/index.html

SOLOMON, E. J. (2019, May 15). WORK ENVIRONMENT MONITORING. Retrieved from

Occupational Health Nurses Association of the Philippines (OHNAP), Inc.:
https://ohnap.ph/ohnap/archive/5a2729ca-f18c-4a31-ad9c-79bf1c582f06.pdf

Sophia Kalita, M. R. (2019, May 30). Use-focused risk analysis. Retrieved from Science Direct:
https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/engineering/hazardous-situation

Steve Geigle, M. C. (2019, February 8). Course 154 Machine Safeguarding: Basic. Retrieved from
OSHAcademy: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/154m1.html

Steve Geigle, M. C. (2019, February 8). Course 619 Materials Handling Safety. Retrieved from
OSHAcademy: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/619e.html

Steve Geigle, M. C. (2019, May 14). Course 750 - Introduction to Industrial Hygiene. Retrieved
from OSHAcademy: https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/750m1.html

Tweed, P. &. (2019, November 12). Spot Sign of Poor Housekeeping. Retrieved from Polo &
Tweed: https://poloandtweed.com/blog/spot-signs-of-poor-housekeeping

WHO. (2020, March 3). Getting your workplace ready for COVID-19 . Retrieved from World
Health Organization: https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/getting-
workplace-ready-for-covid-19.pdf

Page 382 of 382